FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS
THIS
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K, IN PARTICULAR ITEM 7. MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND
ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION, AND ITEM 1.
BUSINESS, INCLUDE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS WITHIN THE MEANING OF
SECTION 21E OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. THESE STATEMENTS REPRESENT
OUR EXPECTATIONS OR BELIEFS CONCERNING, AMONG OTHER THINGS, FUTURE REVENUE, EARNINGS,
GROWTH STRATEGIES, NEW PRODUCTS AND INITIATIVES, FUTURE OPERATIONS AND OPERATING RESULTS,
AND FUTURE BUSINESS AND MARKET OPPORTUNITIES. WE UNDERTAKE NO OBLIGATION TO PUBLICLY
UPDATE OR REVISE ANY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENT, WHETHER AS A RESULT OF NEW INFORMATION,
FUTURE EVENTS OR OTHERWISE. WE WISH TO CAUTION AND ADVISE READERS THAT THESE STATEMENTS
INVOLVE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES THAT COULD CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM
THE EXPECTATIONS AND BELIEFS CONTAINED HEREIN. FOR A SUMMARY OF CERTAIN RISKS RELATED TO
OUR BUSINESS, SEE ITEM 1A RISK FACTORS BEGINNING ON PAGE 23.
In this Annual Report on Form
10-K, references to dollars and $ are to United States dollars. Nu
Skin, Pharmanex and Big Planet are our trademarks. The italicized product names used in
this Annual Report on Form 10-K are product names and also, in certain cases, our
trademarks.
PART I
Overview
Nu
Skin Enterprises is a global direct selling company with operations in over 45 markets
throughout Asia, the Americas and Europe. We market premium quality personal care products
under the Nu Skin brand, science-based nutritional supplements under the Pharmanex brand
and technology products and services under the Big Planet brand. We conduct business using
a direct selling model in all of our markets with the exception of Mainland China
(hereinafter China). In China, because of regulatory restrictions, we
implemented a retail business model with employed sales representatives. However, we are
currently integrating direct selling into our business model in this market pursuant to
recently enacted direct selling regulations.
In
2007, we posted revenue of $1.16 billion. As of December 31, 2007, we had a global
network of approximately 755,000 active independent distributors, sales representatives,
and preferred customers, approximately 30,000 of whom were executive level distributors
(including sales representatives in China). Our executive level distributors play an
important leadership role in our distribution network and are critical to the growth and
profitability of our business.
Approximately
86% of our 2007 revenue came from markets outside the United States. Japan accounted for
approximately 38% of our 2007 total revenue and is our largest revenue market. Due to the
size of our foreign operations, our results are often impacted positively or negatively by
foreign currency fluctuations, particularly fluctuations in the Japanese yen. In addition,
our results are impacted by global economic, political and general business conditions.
-1-
We
develop and market branded consumer products that we believe are well suited for direct
selling. Our distributors sell our products by educating consumers about the benefits and
distinguishing characteristics of our products and by offering personalized customer
service. Leveraging our research and development efforts, we continually develop and
introduce new products that enhance our product portfolio. We attempt to attract and
motivate high-caliber, independent distributors because of our focus on product
innovation, our generous global compensation plan and our distributor support programs.
Our
business is subject to various laws and regulations globally, in particular with respect
to network marketing activities, cosmetics, and nutritional supplements. This creates
certain risks for our business, including improper activities by our distributors or our
inability to obtain or maintain necessary product registrations.
Strategies
As
we work to grow our business, we are focused on the following three key strategies:
|
|
|
introducing
unique tools; |
|
|
|
developing
compelling and innovative products under three distinct brands; and |
|
|
|
offering
motivating and rewarding distributor incentives. |
Unique
Tools. We remain committed to providing unique tools and initiatives that help
demonstrate our difference, motivate distributors, and aid in recruiting and product
sales. Providing evidence that our products are efficacious using state-of-the-art
tools is a distinct business advantage. During 2007, we introduced a new branding strategy
supporting this concept titled the difference. demonstrated. Throughout the
year, we benefited from three distributor tools that help demonstrate our difference: the
Galvanic Spa System II, a handheld unit that uses galvanic current to effectively
pull impurities from the skin while driving beneficial ingredients into the skin
helping to treat the visible signs of aging; the Pharmanex BioPhotonic Scanner (the
Scanner), a portable unit based on patented technologies that allows
distributors to non-invasively measure the impact of our nutritional products,
particularly our LifePak line of products; and the Nu Skin ProDerm Skin
Analyzer (the ProDerm Skin Analyzer), a handheld skin imaging and
analysis tool that enables distributors to demonstrate the effectiveness of our skin care
products by providing a visual assessment of various skin attributes together with a
recommended regimen of Nu Skin products.
Innovative
Products. Compelling and innovative products are vital to our success as they
help attract distributors and customers. Our distributors use the innovative features of
our products to build successful sales organizations and attract new customers. Our
product philosophy is largely based on anti-aging and we believe we have a competitive
advantage in this area through our product offerings. We believe we are one of only a few
direct selling companies that has successfully built product equity in both skin care and
nutrition, both key anti-aging categories. Key anti-aging products include:
|
|
|
LifePak,
a family of anti-aging nutritional supplement products aimed at providing optimal
levels of antioxidants, phytonutrients, vitamins, minerals and other vital ingredients
that help promote general wellness; |
|
|
|
g3,
a nutrient-rich juice blend containing a highly concentrated mix of carotenoid
antioxidants and micronutrients with a natural delivery system called lipocarotenes; |
-2-
|
|
|
Nu
Skin 180° Anti-aging Skin Therapy System, designed to combat the visible signs of
aging, specifically targeting improving the appearance of facial lines and wrinkles; |
|
|
|
Tru
Face Essence and Tru Face Essence Ultra, anti-aging products featuring the
ingredient Ethocyn which helps to minimize the natural loss of skin elastin and improve
skin tone; |
|
|
|
MyVictory!
and The Right Approach (TRA), weight management systems that were each
developed for a different lifestyle and diet and which focus on controlling cravings
while boosting metabolism. |
Distributor
Incentives. We are committed to providing generous compensation and incentives to our
distributors in order to motivate them and reward them for distributing our products. We
believe our global sales compensation plan is one of our competitive advantages and we
often refine our plan and add enhancements to help our distributors grow their businesses.
For example, during the year ended December 31, 2007, we launched a gross retail product
(GRP) program targeted at providing additional commissions and early income for new
distributors who are interested in building their sales organizations. In addition, we
have continued to expand and promote product subscription and loyalty programs in many of
our markets that provide incentives for customers who commit to purchase a set amount of
products on a recurring basis. We believe that these programs, along with a concerted
focus on global compensation plan alignment and an increased level of distributor
recognition, goal setting and accountability, will help motivate our distributors to drive
revenue growth.
Our Product Categories
We
have three product categories, each operating under its own brand. We market our
premium-quality personal care products under the Nu Skin brand, science-based nutritional
supplements under the Pharmanex brand, and technology-based products and services under
the Big Planet and Photomax brands.
Presented
below are the U.S. dollar amounts and associated revenue percentages from the sale of Nu
Skin, Pharmanex, and Big Planet products and services for the years ended December 31,
2005, 2006, and 2007. This table should be read in conjunction with the information
presented in Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operation, which discusses the costs associated with generating the
aggregate revenue presented.
Revenue by Product
Category
(U.S. dollars in
millions)(1)
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
Product Category | |
2005 | |
2006 | |
2007 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Nu Skin |
|
$ 484.3 |
|
41.0% |
|
$ 454.5 |
|
40.8% |
|
$ 498.5 |
|
43.0% |
|
| |
| |
| |
| |
Pharmanex | |
667.6 |
|
56.5 |
|
632.7 |
|
56.7 |
|
634.2 |
|
54.8 |
|
| |
| |
| |
| |
Big Planet | |
29.0 |
|
2.5 |
|
28.2 |
|
2.5 |
|
25.0 |
|
2.2 |
|
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
$ 1,180.9 |
|
100.0% |
|
$ 1,115.4 |
|
100.0% |
|
$ 1,157.7 |
|
100.0% |
|
(1) |
|
In
2007, 86% of our sales were transacted in foreign currencies that were then
converted to U.S. dollars for financial reporting purposes at
weighted-average exchange rates. Foreign currency fluctuations positively
impacted reported revenue by approximately 1% in 2007 compared to 2006,
and negatively impacted reported revenue by approximately 1% in 2006
compared to 2005. |
-3-
Nu
Skin. Nu Skin is our original product line and offers premium-quality personal
care products in the areas of core systems, targeted treatments, total care, cosmetics and
our specialty botanical-based Epoch line. Our strategy is to leverage our network
marketing distribution model to establish Nu Skin as an innovative leader in the personal
care market. We are committed to continuously improving and evolving our product
formulations to develop and incorporate innovative and proven ingredients.
In
addition to marketing premium-quality personal care products, we are committed to
developing tools to help distributors market our products more effectively. Under the Nu
Skin brand, we have two unique tools. The first is the Galvanic Spa System II,
which was first introduced in 2002, and has experienced strong growth during the last 18
months. The other tool is the second generation of the ProDerm Skin Analyzer, which
was introduced in the third quarter of 2007 at the companys global convention. This
portable proprietary skin analysis tool allows users to receive a personalized analysis on
four different skin attributes (wrinkles, pore size, skin texture, and discoloration), and
enables distributors to demonstrate the effectiveness of our skin care products by
providing close up skin images and a recommended regimen of Nu Skin products. This unit is
currently available only in the United States and Europe.
The
following table summarizes our Nu Skin product line by category:
Category | |
Description | |
Selected Products | |
|
|
|
Core Daily Systems | |
Regardless of skin type, our core systems provide a
solid foundation for your skin's individual needs.
Our systems are developed to target specific skin
concerns and are made from ingredients
scientifically proven to provide visible results for
concerns ranging from aging to acne. | |
Nu Skin 180° Anti-Aging Skin Therapy System
Nu Skin Tri-Phasic White
Nutricentials
Nu Skin Clear Action Acne Medication System | |
|
|
|
Targeted Treatments |
|
Our customized skin care line focus allows a
customer to tailor product regimens that help
deliver younger looking skin at any age. The
products are developed using cutting-edge ingredient
technologies that target specific skin care needs. |
|
Tru Face Essence Ultra
Tru Face Line Corrector
Tru Face Revealing Gel
Nu Skin Galvanic Spa System II
Enhancer
Celltrex Ultra Recovery Fluid
Celltrex CoQ10 Complete
NAPCA Moisturizer
Polishing Peel Skin Refinisher |
|
|
|
|
Total Care |
|
Our total care line addresses body care. The total
care line can be used by families and the products
are designed to deliver superior benefits from head
to toe for the ultimate sense of total body
wellness. |
|
Body Bar
Liquid Body Lufra
Perennial Intense Body Moisturizer
Dividends Men's Line
AP-24 Dental Care
DailyKind Mild Shampoo and Conditioner |
|
-4-
Category | |
Description | |
Selected Products | |
|
|
|
Cosmetic |
|
The Nu Colour cosmetic line marries the latest
technology with ingredients that are weightless and
pure. The products are targeted to define and
highlight your natural beauty.
|
|
Tinted Moisturizer SPF 15
Finishing Powder
Contouring Lip Gloss
Defining Effects Mascara |
|
|
|
|
EPOCH |
|
Our Epoch line is distinguished by utilizing
traditional knowledge of indigenous cultures for
skin care. Each Epoch product is formulated with
botanical ingredients derived from renewable
resources found in nature. In addition, we
contribute a percentage of our proceeds from Epoch
sales to charitable causes.
|
|
Baobab Body Butter
Sole Solution Foot Treatment
Calming Touch Soothing Skin Cream
Glacial Marine Mud
IceDancer Invigorating Leg Gel
Everglide Foaming Shave Gel
Ava puhi moni Shampoo
Epoch Baby |
|
| |
| |
| |
Pharmanex.
We market a variety of nutritional products comprised of comprehensive
micronutrient supplements, targeted nutritional supplements, weight management
supplements and certain specialty solution products under the Pharmanex brand.
LifePak, our flagship line of micronutrient and phytonutrient
supplements, accounted for 22% of our total revenue and 39% of Pharmanex revenue
in 2007.
Direct
selling has proven to be an extremely effective method of marketing our high-quality
nutritional supplements because our distributors can personally educate consumers on the
quality and benefits of our products, differentiating them from our competitors
offerings. Our strategy for expanding the nutritional supplement business is to introduce
innovative, substantiated products based on extensive research and development and quality
manufacturing. Our product development efforts focus in the areas of anti-aging, weight
management, and general nutrition.
We
continue to market our the Scanner, a tool developed to measure a persons
carotenoid antioxidants using a light source shown into the palm of the hand, to
demonstrate our difference. This is used globally in our business, and is a powerful tool
utilized by our distributors. Several improvements and enhancements have been made to the
unit over the past three years. The latest was introduced at our global distributor
convention held in September. In 2006, we acquired the exclusive rights to use the Scanner
technology in medical settings, and as a result, we own the rights to use the Scanner
within all environments worldwide where allowed by legal and regulatory requirements.
-5-
The
following table summarizes our Pharmanex product line by category:
Category | |
Description | |
Selected Products | |
|
|
|
LifePak and g3 |
|
Our LifePak family of products along with our g3
superfruit juice drink are the basis for general
health and wellness. These products supply a
complete balance of nutrients that our bodies need
to supplement the dietary demands of everyday
living.
|
|
LifePak Family of Products
g3 juice |
|
|
|
|
Weight Management | |
Our weight loss products include supplements as well
as meal replacement shakes. Our new MyVictory!
Program also incorporates an innovative measurement
device and web-based program that allows
participants to track not only how many calories
they are consuming, but also how many they are
expending.
| |
MyVictory! weight management program
The Right Approach (TRA) weight management system
| |
|
|
|
Solutions | |
Our self-care dietary supplements contain
standardized levels of botanical and other active
ingredients that are designed to provide consumers
with targeted wellness benefits.
| |
Tegreen 97
ReishiMax GLp
Marine Omega
Cholestin
CordyMax Cs-4
Cortitrol
Detox Formula
Eye Formula | |
| |
| |
| |
Big Planet and Photomax. We offer technology products and services centered
around two product categories under the Big Planet and Photomax brands: business tools and
digital imaging. Our strategy is to provide simple and innovative technological products.
In
2005, we introduced a web-based digital photo service called Photomax, available on
the web at Photomax.com, which makes it easy for consumers to view, organize and
share digital pictures online. Since 2005, we have added additional products and services
aimed at the preservation of memories.
Our
Big Planet business tools, products and services are designed to help distributors
increase their productivity by leveraging technology in the management of their direct
selling activities. By providing an assortment of business tools, distributors can better
manage and communicate with their sales force and potential customers.
-6-
The
following table summarizes the current Big Planet product line by category:
Category | |
Description | |
Selected Products | |
|
|
|
Digital Imaging |
|
A line of online digital photography and video services
designed for non-technical consumers. |
|
Movie Magic DVD
Photo Book
Photomax Web Site- online photo storage
Maxcast |
|
|
|
|
Business Tools | |
Advanced tools and services that help distributors and
consumers establish an online presence and manage their businesses. | |
Global Web Page
BP Toolbar
Nu Skin Regimen Optimizer
BP Internet Access | |
| |
| |
| |
We
also market a small line of home care products under the Ecosphere brand, designed to
clean and protect the home environment, which include a Water Purifier,
Filtering Showerhead and Surface Wipes. These products are found primarily
in our Asian markets.
Sourcing and Production
Nu
Skin. In order to maintain high product quality, we acquire our ingredients and
contract production of our proprietary products from suppliers and manufacturers that we
believe are reliable, reputable and deliver high quality materials and service. We acquire
ingredients and products from two primary suppliers that currently each manufacture products that represent
approximately 25% of our Nu Skin personal care revenue. We maintain a good relationship
with our suppliers and do not anticipate that either party will terminate the relationship
in the near term. We also have ongoing relationships with secondary and tertiary
suppliers. In the event we become unable to source any products or ingredients from our
major suppliers, we believe that we would be able to produce or replace those products or
substitute ingredients from our secondary and tertiary suppliers without great difficulty
or significant increases to our cost of goods sold. Please refer to Item 1A.
Risk Factors for a discussion of risks and uncertainties associated with our
supplier relationships and with the sourcing of raw materials and ingredients.
We
also established a production facility in Shanghai, where we currently manufacture our
personal care products sold through our retail stores in China, as well as a small portion
of product exported to select other markets. We believe that if the need arose, this plant
could be expandedor other facilities could be built in Chinato produce larger
amounts of inventory for export or as a back up to our existing supply chain.
Pharmanex.
Substantially all of our Pharmanex nutritional supplements and ingredients,
including LifePak, are produced or provided by
third-party suppliers and manufacturers. We rely on two partners for the
majority of our Pharmanex products, one of which supplies products that represent approximately 35% of our nutritional supplement
revenue while the other supplier manufactures products that represent approximately 18% of our nutritional
supplement revenue. In the event we become unable to source any products or ingredients
from these suppliers or from other current vendors, we believe that we would be
able to produce or replace those products or substitute ingredients without
great difficulty or significant increases to our cost of goods sold. Please
refer to Item 1A. Risk Factors for a discussion of certain
risks and uncertainties associated with our supplier relationships, as well as
with the sourcing of raw materials and ingredients.
-7-
We
also maintain a facility located in Zhejiang Province, China, where we produce herbal
extracts for Tegreen 97, ReishiMax GLp and other products sold
globally. In 2005, we completed the build-out of a new manufacturing facility in Zhejiang
Province where we produce some of our Pharmanex nutritional supplements for sale through
our retail stores in China as well as a small portion of product exported to other
markets. In addition, we operate a plant in Shanghai where we manufacture and repair our
Scanners.
Big
Planet. Third parties, pursuant to contractual arrangements, provide the majority
of our Big Planet and Photomax products and services. By acting as a private-labeled agent
for other vendors, we are able to avoid the large capital investment that would be
required to build the infrastructure necessary to fulfill Big Planets product
offerings. However, our profit margins and our ability to deliver quality services at
competitive prices depend upon our ability to negotiate and maintain favorable terms with
third-party providers.
Research and Development
We
continually invest in our research and development capabilities. Our research and
development expenditures were approximately $8 million in 2005, $9 million in 2006 and $10
million in 2007. Because of our commitment to product innovation, we will continue to
commit resources to research and development in the future.
Our
primary research and testing laboratory, adjacent to our office complex in Provo, Utah,
houses both Pharmanex and Nu Skin research facilities and professional and technical
personnel. We also maintain research facilities in China. Much of our Pharmanex research
to date is conducted in China, where we benefit from a well-educated, low-cost, scientific
labor pool that enables us to conduct research and clinical trials at a much lower cost
than would be possible in the United States.
We
also have collaborative relationships with numerous independent scientists, including
scientific advisory boards comprised of recognized authorities in related disciplines for
each of our nutritional and personal care product categories. We also enter into
collaborative arrangements with prominent universities and research institutions in the
United States, Europe and Asia, whose staffs include scientists with expertise in natural
product chemistry, biochemistry, dermatology, pharmacology and clinical studies. Some of
the university research centers with which we have collaborated include Purdue University,
Stanford University, Vanderbilt University, and Tufts University.
In
addition, we evaluate a significant number of product ideas for our Nu Skin and Pharmanex
categories presented by outside sources. We utilize strategic licensing and other
relationships with vendors for access to directed research and development work for
innovative and proprietary offerings.
Geographic Sales Regions
We
currently sell and distribute our products in over 45 markets, employing a direct selling
model in each of our markets except China. We have segregated our markets into five
geographic regions: North Asia, Greater China, Americas, South Asia/Pacific and Europe.
The following table sets forth the revenue for each of the geographic regions for the
years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007:
-8-
Revenue by Region
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
(U.S. dollars in millions) | |
2005 | |
2006 | |
2007 | |
North Asia |
|
$ 649.4 | |
55% |
|
$ 593.8 |
|
53% |
|
$ 585.8 |
|
50% |
|
Greater China | |
236.7 |
|
20 |
|
208.2 |
|
19 |
|
205.0 |
|
18 |
|
Americas | |
162.1 |
|
14 |
|
165.9 |
|
15 |
|
188.3 |
|
16 |
|
South Asia/Pacific | |
86.7 |
|
7 |
|
88.0 |
|
8 |
|
101.4 |
|
9 |
|
Europe | |
46.0 |
|
4 |
|
59.5 |
|
5 |
|
77.2 |
|
7 |
|
| |
$ 1,180.9 |
|
100% |
|
$ 1,115.4
|
|
100% |
|
$ 1,157.7 |
|
100% |
|
Additional
comparative revenue and related financial information is presented in the tables captioned
Segment Information in Note 17 to our Consolidated Financial Statements. The
information from these tables is incorporated by reference in this Report.
North
Asia. The following table provides information on each of the markets in the North
Asia region, including the year it opened, 2007 revenue, and the percentage of our total
2007 revenue for each market:
(U.S. dollars in millions) | |
Year Opened | |
2007 Revenue | |
Percentage of
2007 Revenue | |
|
|
|
|
Japan |
|
1993 |
|
$ 443.7 |
|
38% |
|
South Korea | |
1996 | |
$ 142.1 |
|
12% |
|
| |
| |
| |
| |
Japan
is our largest market and accounted for approximately 38% of total revenue in 2007. We
market most of our Nu Skin and Pharmanex products in Japan, along with a limited number of
Big Planet offerings. In addition, all three product categories offer a limited number of
locally developed products sold exclusively in our Japanese market. In 2007, we introduced
a skin care product specifically for Japan called Duo as well as restaged the Galvanic
Spa System II in the fourth quarter. In 2008, we have plans to launch LifePak
Nano, Tru Face Essence Ultra and incorporate innovative anti-aging
technologies into existing products.
In
South Korea, we offer most of our Nu Skin and Pharmanex products, along with a limited
number of Big Planet services. Product introductions for 2007 included the launch of
Tri-Phasic White, a skin whitening system, as well as a focus on child-specific
nutritional products. During the year, we also moved operations to a new, state-of-the-art
facility in Seoul. In 2008, we plan to introduce Estra, Tru Face Essence Ultra,
and CordyMax.
Greater
China. The following table provides information on each of the markets in
the Greater China region, including the year opened, 2007 revenue, and the percentage of
our total 2007 revenue for each market:
(U.S. dollars in millions) | |
Year Opened | |
2007 Revenue | |
Percentage of
2007 Revenue | |
|
|
|
|
Taiwan |
|
1992 |
|
$ 93.0 |
|
8% |
|
China | |
2003 | |
$ 66.5 |
|
6% |
|
Hong Kong | |
1991 | |
$ 45.5 |
|
4% |
|
| |
| |
| |
| |
-9-
Our
Hong Kong and Taiwan markets operate using our global direct selling business model and
global compensation plan. We offer a robust product offering of the majority of our Nu
Skin and Pharmanex products in Hong Kong and Taiwan, and limited Big Planet products and
services. Approximately half of our revenue in these markets comes from orders through our
monthly product subscription program, which has led to improved retention of customers and
distributors and has helped streamline the ordering process.
In
China, we sell many of our Nu Skin products and a locally produced value line of personal
care products under the Scion brand name. We also sell a select number of Pharmanex
products, including our number one nutritional product, LifePak.
We currently are unable to operate under our global direct selling business model in China as a result of regulatory restrictions on
direct selling activities in this market. Consequently, we have developed a retail sales model that utilizes an employed sales force to sell
products through fixed locations that we are supplementing with a single level direct sales opportunity in those locations where we have
obtained a direct sales license. In addition, we have recently begun engaging contracted sales promoters to sell products through our retail
stores. We rely on our sales force to market and sell products at the various retail locations supported by only minimal advertising and
traditional promotional efforts. Our retail model in China is largely based upon our ability to attract customers to our retail stores through
our sales force, to educate them about our products through frequent training meetings, and to obtain repeat purchases. Our retail model only
allows for product sales to be transacted within our retail stores. While our distributor leaders from other markets are able to introduce customers and sales people to our stores, their promotional
efforts are limited due to the restrictions on direct selling in this market.
We also continue to implement a direct sales opportunity that allows us to engage independent distributors who can sell products
away from our retail stores. We have received licenses and approvals to engage in direct selling activities in the municipalities of
Shanghai and Beijing, and we continue to work to obtain the necessary approvals in Guangdong and other locations in China. The direct
selling licenses allow us to engage an entry-level, non-employee sales force that can sell products away from fixed retail locations.
Since the direct selling regulations prohibit the use of multi-level compensation plans, we compensate these independent distributors
based on their personal selling efforts only. Our current direct sales model is structured in a manner that we believe is complementary
to our existing retail sales model. Our independent direct sellers, for example, can transition into our retail model and become sales
promoters or employees, which can provide them with a more rewarding income opportunity.
During the fourth quarter of 2007, we made significant changes to our China business and infrastructure as we decided to change our strategy
for operating retail stores. We believe we can operate more effectively and efficiently by focusing our business around flagship stores in
major cities. As a result, we plan to open five new flagship stores in the cities of Shanghai, Beijing, Guangzhou, Shenzen, and Xian. As part
of this strategy, we also closed down approximately 70 retail stores scattered throughout the country and terminated approximately 650
corporate employees. In light of recent developments in employment law, we have modified our business model to engage sales promoters under a
service contract as well as offer part-time employment. This will allow us to provide a supplemental income opportunity to individuals who may
not be interested in working full-time in this business.
-10-
Americas.
The following table provides information on each of the markets in the North
America region, including the year opened, 2007 revenue, and the percentage of
our total 2007 revenue for each market:
(U.S. dollars in millions) | |
Year Opened | |
2007 Revenue | |
Percentage of
2007 Revenue | |
|
|
|
|
United States |
|
1984 |
|
$ 167.8 |
|
15% |
|
Canada | |
1990 | |
$ 11.5 |
|
1% |
|
Latin America(1) | |
1994 | |
$ 9.0 |
|
1% |
|
| |
| |
| |
| |
(1) |
|
Latin
America includes Brazil, Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Mexico
and Venezuela. |
Substantially
all of our Nu Skin and Pharmanex products, as well as our Big Planet products and
services, are available for sale in the United States. In 2007, we introduced the
MyVictory! weight management system, Tru Face Essence Ultra, Baobab Body
Butter, a new version of the ProDerm Skin Analyzer, and restaged the
Galvanic Spa System II. We also held our biennial global convention in Salt Lake
City, Utah during the third quarter of 2007 with approximately 8,500 attendees from around
the world. During 2007, we expanded our operations in this region by opening the Venezuela
market. During 2008, we plan to introduce several new products in the United States
including Fibercleanse and incorporate innovative anti-aging technology into
existing or new products. Additionally, we will continue to pursue growth in the United
States with recently launched products which include Tru Face Essence Ultra, as
well as the restaged Galvanic Spa System II.
South
Asia/Pacific. The following table provides information on each of the
markets in the South Asia/Pacific region, including the year opened, 2007 revenue, and the
percentage of our total 2007 revenue for each market:
(U.S. dollars in millions) | |
Year Opened | |
2007 Revenue | |
Percentage of
2007 Revenue | |
|
|
|
|
Singapore/Malaysia/Brunei |
|
2000/2001/2004 |
|
$ 39.3 |
|
3% |
|
Thailand | |
1997 | |
$ 32.3 |
|
3% |
|
Australia/New Zealand | |
1993 | |
$ 15.8 |
|
1% |
|
Indonesia | |
2005 | |
$ 8.8 |
|
1% |
|
Philippines | |
1998 | |
$ 5.2 |
|
* |
|
| |
| |
| |
| |
We
offer a majority of our Pharmanex and Nu Skin products in the South Asia/Pacific region.
Marketing initiatives in South Asia/Pacific have centered on monthly product subscription
orders, the BioPhotonic Scanner, our g3 nutritional drink, Galvanic Spa
System II, and our TRA weight management system.
-11-
Europe.
The following table provides information on our Europe region, including the
year opened, revenue for 2007, and the percentage of our total 2007 revenue for
the region.
(U.S. dollars in millions) | |
Year Opened | |
2007 Revenue | |
Percentage of
2007 Revenue | |
|
|
|
|
Europe(1) |
|
1995 |
|
$ 77.2 |
|
7% |
|
| |
| |
| |
| |
(1) |
|
Europe
includes Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Hungary,
Ireland, Iceland, Israel, Italy, the Netherlands, Norway, Poland,
Portugal, Romania, Russia, Slovakia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, and the
United Kingdom. |
We
currently operate in 21 countries throughout Northern, Eastern, and Central Europe as well
as in Israel and offer a full range of Nu Skin, Pharmanex and Big Planet products. Various
products and distributor tools have contributed to Europes recent success, including
the Galvanic Spa System II, the Scanner, and g3. We have been
experiencing strong growth in central and eastern European markets. In 2007, we opened
operations in Slovakia and Switzerland. We also plan to commence limited operations in
South Africa in 2008.
Distribution
Overview.
The foundation of our sales philosophy and distribution system is network
marketing. We sell our products through independent distributors who are not
employees, except in China where we sell our products through employed retail
sales representatives. Our distributors generally purchase products from us for
resale to consumers and for personal consumption. We also enjoy a large base of
subscription customers who purchase directly from the company and in doing so
receive a product discount.
Network
marketing is an effective vehicle to distribute our products because:
|
|
|
distributors
can educate consumers about our products in person, which we believe is more effective
for premium-quality, differentiated products than using traditional advertising; |
|
|
|
direct
sales allow for actual product testing by potential customers; |
|
|
|
there
is greater opportunity for distributor and customer testimonials; and |
|
|
|
as
compared to other distribution methods, our distributors can provide customers higher
levels of service and encourage repeat purchases. |
Active
distributors under our global compensation plan are defined as those distributors
who have purchased products for resale or personal consumption during the previous three
months. In addition, we have implemented preferred customer programs in many
of our markets, which allow customers to purchase productsgenerally on a recurring
monthly product subscription basisdirectly from us. We include preferred customers
who have purchased products during the previous three months in our active
distributor numbers. While preferred customers are legally very different from
distributors, both are considered customers of our products.
Executive-level
distributors under our global compensation plan are those distributors who are most
seriously pursuing the direct selling opportunity and must achieve and maintain specified
personal and group sales volumes each month. Once an individual becomes an executive-level
distributor, he or she can begin to take advantage of the benefits of commission payments
on personal and group sales volume. As a result of direct selling restrictions in China,
we have implemented a modified business model utilizing retail stores and an employed
sales force. (See the discussion on China in Geographic Sales Regions.)
Full-time sales representatives are those sales representatives that have completed a
qualification process. Throughout this annual report, we include full-time sales
representatives in China in our executive-level distributor numbers in order
to provide some level of comparison between our China model and our global direct selling
model.
-12-
Our
revenue is highly dependent upon the number and productivity of our distributors. Growth
in sales volume requires an increase in the productivity and/or growth in the total number
of distributors. As of December 31, 2007, we had approximately 755,000 active distributors
of our products and services. Approximately 30,000 of these distributors were
executive-level distributors. As of each of the dates indicated below, we had the
following number of executive distributors in the referenced regions:
Total Number of Executive
Distributors by Region
Region | |
2005 | |
2006 | |
2007 | |
North Asia |
|
16,129 |
|
15,354 |
|
14,845 |
|
Greater China | |
7,134 |
|
6,492 |
|
6,389 |
|
Americas | |
3,893 |
|
4,141 |
|
4,588 |
|
South Asia/Pacific | |
2,043 |
|
2,169 |
|
2,223 |
|
Europe | |
1,272 |
|
1,600 |
|
1,957 |
|
Total | |
30,471 |
|
29,756 |
|
30,002 |
|
Sponsoring.
We rely on our distributors to recruit and sponsor new distributors of our
products. While we provide internet support, product samples, brochures,
magazines, and other sales and marketing materials at cost, distributors are
primarily responsible for recruiting and educating new distributors with respect
to products, our global compensation plan, and how to build a successful
distributorship.
The
sponsoring of new distributors creates multiple levels in a network marketing structure.
Individuals that a distributor sponsors are referred to as downline or
sponsored distributors. If downline distributors also sponsor new
distributors, they create additional levels in the structure, but their downline
distributors remain in the same downline network as their original sponsoring distributor.
Sponsoring
activities are not required of distributors and we do not pay any commissions for
sponsoring new distributors. However, because of the financial incentives provided to
those who succeed in building and mentoring a distributor network that resells and
consumes products, many of our distributors attempt, with varying degrees of effort and
success, to sponsor additional distributors. People often become distributors after using
our products as regular customers. Once a person becomes a distributor, he or she is able
to purchase products directly from us at wholesale prices. The distributor is also
entitled to sponsor other distributors in order to build a network of distributors and
product users. A potential distributor must enter into a standard distributor agreement,
which among other things, obligates the distributor to abide by our policies and
procedures.
Global
Compensation Plan. One of our competitive advantages is our global sales
compensation plan. Under our global compensation plan, a distributor is paid consolidated
monthly commissions in the distributors home country, in local currency, for the
distributors own product sales and for product sales in that distributors
downline distributor network across all geographic markets. Because of restrictions on
direct selling in China, our full-time employed sales representatives there do not
participate in the global compensation plan, but are instead compensated according to a retail
sales model established for that market. Additionally, while
global distributor leaders are compensated based on sales activity of preferred customers
and sales employees in China, sales in China do not accrue to satisfy applicable sales
volume requirements within the global compensation plan.
-13-
Commissions
on the sale of an individual Nu Skin or Pharmanex product can exceed 50% of the wholesale
price. The actual commission payout percentage, however, varies depending on the number of
distributors at each payout level within our global compensation plan. On a global basis,
the overall payout on these products has typically averaged approximately 41% to 44%. We
believe that our commission payout as a percentage of total sales is among the most
generous paid by major direct selling companies.
From
time to time, we make modifications and enhancements to our global compensation plan to
help motivate distributors. In addition, we evaluate a limited number of distributor
requests on a monthly basis for exceptions to the terms and conditions of the global
compensation plan, including volume requirements. While our general policy is to
discourage exceptions, we believe that the flexibility to grant exceptions is critical in
retaining distributor loyalty and dedication and we make exceptions in limited cases as
necessary.
High
Level of Distributor Incentives. Based upon managements knowledge of our
competitors distributor compensation plans, we believe our global compensation plan
is among the most financially rewarding plans offered by leading direct selling companies.
There are two fundamental ways in which our distributors can earn money:
|
|
|
through
retail markups on sales of products purchased by distributors at wholesale; and |
|
|
|
through
a series of commissions on product sales. |
Each
of our products carries a specified number of sales volume points. Commissions are based
on total personal and group sales volume points per month. Sales volume points are
generally based upon a products wholesale cost, net of any point-of-sale taxes. As a
distributors business expands to successfully sponsoring other distributors into the
businesswho in turn expand their own businessesa distributor receives a higher
percentage of commissions. An executives commissions can increase substantially as
multiple downline distributors achieve executive status. In determining commissions, the
number of levels of downline distributors included in an executives commissionable
group increases as the number of executive distributorships directly below the executive
increases.
Distributor
Support. We are committed to providing high-level support services tailored to the
needs of our distributors in each market. We attempt to meet the needs and build the
loyalty of distributors by providing personalized distributor services and by maintaining
a generous product return policy. Because the majority of our distributors are part time
and have only a limited number of hours each week to concentrate on their business, we
believe that maximizing a distributors efforts by providing effective distributor
support has been, and will continue to be, important to our success.
Through
training meetings, distributor conventions, Web-based messages, distributor focus groups,
regular telephone conference calls, and other personal contacts with distributors, we seek
to understand and satisfy the needs of our distributors. We provide walk-in, telephonic,
and Web-based product fulfillment and tracking services that result in user-friendly,
timely product distribution. Several of our walk-in retail centers maintain meeting rooms,
which our distributors may utilize for training and sponsoring activities. Because of our
efficient distribution system, we believe that most of our distributors do not maintain a
significant inventory of our products.
-14-
Rules
Affecting Distributors. We monitor regulations and distributor activity in each
market to ensure our distributors comply with local laws. Our published distributor
policies and procedures establish the rules that distributors must follow in each market.
We also monitor distributor activity to maintain a level playing field for our
distributors, ensuring that some are not disadvantaged by the activities of others. We
require our distributors to present products and business opportunities ethically and
professionally. Distributors further agree that their presentations to customers must be
consistent with, and limited to, the product claims and representations made in our
literature.
Distributors
must represent to us that their receipt of commissions is based on retail sales and
substantial personal sales efforts. We must produce or pre-approve all sales aids used by
distributors such as videotapes, audiotapes, brochures and promotional clothing.
Distributors may not use any form of media advertising to promote products. Products may
be promoted only by personal contact or by literature produced or approved by the company.
Distributors may not use our trademarks or other intellectual property without our
consent.
Our
products may not be sold, and our business opportunities may not be promoted, in
traditional, non-Company owned retail environments. We have made an exception to this rule by allowing some
of our Pharmanex products to be sold in independently owned pharmacies and drug stores
meeting specified requirements. Distributors who own or are employed by a service-related
businesssuch as a doctors office, hair salon or health clubmay make
products available to regular customers as long as products are not displayed visibly to
the general public in a manner to attract the general public into the establishment to
purchase products.
In
order to qualify for commission bonuses, our distributors generally must satisfy specific
requirements including achieving at least 100 points, which is approximately $100 in
personal sales volume per month. In addition, individual markets may have requirements
specific to that country based on regulatory factors. For example, in the United States,
distributors must also:
|
|
|
document
retail sales or customer connections to established numbers of retail customers; and |
|
|
|
sell
and/or consume at least 80% of personal sales volume. |
We
systematically review reports of alleged distributor misbehavior. If we determine one of
our distributors has violated any of our policies or procedures, we may terminate the
distributors rights completely. Alternatively, we may impose sanctions, such as
warnings, probation, withdrawal or denial of an award, suspension of privileges of a
distributorship, fines and/or withholding of commissions until specified conditions are
satisfied, or other appropriate injunctive relief.
Product
Returns. We believe we are among the most consumer-protective companies in the
direct selling industry. While the regulations and our operations vary somewhat from
country to country, we generally follow a similar procedure for product returns. For 30
days from the date of purchase, our product return policy generally allows a retail
customer to return any Nu Skin or Pharmanex product to us directly or to the distributor
through whom the product was purchased for a full refund. After 30 days from the date of
purchase, the end users return privilege is at the discretion of the distributor.
Our distributors can generally return unused products directly to us for a 90% refund for
one year. Through 2007, our experience with actual product returns averaged less than 5%
of annual revenue.
Payment.
Distributors generally pay for products prior to shipment. Accordingly, we carry
minimal accounts receivable. Distributors typically pay for products in cash, by
wire transfer or by credit card. Order takers in the distribution centers, or
retail stores in China receive cash, which represents a significant portion of
all payments.
-15-
Competition
Direct
Selling Companies. We compete with other direct selling organizations, some of
which have a longer operating history and higher visibility, name recognition and
financial resources than we do. The leading direct selling companies in our existing
markets are Avon and Alticor (Amway). We compete for new distributors on the strength of
our multiple business opportunities, product offerings, global compensation plan,
management, and our international operations. In order to successfully compete in this
market and attract and retain distributors, we must maintain the attractiveness of our
business opportunities to our distributors.
Nu
Skin and Pharmanex Products. The markets for our Nu Skin and Pharmanex products
are highly competitive. Our competitors include manufacturers and marketers of personal
care and nutritional products, pharmaceutical companies and other direct selling
organizations, many of which have longer operating histories and greater name recognition
and financial resources than we do. We compete in these markets by emphasizing the
innovation, value and premium quality of our products and the convenience of our
distribution system. We focus on delivering a product whose value can be measured and
provide our distributors with powerful tools that allow them to demonstrate this
effectiveness.
Big
Planet Products and Services. The markets for our Big Planet products and
services are also highly competitive. Many of our competitors for these products and
services have much greater name recognition and financial resources than we do. We compete
in this market by delivering products that are more user friendly than those of our
competitors, by developing unique features and product interfaces, by partnering with
leading technology vendors whose competitive positioning can assist us and by leveraging
our direct selling channel strengths. The market for technology and telecommunication
products is very price sensitive, so we rely on our ability to acquire quality services
from vendors at prices that allow our distributors to sell at competitive prices while
still generating attractive commissions.
Intellectual Property
Our
major trademarks are registered in the United States and in each country where we operate
or have plans to operate, and we consider trademark protection to be very important to our
business. Our major trademarks include Nu Skin, Pharmanex, Big Planet and LifePak.
In addition, a number of our products and tools, including the Scanner, are based on
proprietary technologies and formulations, some of which are patented or licensed from
third parties. We also rely on trade secret protection to protect our proprietary formulas
and know-how. Our business is not substantially dependent on any single licensed
technology from any third party.
Government Regulation
Direct
Selling Activities. Direct selling activities are regulated by various federal,
state and local governmental agencies in the United States and foreign countries. These
laws and regulations are generally intended to prevent fraudulent or deceptive schemes,
often referred to as pyramid schemes, that compensate participants for
recruiting additional participants irrespective of product sales, use high-pressure
recruiting methods and/or do not involve legitimate products. The laws and regulations in
our current markets often:
|
|
|
impose
cancellation/product return, inventory buy-backs and cooling-off rights for consumers and
distributors; |
-16-
|
|
|
require
us or our distributors to register with governmental agencies; |
|
|
|
impose
caps on the amount of commission we can pay; |
|
|
|
impose
reporting requirements; and |
|
|
|
impose
upon us requirements, such as requiring distributors to maintain levels of retail sales
to qualify to receive commissions, to ensure that distributors are being compensated for
sales of products and not for recruiting new distributors. |
The
laws and regulations governing direct selling are modified from time to time, and, like
other direct selling companies, we are subject from time to time to government
investigations in our various markets related to our direct selling activities. This can
require us to make changes to our business model and aspects of our global compensation
plan in the markets impacted by such changes and investigations. Based on research
conducted in existing markets, the nature and scope of inquiries from government
regulatory authorities and our history of operations in those markets to date, we believe
our method of distribution complies in all material respects with the laws and regulations
related to direct selling of the countries in which we currently operate.
The
Federal Trade Commission (FTC) in the United States proposed new regulations in 2005 which
would impose additional written disclosure requirements such as earnings information,
names and telephone numbers of recent purchasers, cancellations and refund policies and
requests for cancellations or refunds within the prior two years, and information on legal
actions against the company and certain affiliates. T.he proposed regulations also would
implement a seven-day waiting period before a person could sign up to become a
distributor. The direct selling industry association has filed comments objecting to many
of the requirements in these proposed regulations and is
working to get the FTC to change its proposal.
As
a result of restrictions in China on direct selling activities, we have implemented a
retail store model utilizing an employed sales force, and we are currently integrating
direct selling in our business model in this market pursuant to recently enacted direct
selling regulations. The regulatory environment in China remains complex. Chinas
direct selling and anti-pyramiding regulations are restrictive and contain various
limitations, including a restriction on the ability to pay multi-level compensation to
independent distributors. Our operations in China have attracted significant regulatory
and media scrutiny since we expanded our operations there in January 2003. Regulations are
subject to discretionary interpretation by municipal and provincial level regulators as
well as local customs and practices. Interpretations of what constitutes permissible
activities by regulators can vary from province to province and can change from time to
time because of the lack of clarity in the rules regarding direct selling activities and
differences in customs and practices in each location.
Because
of the Chinese governments significant concerns about direct selling activities, it
scrutinizes very closely activities of direct selling companies. At times, investigations
and related actions by government regulators have impeded our ability to conduct business
in certain locations, and have resulted in a few cases in fines being paid by our company.
In each of these cases, we have been allowed to recommence operations after the
governments investigation, and no material changes to our business model were
required in connection with these fines and impediments. Please refer to Item 1A.
Risk Factors for more information on the regulatory risks associated with our
business in China.
-17-
The
regulatory environment with respect to direct selling in China remains fluid and the
process for obtaining the necessary governmental approvals to conduct direct selling
continues to evolve. The regulations and processes in some circumstances have been
interpreted differently by different governmental authorities. In order to expand our
direct selling model into additional provinces we currently must obtain a series of
approvals from the Departments of Commerce in such provinces, the Shanghai Department of
Commerce (Nu Skin Chinas supervisory authority), as well as the Departments of
Commerce in each city and district in which we plan to operate. We also are required to
obtain the approval of the State Ministry of Commerce, which is the national governmental
authority overseeing direct selling. In addition, regulators are acting cautiously as they
monitor the roll-out of direct selling, which has made the approval process take longer
than we anticipated. Please refer to Item 1A. Risk Factors for more
information on the risks associated with our planned expansion of direct selling in China.
Regulation
of Our Products. Our Nu Skin and Pharmanex products and related promotional and
marketing activities are subject to extensive governmental regulation by numerous domestic
and foreign governmental agencies and authorities, including the FDA, the FTC, the
Consumer Product Safety Commission, the Department of Agriculture, State Attorneys General
and other state regulatory agencies in the United States, and the Ministry of Health,
Labor and Welfare in Japan and similar government agencies in each market in which we
operate.
Our
personal care products are subject to various laws and regulations that regulate cosmetic
products and set forth regulations for determining whether a product can be marketed as a
cosmetic or requires further approval as a drug. In the United States,
regulation of cosmetics are under the jurisdiction of the FDA. The Food, Drug and Cosmetic
Act defines cosmetics by their intended use, as articles intended to be rubbed,
poured, sprinkled, or sprayed on, introduced into, or otherwise applied to the human body
.. . . for cleansing, beautifying, promoting attractiveness, or altering the
appearance. Among the products included in this definition are skin moisturizers,
perfumes, lipsticks, fingernail polishes, eye and facial makeup preparations, shampoos,
permanent waves, hair colors, toothpastes and deodorants, as well as any material intended
for use as a component of a cosmetic product. Conversely, a product will not be considered
a cosmetic, but may be considered a drug if it is intended for use in the diagnosis, cure,
mitigation, treatment, or prevention of disease, or is intended to affect the structure or
any function of the body. The other markets we operate in have similar regulations. In
Japan, the Ministry of Health, Labor and Welfare regulates the sale and distribution of
cosmetics and requires us to have an import business license and to register each personal
care product imported into Japan. In Taiwan, all medicated cosmetic products
require registration. In China, personal care products are placed into one of two
categories, general and drug. Products in both categories require
submission of formulas and other information with the health authorities, and drug
products require human clinical studies. The product registration process in China for
these products can take from nine to more than 18 months. Such regulations in any given
market can limit our ability to import products and can delay product launches as we go
through the registration and approval process for those products. The sale of cosmetic
products is regulated in the European Union under the European Union Cosmetics Directive,
which requires a uniform application for foreign companies making personal care product
sales.
Our
Pharmanex products are subject to various regulations promulgated by government agencies
in the markets in which we operate. In the United States, we generally market our
nutritional products as foods or dietary supplements. The FDA has jurisdiction over this
regulatory area. Because these products are regulated as foods under the
Dietary Supplement and Health Education Act, we are generally not required to obtain
regulatory approval prior to introducing a product into the United States market. None of
this infringes, however, upon the FDAs power to remove an unsafe substance from the
market. In our foreign markets, the products are generally regulated by similar government
agencies, such as the Ministry of Health and Welfare in Japan, the KFDA in South Korea,
and the Department of Health in Taiwan. We typically market our Pharmanex products in
international markets as foods or health foods under applicable regulatory regimes. In the
event a product, or an ingredient in a product, is classified as a drug or pharmaceutical
product in any market, we will generally not be able to distribute that product in that
market through our distribution channel because of strict restrictions applicable to drug
and pharmaceutical products. China has some of the most restrictive nutritional supplement
product regulations. Products marketed as health foods are subject to
extensive laboratory analysis by governmental authorities, and the product registration
process for these products takes approximately two years. We market both health
foods and general foods in China. Our flagship product, LifePak,
is currently marketed as a general food with only one of the three main capsules having
received health food classification. Currently, general foods is
not an approved category for direct selling; therefore, we will only market LifePak
through our retail stores until final health food classification for
LifePak is obtained for the other two capsules. Additionally, there is some risk
associated with the common practice in China of marketing a product as a general
food while seeking health food classification. If government officials
feel our categorization of our products is inconsistent with product claims, ingredients
or function, this could limit our ability to market such products in China in their
current form.
-18-
The
markets in which we operate all have varied regulations that distinguish foods and
nutritional health supplements from drugs or pharmaceutical
products. Because of the varied regulations, some products or ingredients that are
recognized as a food in certain markets may be treated as a
pharmaceutical in other markets. In Japan, for example, if a specified
ingredient is not listed as a food by the Ministry of Health and Welfare, we
must either modify the product to eliminate or substitute that ingredient, or petition the
government to treat such ingredient as a food. We experience similar issues in our other
markets. This is particularly a problem in Europe where the regulations differ from
country to country. As a result, we must often modify the ingredients and/or the levels of
ingredients in our products for certain markets. In some circumstances, the regulations in
foreign markets may require us to obtain regulatory approval prior to introduction of a
new product or limit our uses of certain ingredients altogether. Because of negative
publicity associated with some supplements, such as ephedra or human growth
hormones (HGH) (which we have never marketed) and other potentially harmful ingredients,
there has been an increased movement in the United States and other markets to expand the
regulation of dietary supplements, which could impose additional restrictions or
requirements in the future.
In
June 2007 the U.S. Food and Drug Administration announced a final rule establishing
regulations to require current good manufacturing practices (cGMP) for dietary
supplements. The rule ensures that dietary supplements are produced in a quality manner,
do not contain contaminants or impurities, and are accurately labeled. The final rule
includes requirements for establishing quality control procedures, designing and
constructing manufacturing plants, and testing ingredients and the finished products. It
also includes requirements for record keeping and handling consumer product complaints. If
dietary supplements contain contaminants or do not contain the dietary ingredient they are
represented to contain, the FDA would consider those products to be adulterated or
misbranded. We are required to comply with the new rule by June 2008. We believe that we
have in place all systems and quality control procedures or will have such in place prior
to the rule becoming effective as to our manufacturing or those of our vendors. Our
business is subject to additional regulations, such as those implementing a new adverse
event reporting system (AERs) effective December 2007,which requires us
to document and track adverse events and report serious adverse events associated with
consumers use of our products.
We
are aware that, in some of our international markets, there has been adverse publicity
concerning products that contain ingredients that have been genetically modified,
(GM) or irradiated. In some markets, the possibility of health risks or
perceived consumer preference thought to be associated with GM or irradiated ingredients
has prompted proposed or actual governmental regulation. We cannot anticipate the extent
to which these or other future regulations in our markets will restrict the use of
ingredients in our products or the impact of any regulations on our business in those
markets. We believe, based upon currently available information, that compliance with
regulatory requirements in this area should not have a material adverse effect on us or
our business. Compliance with GM, irradiation regulations or the like could be expected to
increase the cost of manufacturing certain of our products.
-19-
Most
of our major markets also regulate advertising and product claims regarding the efficacy
of products. This is particularly true with respect to our dietary supplements because we
typically market them as foods or health foods. Accordingly, these regulations can limit
our ability to inform consumers of the full benefits of our products. For example, in the
United States, we are unable to claim that any of our nutritional supplements will
diagnose, cure, mitigate, treat or prevent disease. In most of our foreign markets, we are
not able to make any medicinal claims with respect to our Pharmanex products.
In the United States, the Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act, however, permits
substantiated, truthful and non-misleading statements of nutritional support to be made in
labeling, such as statements describing general well-being resulting from consumption of a
dietary ingredient or the role of a nutrient or dietary ingredient in affecting or
maintaining a structure or a function of the body. Most of the other markets in which we
operate have not adopted similar legislation and we may be subject to more restrictive
limitations on the claims we can make about our products in these markets. For example, in
Japan, our nutritional supplements are marketed as food products, which significantly
limits our ability to make any claims regarding these products.
To
date, we have not experienced any difficulty maintaining our import licenses. However, due
to the varied regulations governing the manufacture and sale of nutritional products in
the various markets, we have found it necessary to reformulate many of our products or
develop new products in order to comply with such local requirements. In 2007, we have had
a couple of products that we were required to remove from one or more markets in Europe
because they were determined to be a drug or contain a novel ingredient. In the United
States, we are also subject to a consent decree with the FTC and various state regulatory
agencies arising out of investigations that occurred in the early 1990s of certain alleged
unsubstantiated product and earnings claims made by our distributors. The consent decree
requires us to, among other things, supplement our procedures to enforce our policies, not
allow our distributors to make earnings representations without making certain average
earnings disclosures, and not allow our distributors to make unsubstantiated product
claims.
Regulation
of Our Business Tools. One of our strategies is to develop
technologically-advanced business tools designed to help our distributors effectively
market our Nu Skin and Pharmanex products. For example, during the last several years we
have introduced the Scanner in many of our markets around the world as well as the
Galvanic Spa System II and the ProDerm Skin Analyzer. These tools are
subject to the regulations of various health, consumer protection and other governmental
authorities around the world. These regulations vary from market to market and affect
whether our business tools are required to be registered as medical devices, the claims
that can be made with respect to these tools, who can use them, and where they can be
used. We have been subject to regulatory inquiries in the United States, Japan, and other
countries with respect to the status of the Scanner as a non-medical device. Any
determination that medical device clearance is required could require us to expend
significant time and resources in order to meet the stringent standards imposed on medical
device companies or prevent us from marketing the product. For example, we are not able to
market the Galavanic Spa System II in Taiwan as a result of the regulatory
restrictions in this market. We are also subject to regulatory constraints on the claims
that can be made with respect to the use of our business tools. In Japan, for example, we
are limited in our ability to tie the Scanner measurement directly to the consumption of
our nutrition products.
Other
Regulatory Issues. As a United States entity operating through subsidiaries in
foreign jurisdictions, we are subject to foreign exchange control, transfer pricing and
custom laws that regulate the flow of funds between us and our subsidiaries and for
product purchases, management services and contractual obligations, such as the payment of
distributor commissions.
-20-
As
is the case with most companies that operate in our product categories, we receive from
time to time inquiries from government regulatory authorities regarding the nature of our
business and other issues, such as compliance with local direct selling, transfer pricing,
customs, taxation, foreign exchange control, securities and other laws. Negative publicity
resulting from inquiries into our operations by United States and state government
agencies in the early 1990s, stemming in part from alleged inappropriate product and
earnings claims by distributors, and in the late 1990s resulting from adverse media
attention in South Korea, harmed our business.
Employees
As
of December 31, 2007, we had approximately 8,700 full- and part-time employees worldwide,
approximately 2,750 of whom are employed as sales representatives in our China operations.
We also had labor contracts with approximately 2,330 potential new sales representatives
in China. None of our employees are represented by a union or other collective bargaining
group, except in China. We believe that our relationship with our employees is good, and
we do not foresee a shortage in qualified personnel necessary to operate our business.
Available Information
Our
Internet address is www.nuskinenterprises.com. We make available free of charge on
or through our Internet Website our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form
10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished
pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as
reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to,
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Executive Officers
Our
executive officers as of February 29, 2008, are as follows:
Name |
|
|
|
Age |
|
Position |
| |
Blake Roney |
|
|
|
49 |
|
Executive Chairman of the Board |
|
|
Truman Hunt | | |
| 48 |
|
President and Chief Executive Officer | | |
Ritch Wood | | |
| 42 |
|
Chief Financial Officer | | |
Joe Chang | | |
| 55 |
|
Chief Scientific Officer and Executive Vice President, Product Development | | |
Dan Chard | | |
| 43 |
|
Executive Vice President, Distributor Success | | |
Scott Schwerdt | | |
| 50 |
|
President, Americas and Europe | | |
Matthew Dorny | | |
| 44 |
|
General Counsel and Secretary | | |
Set forth
below is the business background of each of our executive officers.
Blake Roney
has served as the executive Chairman of the Board of our public company since we went
public in 1996. Mr. Roney was a founder of Nu Skin International (NSI) in
1984 and served as its Chief Executive Officer and President until our acquisition of NSI
in March 1998. Since our acquisition of NSI, Mr. Roney has retained his position as
the executive Chairman of the Board of our company. He received a B.S. degree from Brigham
Young University.
-21-
Truman
Hunt has served as our President since January 2003 and our Chief Executive Officer
since May 2003. He has also served as a director of our company since May 2003.
Mr. Hunt joined NSI (which we acquired in 1998) in 1994 and has served in various
positions with NSI and our company, including Vice President and General Counsel from 1996
to January 2003 and Executive Vice President from January 2001 until January 2003. Prior
to 1994, Mr. Hunt served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Better Living
Products, Inc., an NSI affiliate involved in the manufacture and distribution of houseware
products sold through traditional retail channels, and he was a securities and business
attorney in private practice. He received a B.S. degree from Brigham Young University and
a J.D. degree from the University of Utah.
Ritch Wood
has served as our Chief Financial Officer since November 2002. Prior to this appointment,
Mr. Wood served as Vice President, Finance from July 2002 to November 2002 and Vice
President, New Market Development from June 2001 to July 2002. Mr. Wood joined NSI in
1993 and has served NSI and our company in various capacities, including Controller,
Pharmanex Division, Director of Finance, New Market Development, and Assistant Director of
Tax. Prior to joining us, he worked for
the accounting firm of Grant Thornton LLP. Mr. Wood earned a B.S. and a Master of
Accountancy degree from Brigham Young University.
Joe
Chang has served as Chief Scientific Officer and Executive Vice President of Product
Development since February 2006. Dr. Chang served as the President of Pharmanex, our
nutritional supplement division, from April 2000 to February 2006. Dr. Chang served as
Vice President of Clinical Studies and Pharmacology of Pharmanex from 1997 until April
2000. He was the President and Chief Scientific Officer of Binary Therapeutics, Inc., a
development stage company in the biotechnology industry, from 1994 until 1997. Dr. Chang
has nearly 20 years of pharmaceutical experience. He received a B.S. degree from
Portsmouth University and a Ph.D. degree from the University of London.
Dan
Chard has served as Executive Vice President of Distributor Success since
February 2006. Prior to serving in this position, Mr. Chard served as President
of Nu Skin Europe from April 2004 to February 2006. Mr. Chard was Vice President of
Marketing and Product Management for the Big Planet Division from September 2002 to March
2004 and Senior Director of Marketing and Product Development for Pharmanex from September
1998 to June 2000. Mr. Chard worked in a variety of strategic management positions
including Senior Vice President of Marketing and Product Management at Broadlane and
Promedix, leaders in the health care supply chain management industry from July 2000 to
August 2002. Mr. Chard worked for PUR Recovery Engineering, a consumer products
manufacturer, from October 1997 to October 1998 as the Director of Marketing, and also
spent six years in marketing management with Pillsbury. Mr. Chard holds a B.A. degree
in Economics from Brigham Young University and an M.B.A. from the University of Minnesota.
Scott Schwerdt
has served as President, Americas and Europe since February 2006. Mr. Schwerdt served
as Regional Vice President of North America and President of Nu Skin Enterprises United
States, Inc. from May 2004 to February 2006. Mr. Schwerdt previously served as the
General Manager of our U.S. operations from May 2001 to May 2004 and as Chief Operating
Officer of our Big Planet division from December 1998 to May 2001. Mr. Schwerdt
joined NSI in 1988 and has held various positions with NSI and with our company, including
Vice President of North America/South Pacific Operations and Vice President of Europe.
Prior to joining us, Mr. Schwerdt was a Senior Resource Manager at the Department of
Defense in Washington, D.C. Mr. Schwerdt received a B.A. degree in International
Relations from Brigham Young University.
Matthew
Dorny has served as our General Counsel and Secretary since January 2003.
Mr. Dorny previously served as Assistant General Counsel from May 1998 to January
2003. Prior to joining us, Mr. Dorny was a shareholder in the law firm of Parr,
Waddoups, Brown, Gee & Loveless in Salt Lake City, Utah. Mr. Dorny received B.A.,
M.B.A. and J.D. degrees from the University of Utah.
-22-
Note
Regarding Forward-Looking Statements. Certain statements made in this
filing under the caption Item 1- Business are forward-looking
statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended (the Exchange Act). In addition, when used in this Report the words
or phrases will likely result, expect, intend,
will continue, anticipate, estimate,
project, believe and similar expressions are intended to identify
forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Exchange Act.
Forward-looking
statements include plans and objectives of management for future operations, including
plans and objectives relating to our products and future economic performance in countries
where we operate. These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties and are
based on certain assumptions that may not be realized. Actual results and outcomes may
differ materially from those discussed or anticipated. We assume no responsibility or
obligation to update these statements to reflect any changes. The forward-looking
statements and associated risks set forth herein relate to, among other things:
|
|
|
our
plans to launch or continue to roll-out or promote various products, tools, and
initiatives; |
|
|
|
the
expectation that our relationship with our current primary suppliers will not end in the
near term, and the belief that we could produce or source our personal care products from
other suppliers and expand manufacturing capabilities in China, and replace our primary
suppliers of Pharmanex products without great difficulty or increased cost; |
|
|
|
our
plans to continue to develop and introduce new, innovative products and to improve and
evolve our existing product formulations; |
|
|
|
our
belief that we will have in place all necessary systems and quality control procedures to
comply with cGMP for dietary supplements; |
|
|
|
our
plans to open additional stores in China, and our plans to commence operations in South
Africa; |
|
|
|
our
belief that compliance with certain regulatory requirements will not have a material
adverse effect on our business; |
|
|
|
our
plans to commit resources to research and development in the future; |
|
|
|
our
belief that providing effective distributor support will be important to our success; |
|
|
|
our
belief that we do not currently foresee a shortage in qualified personnel necessary to
operate our business. |
These
and other forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties
including those described below under Risk Factors and in Item 7.
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operation.
-23-
ITEM 1A. |
|
1A. RISK FACTORS |
We
face a number of substantial risks. Our business, financial condition or results of
operations could be harmed by any of these risks. The trading price of our common stock
could decline due to any of these risks, and they should be considered in connection with
the other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These risk factors
should be read together with the other items in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including
Item 1. Business and Item 7. Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operation.
Currency exchange
rate fluctuations could lower our revenue and net income.
In
2007, we recognized approximately 86% of our revenue in markets outside of the United
States in each markets respective local currency. We purchase inventory primarily in
the United States in U.S. dollars. In preparing our financial statements, we translate
revenue and expenses in foreign countries from their local currencies into U.S. dollars
using weighted-average exchange rates. If the U.S. dollar strengthens relative to local
currencies, particularly the Japanese yen inasmuch as we generated approximately 38% of
our 2007 revenue in Japan, our reported revenue, gross profit and net income will likely
be reduced. During the last couple of years, we experienced an overall weakening of the
Japanese yen, which has harmed our results. Although the yen has subsequently strengthened
considerably over the last few months, given the global, complex political and economic
dynamics that affect exchange rate fluctuations, we cannot estimate future fluctuations
and the effect these fluctuations may have upon future reported results or our overall
financial condition. In the event the Japanese yen or other foreign currencies weaken, our
results in 2008 would be negatively impacted. Although we attempt to reduce our exposure
to short-term exchange rate fluctuations by using foreign currency exchange rate contracts
for the Japanese yen and the use of yen denominated debt, we cannot be certain these
contracts or any other hedging activity will effectively reduce exchange rate exposure.
Because our Japanese operations
account for a significant part of our business, continued weakness in our business
operations in Japan would harm our business.
Approximately
38% of our 2007 revenue was generated in Japan. We have experienced declines in our
business in this market during the past few years, and it appears many of our direct
selling competitors have seen their businesses in this market contract over the last few
years. We believe our operating results have been negatively impacted by a variety of
factors, including, lack of distributor activity, the unanticipated impact of compensation
plan changes, regulatory issues, and production difficulties. Our financial results would
be harmed and our business could continue to decline if our products, business
opportunity, or planned growth initiatives do not retain and generate continued interest
and enthusiasm among our distributors and consumers in this market. In addition, there
appears to be increased governmental scrutiny of our industry including a recent
regulatory action against a prominent company that has received considerable publicity. As
a result of these factors, this market continues to be a challenging market. We have
implemented several initiatives, including the launch of new products and changes to our
compensation plan, and have other initiatives planned to help renew growth in this market.
If these and other planned initiatives are delayed, or do not generate distributor
excitement or attract new distributors or customers in Japan, or if industry conditions do
not improve, or we experience adverse publicity as a result of the actions of our
distributors, it may limit our prospects for renewed growth in this market and harm our
financial results.
-24-
If we are unable to retain our
existing independent distributors and recruit additional distributors, our revenue will
not increase and may even decline.
We
distribute almost all of our products through our independent distributors (and China
sales representatives) and we depend on them to generate virtually all of our revenue. Our
distributors may terminate their services at any time, and, like most direct selling
companies, we experience high turnover among distributors from year to year. Distributors
who join to purchase our products for personal consumption or for short-term income goals
frequently only stay with us for a short time. Executive distributors who have committed
time and effort to build a sales organization will generally stay for longer periods.
Distributors have highly variable levels of training, skills and capabilities. As a
result, in order to maintain sales and increase sales in the future, we need to continue
to retain existing distributors and recruit additional distributors. To increase our
revenue, we must increase the number of and/or the productivity of our distributors.
We
have experienced periodic declines in both active distributors and executive distributors
in the past. The number of our active and executive distributors may not increase and
could decline again in the future. While we take many steps to help train, motivate, and
retain distributors, we cannot accurately predict how the number and productivity of
distributors may fluctuate because we rely primarily upon our distributor leaders to
recruit, train, and motivate new distributors. Our operating results could be harmed if we
and our distributor leaders do not generate sufficient interest in our business to retain
existing distributors and attract new distributors.
The number and productivity of our
distributors also depends on several additional factors, including:
|
|
|
any
adverse publicity regarding us, our products, our distribution channel, or our
competitors; |
|
|
|
a
lack of interest in, or the technical failure of, existing or new products; |
|
|
|
lack
of a sponsoring story that generates interest for potential new distributors and
effectively draws them into the business; |
|
|
|
the
public's perception of our products and their ingredients; |
|
|
|
the
public's perception of our distributors and direct selling businesses in general; |
|
|
|
our
actions to enforce our policies and procedures; |
|
|
|
any
regulatory actions or charges against us or others in our industry; |
|
|
|
general
economic and business conditions; and |
|
|
|
potential
saturation or maturity levels in a given country or market which could negatively impact
our ability to attract and retain distributors in such market. |
Our
operating results could be adversely affected if our existing and new business
opportunities and incentives, products, business tools and other initiatives do not
generate sufficient enthusiasm and economic incentive to retain our existing distributors
or to sponsor new distributors on a sustained basis. In addition, in our mature markets,
one of the challenges we face is keeping distributor leaders with established businesses
and high income levels motivated and actively engaged in business building activities and
developing new distributor leaders. There can be no assurance that our initiatives such as
the Scanner and Galvanic Spa System II will generate excitement among our
distributors in the long-term or that planned initiatives will be successful in
maintaining distributor activity and productivity or in motivating distributor leaders to
remain engaged in business building and developing new distributor leaders. In addition,
some initiatives may have unanticipated negative impacts on our markets, particularly
changes to our compensation plan. The introduction of a new product or key initiative such
as the Scanner and g3 can also negatively impact other product lines to the extent
our distributor leaders focus their efforts on the new product or initiative.
-25-
Although our distributors are
independent contractors, improper distributor actions that violate laws or regulations
could harm our business.
Distributor
activities in our existing markets that violate governmental laws or regulations could
result in governmental actions against us in markets where we operate, which would harm
our business. Except in China, our distributors are not employees and act independently of
us. We implement strict policies and procedures to ensure our distributors will comply
with legal requirements. However, given the size of our distributor force, we experience
problems with distributors from time to time. For example, product claims made by some of
our distributors in 1990 and 1991 led to an investigation by the FTC in the United States,
which resulted in our entering into a consent decree with the FTC. In addition, recent
rulings by the Korean FTC and by judicial authorities against us and other companies in
Korea indicate that vicarious liability may be imposed on us for the criminal activity of
our independent distributors. During the past year we have experienced an increase in
complaints to consumer protection agencies in Japan related to distributor activities. As
a result, we have performed additional training for distributors in this market to try to
resolve these issues and restructured our compliance operations to provide enhanced
education and training as well as rules compliance. We have also been in contact with
several consumer centers about resolving some distributor inappropriate behavior issues.
If consumer complaints escalate to a government review or if the level of complaints
further increases or does not improve, regulators in Japan could take action against us or
negative media could occur, either of which could harm our business.
Government inquiries,
investigations, and actions could harm our business.
There
has been an increase in governmental scrutiny of our industry in various markets,
including Japan, China, Europe, and the United Kingdom. In the United Kingdom, an action
has been brought against an industry leader by regulators alleging that the company and
its distributor were engaged in activities that violated the anti-pyramid laws. In Japan,
one of the larger direct selling companies in that market was recently required to suspend
sponsoring activities for three months. We understand that regulators in Japan are
increasingly focusing on companies in our industry. Any adverse results in these cases
could spur further reviews and actions with respect to others in the industry. From time
to time, we receive formal and informal inquiries from various government regulatory
authorities about our business and our compliance with local laws and regulations. Any
determination that we or our distributors are not in compliance with existing laws or
regulations could potentially harm our business. Even if governmental actions do not
result in rulings or orders, they potentially could create negative publicity which could
detrimentally affect our efforts to recruit or motivate distributors and attract customers
and, consequently, reduce revenue and net income.
In
the early 1990s, we entered into voluntary consent agreements with the FTC and a few state
regulatory agencies relating to investigations of our distributors product claims
and practices. These investigations centered on alleged unsubstantiated product and
earnings claims made by some of our distributors. We believe that the negative publicity
generated by this FTC action, as well as a subsequent action in the mid-1990s related to
unsubstantiated product claims, harmed our business and results of operation in the United
States. Pursuant to the consent decrees, we agreed, among other things, to supplement our
procedures to enforce our policies, to not allow distributors to make earnings
representations without making additional disclosures relating to average earnings and to
not make, or allow our distributors to make, product claims that were not substantiated.
We have taken various actions, including implementing a more generous inventory buy-back
policy, publishing average distributor earnings information, supplementing our procedures
for enforcing our policies, and reviewing distributor product sales aids, to address the
issues raised by the FTC and state agencies in these investigations. As a result of the
previous investigations, the FTC makes inquiries from time to time regarding our
compliance with applicable laws and regulations and our consent decree. Any further
actions by the FTC or other comparable state or federal regulatory agencies, in the United
States or abroad, could have a further negative impact on us in the future.
-26-
Challenges by private parties to
the form of our network marketing system could harm our business.
We
may be subject to challenges by private parties, including our distributors, to the form
of our network marketing system or elements of our business. For example, class action
lawsuits have recently been brought against some of our competitors that include
allegations that the businesses involve unlawful pyramid schemes. In addition, there have
been allegations made by a consumer protection activist regarding the business models of a
couple of our competitors in the network marketing industry. There can be no assurance
that similar actions or allegations will not be brought against us, which could harm our
business. In addition, adverse rulings in one of these cases could negatively impact our
business if it creates adverse publicity or interprets current regulatory requirements in
a manner that is inconsistent with our current business practices. In the United States,
the network marketing industry and regulatory authorities have generally relied on the
implementation of distributor rules and policies designed to promote retail sales to
protect consumers and to prevent inappropriate activities and to distinguish between
legitimate network marketing distribution plans and unlawful pyramid schemes. We have
adopted rules and policies based on case law, rulings of the FTC, discussions with
regulatory authorities in several states and domestic and global industry standards. Legal
and regulatory requirements concerning network marketing systems, however, involve a high
level of subjectivity, are inherently fact-based and are subject to judicial
interpretation. Because of the foregoing, we can provide no assurance that we would not be
harmed by the application or interpretation of statutes or regulations governing network
marketing, particularly in any civil challenge by a current or former distributor.
Governmental regulations relating
to the marketing and advertising of our products and services, in particular our
nutritional supplements, may restrict or inhibit our ability to sell these products.
Our
products and our related marketing and advertising efforts are subject to extensive
governmental regulations by numerous domestic and foreign governmental agencies and
authorities. These include the FDA, the FTC, the Consumer Product Safety Commission and
the Department of Agriculture in the United States, State Attorneys General and other
state regulatory agencies and the Ministry of Health, Labor and Welfare in Japan along
with similar governmental agencies in other foreign markets where we operate.
Our
markets have varied regulations concerning product formulation, labeling, packaging and
importation. These laws and regulations often require us to, among other things:
|
|
|
reformulate
products for a specific market to meet the specific product formulation laws of that
country; |
|
|
|
conform
product labeling to the regulations in each country; and |
-27-
|
|
|
register
or qualify products with the applicable governmental authority or obtain necessary
approvals or file necessary notifications for the marketing of our products. |
Restrictions
on our ability to introduce products, or delays in introducing products, could reduce
revenue and decrease profitability. Regulators also may prohibit us from making
therapeutic claims about products, regardless of the existence of research and independent
studies that may support such claims. These product claim restrictions could prevent us
from realizing the potential revenue from some of our products.
Increased regulatory scrutiny of
nutritional supplements as well as new regulations that are being adopted in some of our
markets with respect to nutritional supplements could result in more restrictive and
burdensome regulations and harm our results.
There
has been an increasing movement in the United States and other markets to increase the
regulation of dietary supplements, which could impose additional restrictions or
requirements in the future. In several of our markets, including Europe, South Korea and
Hong Kong, new regulations have been adopted or are likely to be adopted in the near-term
that could impose new requirements, make changes in some classifications of supplements
under the regulations, or limit the levels of ingredients we can include and claims we can
make. In addition, there has been increased regulatory scrutiny of nutritional supplements
and marketing claims under existing and new regulations. In Europe for example, we are
unable to market supplements that contain ingredients that have not been previously
marketed in Europe (novel foods) without going through an extensive
registration and approval process. We recently had our g3 product taken off the
market in Denmark because the authorities in Denmark disagreed with our position that the
product was not a novel food. We also recently had to stop selling
Cholestin in the Netherlands and IGG Boost in Denmark based on adverse
determinations by regulators in these markets. Europe is also expected to adopt additional
regulations this fall setting new limits on acceptable maximum levels of vitamins and
minerals. In addition, the FDA recently finalized new GMPs and AERs for the nutritional
supplement industry requiring good manufacturing processes for us and our vendors and
reporting of serious adverse events associated with use of our products. Our operations
could be harmed if new regulations require us to reformulate products or effect new
registrations, if regulatory authorities make determinations that any of our products do
not comply with applicable manufacturing and regulatory requirements, or if we are not
able to effect necessary changes to our products in a timely and efficient manner in order
to respond or comply to new regulations. In addition, our operations could be harmed if
governmental laws or regulations are enacted that restrict the ability of companies to
market or distribute nutritional supplements or impose additional burdens or requirements
on nutritional supplement companies.
Our operations in China are
subject to significant governmental scrutiny and may be harmed by the results of such
scrutiny.
Because
of the governments significant concerns about direct selling activities, government
regulators in China scrutinize very closely activities of direct selling companies or
activities that resemble direct selling. The regulatory environment in China with regards
to direct selling is evolving, and officials in multiple national and local levels in the
Chinese government often exercise significant discretion in deciding how to interpret and
apply applicable regulations. In the past, the government has taken significant actions
against companies that the government found were engaging in direct selling activities in
violation of applicable law, including shutting down their businesses and imposing
substantial fines.
-28-
Our
business in China has been subject to significant governmental scrutiny, and reviews and
investigations by government regulators have at times impeded our ability to conduct
business and have resulted in several cases in fines being paid by us, which in the
aggregate have been less than 1% of our revenue in China. We continue to be subject to
current governmental reviews and investigations, and we may incur similar or more severe
sanctions in the future. Occasionally, we have also been asked to cease sales activity in
some stores while the regulators review our operations. While, in each of these cases, we
have been allowed to recommence operations after the governments review without
material changes to our operations, there is no assurance that this will always be the
case. Even though we have now obtained approval to conduct direct selling in Shanghai and
Beijing, government regulators continue to scrutinize our activities and the activities of
our distributors and sales employees to monitor our compliance with the new regulations
and other applicable regulations as we implement direct selling into our business model.
At times, complaints made by our sales representatives to the government have resulted in
increased scrutiny by the government. Any determination that our operations or activities,
or the activities of our employed sales representatives or distributors, are not in
compliance with applicable regulations could result in the imposition of substantial
fines, extended interruptions of business, termination of necessary licenses and permits,
including our direct selling approvals, or restrictions on our ability to open new stores
or obtain approvals for service centers or expand into new locations, or other actions,
all of which would harm our business.
If recently adopted direct selling
regulations in China are interpreted or enforced by governmental authorities in a manner
that negatively impacts our retail business model or our dual business model there, our
business in China could be harmed.
Chinese
regulators have adopted anti-pyramiding and new direct selling regulations that contain
significant restrictions and limitations, including a restriction on multi-level
compensation for independent distributors selling away from a fixed location. The
regulations also impose various requirements on individuals before they can become direct
sellers, including the passage of an examination, which are more burdensome than in our
other markets and which could negatively impact the willingness of some people to sign up
to become direct sellers. These new regulations are not yet well understood, and there
continues to be some confusion and uncertainty as to the meaning of the new regulations
and their scope, and the specific types of restrictions and requirements imposed under
them. It is difficult to predict how regulators will interpret and enforce these new
regulations and the impact of these new regulations on pending regulatory reviews and
investigations. Our business and our growth prospects would be harmed if Chinese
regulators interpret the anti-pyramiding regulations or direct selling regulations as
applying to our retail store/employed sales representative business model, or if
regulations are interpreted in such a manner that our current method of conducting
business through the use of employed sales representatives or our implementation of direct
selling that is currently underway is found to violate applicable regulations. In
particular, our business would be harmed by any determination that our current method of
compensating our sales employees, including our use of the sales productivity of a sales
employee and the group of sales employees whom he or she trains and supervises as one of
the factors in establishing such sales employees salary and compensation, violates
the restriction on multi-level compensation in the new regulations. Our business could
also be harmed if regulators inhibit our ability to concurrently operate our retail
store/employed sales representative business model and our direct selling business.
-29-
Although we have obtained approval
to conduct direct selling in China, our current governmental approval only allows us to do
so in Shanghai and Beijing. If we are unable to obtain additional necessary national and
local governmental approvals as quickly as we would like, our ability to expand our direct
selling business and grow our business there could be negatively impacted.
We
have completed the required national and local licensing process and commenced direct
selling activities in Beijing and Shanghai. In order to expand our direct selling model
into additional provinces, we currently must obtain a series of approvals from district,
city, provincial and national governmental agencies with respect to each province in which
we wish to expand. The approval process includes a requirement that we establish
service centers that serve primarily as product return locations. If
regulators fail to permit us to build service centers at a rate that meets our growth
demands, this could limit our ability to obtain direct selling approvals in accordance
with anticipated timelines. Because direct selling was only recently authorized in China,
the process for obtaining the necessary governmental approvals to conduct direct selling
continues to evolve. As we are being required to work with such a large number of
provincial, city, district and national governmental authorities, we have found that it is
taking more time than anticipated to work through the approval process with these
authorities. These authorities have broad discretion in interpreting the regulations and
granting necessary approvals. Different governmental authorities have interpreted the
regulations and processes in some circumstances differently. A delay in obtaining
approvals at one level can delay our ability to obtain approvals at the next level. In
addition, we have received some indications from the national government authorities that
they intend to review and monitor the operations of an approved direct selling company
during an evaluation period before granting approvals to such company to expand into
additional provinces as regulators continue to closely monitor the development of direct
selling in China. The complexity of the approval process as well as the governments
continued cautious approach as direct selling develops in China makes it difficult to
predict the timeline for obtaining these approvals. If the results of the
governments evaluation of our direct selling activities in Shanghai results in
further delays in obtaining licenses elsewhere, or if the current processes for obtaining
approvals are delayed further for any reason or are changed or are interpreted differently
than currently understood, our ability to expand direct selling in China and our growth
prospects in this market could be negatively impacted.
Implementing a compensation plan
and business model for our independent distributors in China that is different from other
markets could harm our ability to grow our business in China.
The
direct selling regulations in China impose various limitations and requirements, including
a prohibition on multi-level compensation and a requirement that all distributors pass a
required examination before becoming a distributor. The regulations also impose other
restrictions on direct selling activities that differ from the regulations in our other
markets. As a result, we are implementing a direct selling compensation plan and business
model for the direct sales component of our business that differs from the model we use in
other markets. There can be no assurance that these restrictions will not negatively
impact our ability to provide an attractive business opportunity to distributors in this
market and limit our ability to grow our business in this market. In addition, the
regulations do not allow the sale of general foods through a direct selling business
model. Because some of our supplements, including LifePak, are being marketed as
general foods until we obtain health food status for these products, we will only be able
to sell these products at our stores and not away from the stores until they receive
health food status, which could have a negative impact on our direct selling business.
Intellectual property rights are
difficult to enforce in China.
Chinese
commercial law is relatively undeveloped compared to most of our other major markets, and,
as a result, we may have limited legal recourse in the event we encounter significant
difficulties with patent or trademark infringers. Limited protection of intellectual
property is available under Chinese law, and the local manufacturing of our products may
subject us to an increased risk that unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise
obtain or use our product formulations. As a result, we cannot assure that we will be able
to adequately protect our product formulations.
-30-
If one of our tools is determined
to be a medical device in a particular geographic market or if our distributors use it for
medical purposes, our ability to continue to market and distribute such tool could be
harmed.
One
of our strategies is to market unique tools that allow our distributors to distinguish our
products, including the Scanner, the Galavanic Spa System II, and the ProDerm
Skin Analyzer. We do not believe the products are medical devices and do not market
them as medical devices. In March 2003, the FDA questioned the status of the Scanner as a
non-medical device. We subsequently filed an application with the FDA to have it
classified as a non-medical device. The FDA has not yet acted on our application. There
are various factors that could determine whether a product is a medical device including
the claims that we or our distributors make about it. We have faced similar uncertainties
and regulatory issues in other markets with respect to the status of one or more of our
tools as a non-medical device and the claims that can be made in using it. For example,
during the past couple of years we have faced regulatory inquiries in Japan, Korea,
Singapore and Thailand regarding distributor claims with respect to the Scanner. We are
not able to market the Galvanic Spa System II in Taiwan due to regulatory
restrictions. There have also been recent legislative proposals in Singapore and Malaysia
relating to the regulation of medical devices which could have an impact on our tools. A
determination in any of these markets that any of our tools are medical devices or that
distributors are using it to make medical claims or perform medical diagnoses or other
activities limited to licensed professionals could negatively impact our ability to use
these tools in a market. Regulatory scrutiny of a tool could also dampen distributor
enthusiasm and hinder the ability of distributors to effectively utilize such tool. In the
event medical device clearance is required in any market, obtaining clearance could
require us to provide documentation concerning its clinical utility and to make some
modifications to its design, specifications and manufacturing process in order to meet
stringent standards imposed on medical device companies. There can be no assurance we
would be able to provide such documentation and make such changes promptly or in a manner
that is satisfactory to regulatory authorities.
Changes to our compensation
arrangements with our distributors could be viewed negatively by some distributors and
could harm our operating results if such changes impact distributor productivity.
We
have implemented a global compensation plan that has some components that differ from
market to market. We modify components of our compensation plan from time to time in an
attempt to keep our compensation plan competitive and attractive to existing and potential
distributors, to address changing market dynamics, to provide incentives to distributors
that we believe will help grow our business, and to address other business needs. Because
of the size of our distributor force and the complexity of our compensation plans, it is
difficult to predict whether such changes will achieve their desired results. For example,
in 2005, we made changes to our compensation plan in Japan that had been successful in
other markets, but did not have the impact in Japan that we anticipated and negatively
impacted our business. China and certain markets in Southeast Asia similarly were
negatively impacted by compensation plan changes in 2005. We are currently planning on
implementing various changes to our compensation plan throughout many of our markets in
2008. In addition, because of the size and complexity of our sales force and compensation
plan, growth in certain markets and changes to our plans have caused compensation rates in
these markets to rise higher than historical levels, which could reduce our operating
income. Although managements objective is to maximize the benefit of compensation
plan expenses, compensation plan changes may be made in the future in these markets with
higher compensation rates in order to maintain overall payout as close to historical
levels as possible. In addition, we will need to make changes to our compensation plan in
South Korea as our average pay-out is beginning to rise above the maximum level allowed by
law. We cannot be certain that the modifications we are making in South Korea or any other
modifications we make to our compensation plans in our other markets will be well received
or achieve their desired results. If our distributors fail to adapt to these changes or
find them unattractive, our business could be harmed.
-31-
If we are unable to successfully
expand and grow operations within our recently opened and developing markets, we may have
difficulty achieving our long-term objectives.
A
significant percentage of our revenue growth over the past decade has been attributable to
our expansion into new markets. Our growth over the next several years depends in part on
our ability to successfully introduce products and tools, and to successfully implement
initiatives in our new and developing markets, including China, Russia, Latin America and
Eastern Europe that will help generate growth. In addition to the regulatory difficulties
we may face in introducing our products, tools, and initiatives in these markets, we could
face difficulties in achieving acceptance of our premium-priced products in developing
markets. In the past, we have struggled to operate successfully in developing markets,
such as Latin America. This may also be the case in Eastern Europe and the other new
markets into which we have recently expanded. If we are unable to successfully expand our
operations within these new markets, our opportunities to grow our business may be
limited, and, as a result, we may not be able to achieve our long-term objectives.
Global political issues
and conflicts could harm our business.
Because
a substantial portion of our business is conducted outside of the United States, our
business is subject to global political issues and conflicts, including terrorism threats,
tensions related to North Korea, political tensions between the Peoples Republic of
China and Taiwan, and other issues. If these conflicts or issues escalate, or if there is
increased anti-American sentiment, this could harm our foreign operations. In addition,
changes and actions by governments in foreign markets, in particular those markets such as
China where capitalism and free market trading is still evolving, could harm our business.
Adverse publicity concerning our
business, marketing plan or products could harm our business and reputation.
The
size of our distribution force and the results of our operations can be particularly
impacted by adverse publicity regarding us, the nature of our distributor network, our
products or the actions of our distributors. Specifically, we are susceptible to adverse
publicity concerning:
|
|
|
suspicions
about the legality and ethics of network marketing; |
|
|
|
the
ingredients or safety of our or our competitors' products; |
|
|
|
regulatory
investigations of us, our competitors and our respective products; |
|
|
|
the
actions of our current or former distributors; and |
|
|
|
public
perceptions of direct selling businesses generally. |
In
addition, in the past we have experienced negative publicity that has harmed our business
in connection with regulatory investigations and inquiries. We may receive negative
publicity in the future, and it may harm our business and reputation.
-32-
Inability of new products to gain
distributor and market acceptance could harm our business.
A
critical component of our business is our ability to develop new products that create
enthusiasm among our distributor force. If we are unable to introduce new products our distributor productivity could be harmed. In addition, if any new
products fail to gain market acceptance, are restricted by regulatory requirements or have
quality problems, this would harm our results of operations. Factors that could affect our
ability to continue to introduce new products include, among others, government
regulations, the inability to attract and retain qualified research and development staff,
the termination of third-party research and collaborative arrangements, proprietary
protections of competitors that may limit our ability to offer comparable products and the
difficulties in anticipating changes in consumer tastes and buying preferences.
The loss of key high-level
distributors could negatively impact our distributor growth and our revenue.
As
of December 31, 2007, we had approximately 755,000 active independent distributors, sales
representatives and preferred customers, including approximately 30,000 executive level
distributors or full-time sales representatives. Approximately 480 distributors occupied
the highest distributor level under our global compensation plan as of that date. These
distributors, together with their extensive networks of downline distributors, account for
substantially all of our revenue. As a result, the loss of a high-level distributor or a
group of leading distributors in the distributors network of downline distributors,
whether by their own choice or through disciplinary actions by us for violations of our
policies and procedures, could negatively impact our distributor growth and our revenue.
Laws and regulations may prohibit
or severely restrict our direct sales efforts and cause our revenue and profitability to
decline, and regulators could adopt new regulations that harm our business.
Various
government agencies throughout the world regulate direct sales practices. These laws and
regulations are generally intended to prevent fraudulent or deceptive schemes, often
referred to as pyramid schemes, that compensate participants for recruiting
additional participants irrespective of product sales, use high pressure recruiting
methods and/or do not involve legitimate products. The laws and regulations in our current
markets often:
|
|
|
impose
order cancellations, product returns, inventory buy-backs and cooling-off rights for
consumers and distributors; |
|
|
|
require
us or our distributors to register with governmental agencies; |
|
|
|
impose
caps on the amount of commissions we can pay; |
|
|
|
impose
reporting requirements to regulatory agencies; and/or |
|
|
|
require
us to ensure that distributors are not being compensated based upon the recruitment of
new distributors. |
Complying
with these widely varying and sometimes inconsistent rules and regulations can be
difficult and require the devotion of significant resources on our part. If we are unable
to continue business in existing markets or commence operations in new markets because of
these laws, our revenue and profitability will decline. Countries where we currently do
business could change their laws or regulations to negatively affect or completely
prohibit direct sales efforts.
-33-
In
addition, government agencies and courts in the countries where we operate may use their
powers and discretion in interpreting and applying laws in a manner that limits our
ability to operate or otherwise harms our business or adopt new laws or regulations that
could impose additional restrictions. For example, the FTC in the United States has
recently proposed new regulations, which would impose additional restrictive and
burdensome disclosure requirements and a seven-day waiting period before a person could
sign up to become a distributor. The direct selling industry association has filed
comments objecting to many of these requirements and is working to get the FTC to change
its proposal for new regulations. If these regulations were adopted in their current form,
it could have a negative impact on direct selling businesses in the United States
including our business. If any governmental authority were to bring a regulatory
enforcement action against us that interrupts our business, revenue and earnings would
likely suffer.
Increases in duties on our
imported products in our markets outside of the United States or adverse results of tax
audits in our various markets could reduce our revenue, negatively impact our operating
results and harm our competitive position.
Historically,
we have imported most of our products into the countries in which they are ultimately
sold. These countries impose various legal restrictions on imports and typically impose
duties on our products. We are subject from time to time to reviews and audits by the
foreign taxing authorities of the various jurisdictions in which we conduct business
throughout the world. These audits sometimes result in challenges by such taxing
authorities as to our methodologies used in determining our income tax, duties, customs,
and other amounts owed in connection with the importation and distribution of our
products. Currently, customs audits are underway in a number of our markets. We have been
assessed by the Japan customs authorities approximately $25 million for additional duties
on products imported into Japan, and we are currently contesting this assessment.
Effective July 1, 2005, the Company is operating under a new structure in Japan and we are
in the process of negotiating a new advanced pricing agreement with the income tax
authorities in Japan related to our transfer pricing for products being imported into
Japan. In connection with these negotiations, they have requested that we explain our
position in the customs appeal and the difference in our treatment of the
transaction for customs purposes compared to our income tax treatment under the prior
structures. In the event the income tax authorities disagree with our position or
explanation, there is a risk that they could attempt to challenge our income tax position,
which could negatively impact our ability to successfully prosecute our customs
appeal or result in additional income tax assessments.
Governmental authorities may
question our intercompany transfer pricing policies or change their laws in a manner that
could increase our effective tax rate or otherwise harm our business.
As
a U.S. company doing business in international markets through subsidiaries, we are
subject to foreign tax and intercompany pricing laws, including those relating to the flow
of funds between our company and our subsidiaries. Regulators in the United States and in
foreign markets closely monitor our corporate structure and how we effect intercompany
fund transfers. If regulators challenge our corporate structure, transfer pricing
mechanisms or intercompany transfers, our operations may be harmed, and our effective tax
rate may increase. Tax rates vary from country to country, and, if regulators determine
that our profits in one jurisdiction may need to be increased, we may not be able to fully
utilize all foreign tax credits that are generated, which will increase our effective tax
rate. For example, our corporate income tax rate in the United States is 35%. If our
profitability in a higher tax jurisdiction, such as Japan where the corporate tax rate is
currently set at 46%, increases disproportionately to the rest of our business, our
effective tax rate may increase. The various customs, exchange control and transfer
pricing laws are continually changing and are subject to the interpretation of
governmental agencies. Despite our efforts to be aware of and comply with such laws and
changes to and interpretations thereof, there is a risk that we may not continue to
operate in compliance with such laws. We may need to adjust our operating procedures in
response to such changes, and as a result, our business may suffer.
-34-
The loss of suppliers or shortages
in ingredients could harm our business.
We acquire
ingredients and products from two suppliers that each
currently manufacture a significant portion of our Nu Skin personal care products. In
addition, we currently rely on two suppliers for a majority of Pharmanex nutritional
supplement products. In the event we were to lose any of these suppliers and
experience any difficulties in finding or transitioning to alternative suppliers, this
could harm our business. In addition, we obtain some of our products from sole suppliers
that own or control the product formulations or ingredients. We also license the right to
distribute some of our products from third parties. In the event we are unable
to renew these contracts, we may need to discontinue some products or develop substitute
products, which could harm our revenue. In addition, if we experience supply shortages or
regulatory impediments with respect to the raw materials and ingredients we use in our
products, we may need to seek alternative supplies or suppliers. Some of our nutritional
products, including our recently introduced g3 juice, incorporate natural products
that are only harvested once a year and may have limited supplies. If demand exceeds
forecasts, we may have difficulties in obtaining additional supplies to meet the excess
demand until the next growing season. If we are unable to successfully respond to such
issues, our business could be harmed.
Production difficulties
and quality control problems could harm our business.
Occasionally,
we, or our suppliers have experienced production difficulties with respect to our
products, including the delivery of products that do not meet our quality control
standards. These quality problems have resulted in the past, and could result in the
future, in stock outages or shortages in our markets with respect to products, harming our
sales and creating inventory write-offs for unusable product. In addition, these issues
can negatively impact distributor confidence as well as potentially invite additional
governmental scrutiny in our various markets.
We depend on our key personnel,
and the loss of the services provided by any of our executive officers or other key
employees could harm our business and results of operations.
Our
success depends to a significant degree upon the continued contributions of our senior
management, many of whom would be difficult to replace. These employees may voluntarily
terminate their employment with us at any time. We may not be able to successfully retain
existing personnel or identify, hire and integrate new personnel. We do not carry key
person insurance for any of our personnel. Although we have signed offer letters or
written agreements summarizing the compensation terms for some of our senior executives,
we have generally not entered into formal employment agreements with our executive
officers. If we lose the services of our executive officers or key employees for any
reason, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.
Our markets are intensely
competitive, and market conditions and the strengths of competitors may harm our business.
The
markets for our products are intensely competitive. Our results of operations may be
harmed by market conditions and competition in the future. Many competitors have much
greater name recognition and financial resources than we have, which may give them a
competitive advantage. For example, our Nu Skin products compete directly with branded,
premium retail products. We also compete with other direct selling organizations. The
leading direct selling companies in our existing markets are Avon and Alticor (Amway). We
currently do not have significant patent or other proprietary protection, and our
competitors may introduce products with the same ingredients that we use in our products.
Because of regulatory restrictions concerning claims about the efficacy of dietary
supplements, we may have difficulty differentiating our products from our
competitors products, and competing products entering the nutritional market could
harm our nutritional supplement revenue.
-35-
We also compete with other network marketing companies for distributors. Some of these
competitors have a longer operating history and greater visibility, name recognition and
financial resources than we do. Some of our competitors have also adopted and could
continue to adopt some of our successful business strategies, including our global
compensation plan for distributors. Consequently, to successfully compete in this market
and attract and retain distributors, we must ensure that our business opportunities and
compensation plans are financially rewarding. We have over 20 years of experience in this
industry and believe we have significant competitive advantages, but we cannot assure you
that we will be able to successfully compete in every endeavor in this market.
Product liability claims could
harm our business.
We
may be required to pay for losses or injuries purportedly caused by our products. Although
we have had a very limited number and relatively low financial exposure from product
claims to date, we have experienced difficulty in finding insurers that are willing to
provide product liability coverage at reasonable rates due to insurance industry trends
and the rising cost of insurance generally. As a result, we have elected to self-insure
our product liability risks for our product lines. Until we elect and are able to obtain
product liability insurance, if any of our products are found to cause any injury or
damage, we will be subject to the full amount of liability associated with any injuries or
damages. This liability could be substantial. We cannot predict if and when product
liability insurance will be available to us on reasonable terms.
System failures could harm our
business.
Because
of our diverse geographic operations and our complex distributor compensation plan, our
business is highly dependent on efficiently functioning information technology systems.
These systems and operations are vulnerable to damage or interruption from fires,
earthquakes, telecommunications failures and other events. They are also subject to
break-ins, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism and similar misconduct. We have adopted
and implemented a Business Continuity/Disaster Recovery Plan. Our primary data sets are
archived and stored at third-party secure sites, but we have not contracted for a
third-party recovery site. Despite any precautions, the occurrence of a natural disaster
or other unanticipated problems could result in interruptions in services and reduce our
revenue and profits.
There is a risk that a SARS like
epidemic could negatively impact our business, particularly in those Asian markets most
affected by such epidemics in recent years.
Our
revenue was negatively impacted in 2003 by the SARS epidemic that hit Asia during that
year. It is difficult to predict the impact on our business, if any, of a recurrence of
SARS, or the emergence of new epidemics. Although such events could generate increased
sales of health/immune supplements and certain personal care products, our direct selling
and retail activities and results of operations could be harmed if the fear of the Avian
Flu, SARS or other communicable diseases that spread rapidly in densely populated areas
causes people to avoid public places and interaction with one another.
-36-
The market price of our common
stock is subject to significant fluctuations due to a number of factors that are beyond
our control.
Our
common stock closed at $17.53 per share on March 31, 2006 and closed at $16.31 per share
on February 15, 2008. During this two-year period, our common stock traded as low as
$13.40 per share and as high as $19.71 per share. Many factors could cause the market
price of our common stock to fall. Some of these factors include:
|
|
|
fluctuations
in our quarterly operating results; |
|
|
|
the
sale of shares of Class A common stock by our original or significant stockholders; |
|
|
|
general
trends in the market for our products; |
|
|
|
acquisitions
by us or our competitors; |
|
|
|
economic
and/or currency exchange issues in those foreign countries in which we operate; |
|
|
|
changes
in estimates of our operating performance or changes in recommendations by securities
analysts; and |
|
|
|
general
business and political conditions. |
Broad
market fluctuations could also lower the market price of our common stock regardless of
our actual operating performance.
As of February 15, 2008, our
original stockholders, together with their family members, estate planning entities and
affiliates, controlled approximately 33% of the combined stockholder voting power, and
their interests may be different from yours.
The
original stockholders of our company, together with their family members and affiliates,
have the ability to influence the election and removal of the board of directors and, as a
result, future direction and operations of our company. As of February 15, 2008, these
stockholders owned approximately 33% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of
common stock. Accordingly, they may influence decisions concerning business opportunities,
declaring dividends, issuing additional shares of common stock or other securities and the
approval of any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets.
They may make decisions that are adverse to your interests.
If our stockholders sell a
substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market, the market price of
our common stock could fall.
Several
of our principal stockholders hold a large number of shares of the outstanding common
stock. Any decision by any of our principal stockholders to aggressively sell their shares
could depress the market price of our common stock. As of February 15, 2008, we had
approximately 63.4 million shares of common stock outstanding. All of these shares are
freely tradable, except for approximately 19 million shares held by certain stockholders
who participated in our October 2003 recapitalization transaction wherein we repurchased
approximately 10.8 million of our shares from our original stockholders and their
affiliates and facilitated the resale of approximately 6.2 million additional shares to a
group of private equity investors. Under the terms of our repurchase these stockholders
agreed that, after the expiration of a two-year lock-up agreement in October 2005, they
would be subject to certain volume limitations with respect to open market transactions.
In the event these lock-up restrictions were removed, the resulting sales could cause the
price of our common stock to decline.
-37-
ITEM 1B. |
|
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS |
None.
Our
principal properties consist of the following:
Operational
Facilities. These facilities include administrative offices, walk-in centers, and
warehouse/distribution centers. Our operational facilities measuring 50,000 square feet or
more include the following:
|
|
|
our
worldwide headquarters in Provo, Utah; |
|
|
|
our
worldwide distribution center/warehouse in Provo, Utah; and |
|
|
|
our
distribution center in Tokyo, Japan. |
Manufacturing Facilities. Each of
our manufacturing facilities measure 50,000 square feet or more, and include the
following:
|
|
|
our
nutritional supplement manufacturing facility in Zhejiang Province, China; |
|
|
|
our
personal care manufacturing facility in Shanghai, China; |
|
|
|
our
Scanner manufacturing facility in Shanghai, China; and |
|
|
|
our Vitameal manufacturing facility in Jixi, Heilongjiang Province. |
Retail Stores. As of December 31,
2007, we operated approximately 48 stores throughout China.
Research and Development Centers.
We operate three research and development centers, one in Provo, Utah, one in Shanghai,
China, and one in Beijing, China.
With
the exception of our research and development center in Utah, our nutritional supplement
plant in China, and a few other minor facilities, which we own, we lease the properties
described above. Our headquarters and distribution center in Utah are leased from related
parties. We believe that our existing and planned facilities are adequate for our current
operations in each of our existing markets.
ITEM 3. |
|
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS |
Due
to the international nature of our business, we are subject from time to time to reviews
and audits by the foreign taxing authorities of the various jurisdictions in which we
conduct business throughout the world. In 1999, we implemented a duty valuation
methodology with respect to the importation of certain products into Japan. For purposes
of the import transactions at issue, we had taken the position that, under applicable
customs law, there was a sale between the manufacturer and our Japan subsidiary, and that
customs duties should be assessed on the manufacturers invoice. The Valuation
Department of the Yokohama customs authorities reviewed and approved this methodology at
that time, and it had been reviewed on several occasions by the audit division of the
Japan customs authorities since then. In connection with subsequent audits in 2004, the
Yokohama customs authorities assessed us additional duties and penalties on these products
imported into Japan from October 2002 to October 2004, based on a different valuation
methodology than what was previously approved. With respect to the periods under audit,
the customs authorities took the position that the relevant import transaction involved a
sale between our U.S. affiliate and our Japan subsidiary rather than between the
manufacturer and our Japan subsidiary, and that duties should be assessed on the value of
that transaction. We disputed this assessment. We also disputed the amount of duties we
were required to pay on products imported from November of 2004 to June of 2005 for
similar reasons. The total amount assessed or in dispute is approximately $25.0 million,
net of any recovery of consumption taxes. Effective July 1, 2005, we implemented some
modifications to our business structure in Japan and in the United States that we believe
will eliminate any further customs valuation disputes with respect to product imports in
Japan after that time.
-38-
Because
we believe the documentation and legal analysis supports our position and the valuation
methodology we used with respect to the products in dispute had been reviewed and approved
by the customs authorities in Japan, we believe the assessments are improper and we filed
letters of protest with Yokohama customs with respect to this entire amount. Yokohama
customs rejected our letters of protest, and we filed appeals with the Japan Ministry of
Finance. On June 26, 2006, we were advised that the Ministry of Finance had rejected the
appeals filed with their office relating to the imports from October 2002 to October 2004.
On December 22, 2006, we filed a complaint with the Tokyo District Court Civil Action
Section with respect to this period. In January 2007, we were advised that the Ministry of
Finance also rejected our appeal for the imports from November 2004 to June 2005. We filed
a complaint with the Tokyo District Court Civil Action section in July 2007 with respect
to these imports as well. One of the findings noted by the Ministry of Finance in its
decisions was that we had treated the transactions as sales between our U.S. affiliate and
our Japan subsidiary on our corporate income tax return under applicable income tax and
transfer pricing laws. We have paid the $25.0 million in customs duties and assessments,
the amount of which we recorded in Other Assets in our Consolidated Balance
Sheet. To the extent that we are unsuccessful in recovering the amounts assessed and paid,
we will be required to take a corresponding charge to our earnings.
On
May 2, 2007, Bodywise International, LLC, a direct sales company headquartered in Tustin,
California, filed a complaint in the Superior Court of the State of California for Orange
County, naming Pharmanex, Inc., our subsidiary, and several Nu Skin distributors who had
formerly been distributors for Bodywise as defendants. The plaintiff subsequently filed an
amended complaint on May 25, 2007. The complaint alleges that the individual defendants
breached the terms of their distributor agreements by utilizing trade secrets and
violating non-solicitation covenants in connection with the alleged recruitment of
distributors of Bodywise to become Nu Skin distributors. The complaint includes additional
claims against all defendants for intentional interference with contractual relations and
prospective economic advantage, misappropriation of trade secrets, unfair competition, and
unjust enrichments related to the alleged activities. The complaint seeks recovery of
damages in an amount presently unascertained, but which plaintiff estimates will likely
exceed $25 million. We believe the allegations against us are without merit and plan to
vigorously defend the lawsuit. The lawsuit is still in the discovery stage.
In
Taiwan, we were subject to an audit by tax authorities with respect to the deductibility
of distributor commission expenses in that market. In order to avoid the running of the
statute of limitations with respect to the 1999, 2000 and 2001 tax years, the Taiwan tax
authorities disallowed our commission expense deductions for those years and assessed us a
total of approximately $26.0 million. We contested this assessment and in the fourth
quarter of 2007, the Taiwan tax authorities ruled in our favor and allowed the deduction
of the commission expense and reversed the previous assessments.
-39-
ITEM 4. |
|
SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS |
There
were no matters submitted to a vote of the security holders during the fourth quarter of
the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.
PART II
ITEM 5. |
|
MARKET FOR REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES |
Our
Class A common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) and
trades under the symbol NUS. The following table is based upon the information
available to us and sets forth the range of the high and low sales prices for our Class A
common stock for the quarterly periods during 2006 and 2007 based upon quotations on the
NYSE.
Quarter Ended | |
High | |
Low | |
|
|
|
March 31, 2006 |
|
$ 19.71 |
|
$ 17.00 |
|
June 30, 2006 | |
18.40 |
|
14.15 |
|
September 30, 2006 | |
18.50 |
|
13.40 |
|
December 31, 2006 | |
19.42 |
|
17.23 |
|
Quarter Ended | |
High | |
Low | |
|
|
|
March 31, 2007 |
|
$ 19.15 |
|
$ 15.59 |
|
June 30, 2007 | |
18.11 |
|
15.67 |
|
September 30, 2007 | |
17.37 |
|
13.85 |
|
December 31, 2007 | |
18.21 |
|
13.91 |
|
The
market price of our Class A common stock is subject to significant fluctuations in
response to variations in our quarterly operating results, general trends in the market
for our products and product candidates, economic and currency exchange issues in the
foreign markets in which we operate and other factors, many of which are not within our
control. In addition, broad market fluctuations, as well as general economic, business,
regulatory and political conditions may adversely affect the market for our Class A common
stock, regardless of our actual or projected performance.
The
closing price of our Class A common stock on February 15, 2008, was $16.31. The
approximate number of holders of record of our Class A common stock as of February 15,
2008 was 563. This number of holders of record does not represent the actual number of
beneficial owners of shares of our Class A common stock because shares are frequently held
in street name by securities dealers and others for the benefit of individual
owners who have the right to vote their shares.
Dividends
We
declared and paid a $0.10 per share dividend for Class A common stock in March, June,
September and December of 2006, and a $0.105 per share quarterly dividend for Class A
common stock in March, June, September and December of 2007. The board of directors
approved an increase to the quarterly cash dividend to $0.11 per share of Class A common stock on February
4, 2008. This quarterly cash dividend will be paid on March 19, 2008, to stockholders of
record on February 29, 2008. Management believes that cash flows from operations will be
sufficient to fund this and future dividend payments, if any.
-40-
We
expect to continue to pay dividends on our common stock. However, the declaration of
dividends is subject to the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon
various factors, including our net earnings, financial condition, cash requirements,
future prospects and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors.
Purchases of Equity
Securities by the Issuer
|
(a) | |
(b) | |
(c) | |
(d) | |
Period | |
Total Number of Shares Purchased | |
Average Price Paid per Share | |
Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs | |
Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that may yet be Purchased Under
the Plans or Programs (in millions)(1) | |
October 1 - 31, 2007 |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ 114.6 |
|
November 1 - 30, 2007 |
|
1,479,540 | |
16.91 |
|
1,478,466 |
|
89.6 |
| |
December 1 - 31, 2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
89.6 | |
|
Total |
|
1,479,540 |
(2) |
16.91 |
|
1,478,466 |
(1) |
|
In
August 1998, our board of directors approved a plan to repurchase $10.0
million of our Class A common stock on the open market or in private
transactions. Our board has from time to time increased the amount
authorized under the plan and a total amount of approximately $335.0
million is currently authorized. As of December 31, 2007, we had
repurchased approximately $245.4 million of shares under the plan. There
has been no termination or expiration of the plan since the initial date
of approval. |
(2) |
|
We
have authorized the repurchase of shares acquired by our employees and
distributors in certain foreign markets because of regulatory and other
issues that make it difficult and costly for these persons to sell such
shares in the open market. These shares were awarded or acquired in
connection with our initial public offering in 1996. Of the shares listed
in this column, 1,074 shares for November relate to repurchases from such
employees and distributors at an average per share purchase price of
$16.80. |
-41-
Stock Performance Graph
Set
forth below is a line graph comparing the cumulative total stockholder return (stock price
appreciation plus dividends) on the Class A Common Stock with the cumulative total return
of the S&P 500 Index and a market-weighted index of publicly traded peers for the
period from December 31, 2002 through December 31, 2007. The graph assumes that $100 is
invested in each of the Class A Common Stock, the S&P 500 Index, and each of the
indexes of publicly traded peers on December 31, 2002 and that all dividends were
reinvested. The peer group consists of all of the following companies that compete in our
industry and product categories: Avon Products, Inc., Estee Lauder, Natures Sunshine
Products, Inc., Tupperware Corporation, Herbalife LTD., USANA Health Sciences, Inc. and
Alberto Culver Co.
Measured Period
|
Company
|
S&P 500 Index
|
Peer Group Index
|
December 31, 2002 |
|
$ 100 |
.00 |
100 |
.00 |
100 |
.00 |
December 31, 2003 | |
146 |
.38 |
128 |
.68 |
128 |
.69 |
December 31, 2004 | |
220 |
.41 |
142 |
.69 |
142 |
.68 |
December 31, 2005 | |
155 |
.34 |
149 |
.70 |
149 |
.69 |
December 31, 2006 | |
164 |
.72 |
173 |
.34 |
173 |
.34 |
December 31, 2007 | |
152 |
.27 |
182 |
.87 |
199 |
.83 |
-42-
ITEM 6. |
|
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA |
The
following selected consolidated financial data as of and for the years ended December 31,
2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 and 2007 have been derived from the audited consolidated financial
statements.
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
2003 | |
2004 | |
2005 | |
2006 | |
2007 | |
|
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share data and cash dividends) |
|
Income Statement Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue | |
$ 986,457 |
|
$ 1,137,864 |
|
$ 1,180,930 |
|
$ 1,115,409 |
|
$ 1,157,667 |
|
Cost of sales | |
176,545 |
|
191,211 |
|
206,163 |
|
195,203 |
|
209,283 |
|
Gross profit | |
809,912 |
|
946,653 |
|
974,767 |
|
920,206 |
|
948,384 |
|
Operating expenses: | |
Selling expenses | |
407,088 |
|
487,631 |
|
497,421 |
|
480,136 |
|
496,454 |
|
General and administrative expenses(1) | |
289,925 |
|
333,263 |
|
354,223 |
|
353,412 |
|
361,242 |
|
Restructuring charges | |
5,592 |
|
|
|
|
|
11,115 |
|
19,775 |
|
Impairment of assets and other | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,840 |
|
|
|
Total operating expenses | |
702,605 |
|
820,894 |
|
851,644 |
|
865,503 |
|
877,471 |
|
Operating income | |
107,307 |
|
125,759 |
|
123,123 |
|
54,703 |
|
70,913 |
|
Other income (expense), net | |
432 |
|
(3,618 |
) |
(4,172 |
) |
(2,027 |
) |
(2,435 |
) |
Income before provision for income taxes | |
107,739 |
|
122,141 |
|
118,951 |
|
52,676 |
|
68,478 |
|
Provision for income taxes | |
39,863 |
|
44,467 |
|
44,918 |
|
19,859 |
|
24,606 |
|
Net income | |
$ 67,876 |
|
$ 77,674 |
|
$ 74,033 |
|
$ 32,817 |
|
$ 43,872 |
|
Net income per share: | |
Basic | |
$ 0.86 |
|
$ 1.10 |
|
$ 1.06 |
|
$ 0.47 |
|
$ 0.68 |
|
Diluted | |
$ 0.85 |
|
$ 1.07 |
|
$ 1.04 |
|
$ 0.47 |
|
$ 0.67 |
|
Weighted-average common shares outstanding (000s): | |
Basic | |
78,637 |
|
70,734 |
|
70,047 |
|
69,418 |
|
64,783 |
|
Diluted | |
79,541 |
|
72,627 |
|
71,356 |
|
70,506 |
|
65,584 |
|
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period): | |
Cash and cash equivalents and current investments | |
$ 122,568 |
|
$ 120,095 |
|
$ 155,409 |
|
$ 121,353 |
|
$ 92,552 |
|
Working capital | |
149,324 |
|
117,401 |
|
149,098 |
|
109,418 |
|
95,175 |
|
Total assets | |
591,059 |
|
609,737 |
|
678,866 |
|
664,849 |
|
683,243 |
|
Current portion of long-term debt | |
17,915 |
|
18,540 |
|
26,757 |
|
26,652 |
|
31,441 |
|
Long-term debt | |
147,488 |
|
132,701 |
|
123,483 |
|
136,173 |
|
169,229 |
|
Stockholders' equity | |
290,248 |
|
296,233 |
|
354,628 |
|
318,980 |
|
275,009 |
|
Cash dividends declared | |
0.28 |
|
0.32 |
|
0.36 |
|
0.40 |
|
0.42 |
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Operating Data (at end of period): | |
Approximate number of active distributors(2) | |
725,000 |
|
820,000 |
|
803,000 |
|
761,000 |
|
755,000 |
|
Number of executive distributors(2) | |
29,131 |
|
32,016 |
|
30,471 |
|
29,756 |
|
30,002 |
|
(1) |
|
Beginning
in 2006 the Company adopted FAS 123R which resulted in stock-based
compensation expense of $9.3 million in 2006 and $8.1 million in 2007. |
(2) |
|
Active
distributors include preferred customers and distributors purchasing
products directly from us during the three months ended as of the date
indicated. An executive distributor is an active distributor who has
achieved required personal and group sales volumes. |
-43-
ITEM 7. |
|
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION |
The
following discussion of our financial condition and results of operation should be read in
conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes thereto, which
are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Overview
We
are a leading, global direct selling company with 2007 revenue of $1.16 billion and a
global network of approximately 755,000 active independent distributors and preferred
customers who purchase our products for resale and for personal use. Approximately 30,000
of these distributors are executive level distributors, who play an important leadership
role in our distribution network and are critical to the growth of our business. We
develop and market premium-quality personal care products under the Nu Skin brand,
science-based nutritional supplements under the Pharmanex brand, and technology-related
products and services under the Big Planet brand. We currently operate in over 45 markets
throughout Asia, the Americas and Europe.
Our
revenue depends on the number and productivity of our active independent distributors and
executive distributor leaders. We have been successful in attracting and motivating
distributors by:
|
|
|
developing
and marketing innovative, technologically advanced products; |
|
|
|
providing
compelling initiatives, advanced technological tools and strong distributor support; and |
|
|
|
offering
attractive incentives that motivate distributors to build sales organizations. |
Our
distributors market and sell our products and recruit new distributors based on the
distinguishing benefits and innovative characteristics of our products. As a result, it is
vital to our business that we continuously leverage our research and development resources
to develop and introduce innovative products and provide our distributors with an
attractive portfolio of products. We also offer unique initiatives and business tools,
such as our technologically-advanced Pharmanex BioPhotonic Scanner (the
Scanner), to help distributors effectively differentiate our earnings
opportunity and product offering. If we experience delays or difficulties in introducing
compelling products or attractive initiatives or tools into a market, this can have a
negative impact on revenue and distributor recruiting. In addition, as a result of the
global nature of our distributor incentives, the introduction of a new product or key
initiative can negatively impact other markets or product lines to the extent our
distributor leaders focus their efforts on the new product or initiative.
We
have developed a global distributor compensation plan and other incentives designed to
motivate our distributors to market and sell our products and to build sales organizations
around the world and across product lines. Our extensive global distributor network helps
us to rapidly introduce products and penetrate our markets with little up-front
promotional expense. Similar to other companies in our industry, we experience a high
level of turnover among our distributors. As a result, it is important that we regularly
introduce innovative and compelling products and initiatives in order to maintain a
compelling business opportunity that will attract new distributors. In addition, we have
developed and continue to promote in many of our markets product subscription and loyalty
programs that provide incentives for customers to commit to purchase a specific amount of
products on a monthly basis. We believe these subscription programs have improved customer
retention, have had a stabilizing impact on revenue, and have helped generate recurring
sales for our distributors. Subscription orders represented 47% of our revenue in 2007.
-44-
In
2007, we generated approximately 77% of our revenue from our Asian markets, with sales in
Japan representing approximately 38% of revenue. Because of the size of our foreign
operations, operating results can be impacted negatively or positively by factors such as
foreign currency fluctuations, in particular, fluctuations between the Japanese yen and
the U.S. dollar, and economic, political and business conditions around the world. In
addition, our business is subject to various laws and regulations related to network
marketing activities and nutritional supplements that create certain risks for our
business, including improper claims or activities by our distributors and the potential
inability to obtain necessary product registrations. For more information about these
risks and challenges we face, please refer to Note Regarding Forward-Looking
Statements.
Over
the last couple of years we have also taken steps to transform and align our business and
operate more efficiently. We initially took steps in the first quarter of 2006 to
eliminate organization redundancies, revamp administrative support functions, prioritize
investments, and increase efficiencies in our supply chain. These steps involved a
headcount reduction of 225 employees. In the fourth quarter of 2007, we took additional
steps in connection with our transformation efforts to further reduce our overhead and
improve our earnings per share. These steps included simplifying our operations in China
and identifying additional areas for improved operational efficiencies globally. As a
result of these steps, we reduced our headcount globally by approximately 1,000 employees.
We continue to assess our operations and are taking steps to improve gross margins and
selling expenses. We believe these steps will help to generate improved earnings per share
in 2008.
Income Statement
Presentation
We
recognize revenue in five geographic regions and we translate revenue from each
markets local currency into U.S. dollars using weighted-average exchange
rates. The following table sets forth revenue information by region for the periods
indicated. This table should be reviewed in connection with the tables presented under
Results of Operations, which disclose selling expenses and other costs
associated with generating the aggregate revenue presented.
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
Revenue by Region | |
2005 | |
2006 | |
2007 | |
|
(U.S. dollars in millions) | |
North Asia |
|
$ 649.4 |
|
55% |
|
$ 593.8 |
|
53% |
|
$ 585.8 |
|
50% |
|
Greater China | |
236.7 |
|
20 |
|
208.2 |
|
19 |
|
205.0 |
|
18 |
|
Americas | |
162.1 |
|
14 |
|
165.9 |
|
15 |
|
188.3 |
|
16 |
|
South Asia/Pacific | |
86.7 |
|
7 |
|
88.0 |
|
8 |
|
101.4 |
|
9 |
|
Europe | |
46.0 |
|
4 |
|
59.5 |
|
5 |
|
77.2 |
|
7 |
|
| |
$ 1,180.9 |
|
100% |
|
$ 1,115.4 |
|
100% |
|
$ 1,157.7 |
|
100% |
|
Cost
of sales primarily consists of:
|
|
|
cost
of products purchased from third-party vendors, generally in U.S. dollars; |
|
|
|
costs
of self-manufactured products; |
|
|
|
cost
of sales materials which we sell to distributors at or near cost; |
|
|
|
amortization
expenses associated with certain products and services such as the Scanners that are
leased to distributors; |
-45-
|
|
|
freight
cost of shipping products to distributors and import duties for the products; and |
|
|
|
royalties
and related expenses for licensed technologies. |
We
source the majority of our products from third-party manufacturers located in the United
States. Due to Chinese government restrictions on the importation of finished goods
applicable to the current scope of our business in China, we are required to manufacture
the bulk of our own products for distribution in China. Cost of sales and gross profit may
fluctuate as a result of changes in the ratio between self-manufactured products and
products sourced from third-party suppliers. In addition, because we purchase a
significant majority of our goods in U.S. dollars and recognize revenue in local
currencies, we are subject to exchange rate risks in our gross margins. Because our gross
margins vary from product to product and are higher in some markets such as Japan, changes
in product mix and geographic revenue mix can impact our gross margins.
Selling
expenses are our most significant expense and are classified as operating expenses.
Selling expenses include distributor commissions as well as wages, benefits, bonuses and
other labor and unemployment expenses we pay to employed sales representatives in China.
Our global compensation plan, which we employ in all of our markets except China, is an
important factor in our ability to attract and retain distributors. We pay monthly
commissions to several levels of distributors on each product sale based upon a
distributors personal and group product volumes, as well as the group product
volumes of up to six levels of executive distributors in such distributors downline
sales organization. We do not pay commissions on sales materials, which are sold to
distributors at or near cost. Small fluctuations occur in the amount of commissions paid
as the network of distributors actively purchasing products changes from month to month.
However, due to the size of our distributor force of approximately 755,000 active
distributors, the fluctuation in the overall payout is relatively small. The overall
payout has typically averaged from 41% to 44% of global product sales. From time to time,
we make modifications and enhancements to our global compensation plan in an effort to
help motivate distributors and develop leadership characteristics, which can have an
impact on selling expenses.
Distributors
also have the opportunity to make retail profits by purchasing products from us at
wholesale and selling them to customers with a retail mark-up. We do not account for nor
pay additional commissions on these retail mark-ups received by distributors. In many
markets, we also allow individuals who are not distributors, whom we refer to as
preferred customers, to buy products directly from us at wholesale or
discounted prices. We pay commissions on preferred customer purchases to the referring
distributors.
General
and administrative expenses include:
|
|
|
depreciation
and amortization; |
|
|
|
promotion
and advertising; |
-46-
|
|
|
research
and development; and |
|
|
|
other
operating expenses. |
Labor
expenses are the most significant portion of our general and administrative expenses.
Promotion and advertising expenses include costs of distributor conventions held in
various markets worldwide, which we expense in the period in which they are incurred.
Because our various distributor conventions are not always held during each fiscal year,
or in the same period each year, their impact on our general and administrative expenses
may vary from year to year and from quarter to quarter. For example, we held our global
distributor convention in September 2007 and will not have another global convention until
the fall of 2009 as we currently plan to hold a global convention every other year. In
addition, we hold regional conventions and conventions in our major markets at different
times during the year. These conventions have significant expenses associated with them.
Because we have not incurred expenses for these conventions during every fiscal year or in
comparable interim periods, year-over-year comparisons have been impacted accordingly.
Provision
for income taxes depends on the statutory tax rates in each of the jurisdictions in which
we operate. For example, statutory tax rates in 2007 were approximately 17.5% in Hong
Kong, 25% in Taiwan, 27.5% in South Korea, 46% in Japan and 25% in China. For the years
2006 through 2008 we are subject to a reduced tax rate of 13.5% in China, after which time
we will be subject to the full statutory rate. We are subject to taxation in the United
States at the statutory corporate federal tax rate of 35% and we pay taxes in multiple
states within the United States at various tax rates. Our overall effective tax rate was
35.9% for the year ended December 31, 2007.
Critical Accounting
Policies
The
following critical accounting policies and estimates should be read in conjunction with
our audited Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes thereto. Management
considers the most critical accounting policies to be the recognition of revenue,
accounting for income taxes, accounting for intangible assets and accounting for
stock-based compensation. In each of these areas, management makes estimates based on
historical results, current trends and future projections.
Revenue.
We recognize revenue when products are shipped, which is when title and risk
of loss pass to our independent distributors. With some exceptions in various
countries, we offer a return policy whereby distributors can return unopened and
unused product for up to 12 months subject to a 10% restocking fee. Reported
revenue is net of returns, which have historically been less than 5% of gross
sales. A reserve for product returns is accrued based on historical experience.
We classify selling discounts as a reduction of revenue. Our selling expenses
are computed pursuant to our global compensation plan for our distributors,
which is focused on remunerating distributors based primarily upon the selling
efforts of the distributors and the volume of products purchased by their
downlines, and not their personal purchases.
Income
Taxes. We account for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109,
Accounting for Income Taxes. This statement establishes financial accounting
and reporting standards for the effects of income taxes that result from an
enterprises activities during the current and preceding years. It requires an asset
and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting of income taxes. We pay
income taxes in many foreign jurisdictions based on the profits realized in those
jurisdictions, which can be significantly impacted by terms of intercompany transactions
among our affiliates around the world. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are created in
this process. As of December 31, 2007, we had net deferred tax assets of $72.7 million.
These net deferred tax assets assume sufficient future earnings will exist for their
realization, as well as the continued application of current tax rates. In certain foreign
jurisdictions valuation allowances have been recorded against the deferred tax assets
specifically related to use of net operating losses. When we determine that there is
sufficient taxable income to utilize the net operating losses, the valuation allowances
will be released. In the event we were to determine that we would not be able to realize
all or part of our net deferred tax assets in the future, an adjustment to the deferred
tax assets would be charged to earnings in the period such determination was made.
-47-
In
June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation Number 48, Accounting for Uncertainty
in Income Taxes an Interpretation of SFAS 109" (FIN 48). We
adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on January 1, 2007. As a result of the implementation of
FIN 48, we recognized a $2.6 million increase in the liability for unrecognized tax
benefits, which was accounted for as a reduction to the January 1, 2007 balances of
retained earnings and additional paid in capital.
We
file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various states and foreign
jurisdictions. With a few exceptions, we are no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and
local income tax examination by tax authorities for years before 2004. In major foreign
jurisdictions, we are no longer subject to income tax examinations for years before 2001.
We are currently under examination in certain foreign jurisdictions; however, the final
outcomes of these reviews are not yet determinable.
At
December 31, 2007, we had $31.9 million in unrecognized tax benefits of which $9.1
million, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate. During the year ended
December 31, 2007, we recognized approximately $0.5 million in interest and penalties. We
had approximately $2.7 million of accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax
positions at December 31, 2007. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions
are recognized as a component of income tax expense.
We
are subject to regular audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities. These audits
may result in additional tax liabilities. We account for such contingent liabilities in
accordance with FIN 48, and believe we have appropriately provided for income taxes for
all years. Several factors drive the calculation of our tax reserves. Some of these
factors include: (i) the expiration of various statutes of limitations; (ii) changes in
tax law and regulations; (iii) issuance of tax rulings; and (iv) settlements with tax
authorities. Changes in any of these factors may result in adjustments to our reserves,
which would impact our reported financial results.
Intangible
Assets. Under the provisions of SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other
Intangible Assets (SFAS 142), our goodwill and intangible assets with
indefinite useful lives are not amortized. Our intangible assets with finite lives are
recorded at cost and are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives and are
reviewed for impairment in accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the
Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets (see Note 5 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements).
We
are required to make judgments regarding the useful lives of our intangible assets. With
the implementation of SFAS 142, we determined certain intangible assets to have indefinite
lives based upon our analysis of the requirements of SFAS No. 141, Business
Combinations (SFAS 141) and SFAS 142. Under the provisions of SFAS 142,
we are required to test these assets for impairment at least annually. The annual
impairment tests were completed and did not result in an impairment charge. To the extent
an impairment is identified in the future, we will record the amount of the impairment as
an operating expense in the period in which it is identified.
Stock-Based
Compensation. Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted the fair value
recognition provisions of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004),
Share-Based Payment (SFAS 123R), using the modified prospective
transition method. Under this method we recognize compensation expense for all share-based
payments granted after January 1, 2006 and prior to but not yet vested as of January 1,
2006, in accordance with SFAS 123R. Under the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS
123R, we recognize stock-based compensation net of any estimated forfeitures on a
straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. The fair value of our
stock-based compensation expense is based on estimates using the Black-Scholes
option-pricing model. This option-pricing model requires the input of highly subjective
assumptions including the options expected life, risk-free interest rate, expected
dividends and price volatility of the underlying stock. The stock price volatility
assumption was determined using the historical volatility of our common stock.
-48-
Results of Operation
The
following table sets forth our operating results as a percentage of revenue for the
periods indicated:
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
2005 | |
2006 | |
2007 | |
|
|
|
|
Revenue |
|
100.0 |
% |
100.0 |
% |
100.0 |
% |
Cost of sales | |
17.5 |
|
17.5 |
|
18.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit | |
82.5 |
|
82.5 |
|
81.9 |
|
| |
Operating expenses: | |
Selling expenses | |
42.1 |
|
43.1 |
|
42.9 |
|
General and administrative expenses | |
30.0 |
|
31.7 |
|
31.2 |
|
Restructuring charges |
|
|
|
0.9 |
|
1.7 |
|
Impairment of assets and other | |
|
|
1.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses | |
72.1 |
|
77.6 |
|
75.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income | |
10.4 |
|
4.9 |
|
6.1 |
|
Other income (expense), net | |
(.3 |
) |
(.2 |
) |
(.2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Income before provision for income taxes | |
10.1 |
|
4.7 |
|
5.9 |
|
Provision for income taxes | |
3.8 |
|
1.8 |
|
2.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
Net income | |
6.3 |
% |
2.9 |
% |
3.8 |
% |
2007 Compared to 2006
Overview
Revenue
in 2007 increased 4% to $1.16 billion from $1.12 billion in 2006, with foreign currency
exchange fluctuations positively impacting revenue by 1% in 2007 compared to 2006. Revenue
in 2007 was positively impacted by growth in South Korea, Europe, the United States, and
our South Asia markets. The revenue growth from these markets was offset partially by
revenue declines in Japan and China.
Earnings
per share in 2007 were $0.67 compared to $0.47 in 2006 on a diluted basis. Earnings per
share in 2007 and 2006 were impacted by:
|
|
|
restructuring
and impairment charges in the first quarter of 2006 totaling $20.0 million (net of taxes
of $12.0 million), or $0.28 per share, relating to a business transformation initiative
that we implemented during the first quarter; |
-49-
|
|
|
restructuring
charges in the second quarter of 2007 totaling $1.8 million (net of taxes of $1.0
million), or $0.03 per share, relating to a business transformation initiative that we
implemented during the first quarter; |
|
|
|
restructuring
and impairment charges in the fourth quarter of 2007 totaling $10.8 million (net of taxes
of $6.2 million), or $0.17 per share, relating to an additional step in our business
transformation initiative to reduce overhead expenses and streamline operations; |
|
|
|
a
decrease in our gross margin as a result of changing product and geographic sales mix;
and |
|
|
|
the
repurchase of approximately 4.1 million shares of our Class A common stock in 2007. |
In
the fourth quarter of 2007, we took additional steps in connection with our transformation
efforts to further reduce our overhead and improve our earnings per share. These steps
included simplifying our operations in China and identifying additional areas for improved
operational efficiencies globally. As a result of these steps, we reduced our headcount
globally by approximately 1,000 employees. We continue to assess our operations and are
taking steps to improve gross margins and selling expenses. We believe these steps will
help to generate improved earnings per share in 2008.
Revenue
North Asia. The following table
sets forth revenue for the North Asia region and its principal markets (U.S. dollars in
millions):
|
2006 | |
2007 | |
Change | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Japan |
|
$ 476.5 |
|
$ 443.7 |
|
(7%) |
|
South Korea | |
117.3 |
|
142.1 |
|
21% |
|
North Asia total | |
$ 593.8 |
|
$ 585.8 |
|
(1%) |
|
Foreign
currency fluctuations did not significantly impact revenue in this region compared to the
prior-year period. The decline in this region is related to the decline in revenue in
Japan, which was offset partially by the increase in revenue in South Korea. Our active
and executive distributor counts decreased 6% and 8%, respectively, in Japan in 2007
compared to 2006. In South Korea, our active and executive distributor counts increased
30% and 17%, respectively, comparing 2007 to 2006.
In
Japan, the continued weakness in sponsoring activity and the resulting declines in active
and executive distributors contributed to the local currency revenue decline of 5% in 2007
compared to 2006. Distributor activity in this market has been soft for the last couple of
years, and we continue to take steps to generate stronger distributor activity and
improved results in this market. During 2007, we implemented a variety of strategic
initiatives and product promotions, effected a change in management, and continued efforts
to improve our corporate image. As we reviewed our business in this market in connection
with the management change, we believe some of our past initiatives have not focused
sufficiently on distributor sponsorship and activity. As a result, we have begun to
implement more aggressive initiatives focused on distributor recruitment and leadership
development. We also have implemented additional changes to our management structure in
this market to improve management and operational alignment. The industry has been in a
decline for several years in Japan and, according to industry sources, the decline appears
to have steepened. We believe it will take time for us to turn the results of this market
and generate renewed growth.
-50-
South
Korea posted strong year-over-year local currency revenue growth of 18%. This growth was
fueled by strong distributor alignment behind our product and distributor initiatives that
have helped maintain a vibrant sponsoring environment for our distributors in this market.
The Galvanic Spa System II and our Nu Skin 180° Anti-Aging Skin Therapy
System helped contribute to growth in our personal care business, while continued
focus on nutrition products including LifePak and g3 positively impacted our
nutrition revenue in this market. We also launched TriPhasic White, a global
top-selling personal care product for us, in 2007.
Greater
China. The following table sets forth revenue for the Greater China region and its
principal markets (U.S. dollars in millions):
|
2006 | |
2007 | |
Change | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Taiwan |
|
$ 93.1 | |
$ 93.0 |
|
|
|
China |
|
70.5 |
|
66.5 |
|
(6%) |
|
Hong Kong | |
44.6 |
|
45.5 |
|
2% |
|
Greater China total | |
$ 208.2 |
|
$ 205.0 |
|
(2%) |
|
Foreign
currency exchange rate fluctuations positively impacted revenue in the Greater China
region by 1% in 2007. In China, revenue declined 10%, on a local currency basis, compared
to the prior year as we continue to transition our business model in this market. The
decrease is primarily attributed to a 17% decline in preferred customers and a 6% decline
in our sales force. During 2007, we engaged a new management team for this
market that has been actively assessing our business and taking steps to improve operating
results. This management team has taken steps to simplify our business model in this
market, and to help reduce our overhead and improve profitability.
The business model changes will allow us to engage contracted sales promoters as well as offer part-time employment for sales
representatives nation wide. This will allow us to provide a supplemental income opportunity to individuals who may not be interested in
working full-time in this business as well as reduce our selling expenses, as the amount of social benefits, taxes and unemployment charges
under this model will be lower. We also streamlined our operations in this market by altering our current store strategy. We are opening five
new flagship stores in the cities of Shanghai, Beijing, Guangzhou, Shenzen, and Xian, and we have closed nearly 70 small retail outlets and
branch offices in secondary cities. We believe we can operate more effectively and efficiently by focusing our business around our larger
flagship stores in major cities, complemented with stores that have an improved image in other areas. Our strategic focus in 2008 will be on
implementing our growth initiatives in our key provinces and municipalities, Shanghai, Beijing and Guongdong, which account for more than 50%
of our revenue. In January 2008, we were able to obtain our final approvals to begin direct selling activities in Beijing as well as the
remaining districts in Shanghai which were not included in our first phase of our direct selling application in 2006. We continue to work with
the applicable government agencies in China to obtain the necessary direct selling approvals for Guongdong and other areas in China. Our
overall restructuring efforts also allowed us to reduce our corporate employees in this market by approximately 650 employees.
Local
currency revenue in Taiwan was relatively flat and Hong Kong local currency revenue was up
3% when compared with 2006. Revenue comparisons for Hong Kong are impacted by
approximately $1.6 million in sales to non-Hong Kong distributors attending a regional
convention in this market in 2006. A similar convention was not held in 2007.
-51-
Americas.
The following table sets forth revenue for the Americas region and its principal
markets (U.S. dollars in millions):
|
2006 | |
2007 | |
Change | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States |
|
$ 147.1 |
|
$ 167.8 |
|
14% |
|
Canada | |
10.0 |
|
11.5 |
|
15% |
|
Latin America | |
8.8 |
|
9.0 |
|
2% |
|
Americas total | |
$ 165.9 |
|
$ 188.3 |
|
14% |
|
Revenue
in the United States was positively impacted by several key initiatives implemented in
each of our product categories during the past year. In particular, the Galvanic Spa
System II has been a primary focus of many of our distributor leaders and has helped
drive significant growth in our personal care revenue, with personal care sales up 42%
compared to 2006. We have implemented distributor incentives around the Galvanic Spa
System II to increase the initial earnings opportunity for new distributors, which we
believe has also contributed to the revenue growth. The United States also hosted our
global convention in 2007, which positively impacted revenue in the market by
approximately $5.0 million as a result of product and convention fee revenue from foreign
distributors attending the convention. We also introduced a new weight management product
system in this market in the fourth quarter.
Revenue
in our other markets in this region also saw improvements with Canada having local
currency growth of 9% and Latin America growing 2%. During the year, we elected to close
our offices and facilities in Brazil because of continued operating losses in this market.
While we continue to allow customers to purchase products from the United States for
personal use consumption, we are not engaged in any operations or product promotions in
this market.
South
Asia/Pacific. The following table sets forth revenue for the South Asia/Pacific region
and its principal markets (U.S. dollars in millions):
|
2006 | |
2007 | |
Change | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Singapore/Malaysia/Brunei |
|
$ 33.2 |
|
$ 39.3 |
|
18% |
|
Thailand | |
26.5 |
|
32.3 |
|
22% |
|
Australia/New Zealand | |
14.2 |
|
15.8 |
|
11% |
|
Indonesia | |
10.3 |
|
8.8 |
|
(15%) |
|
Philippines | |
3.8 |
|
5.2 |
|
37% |
|
South Asia/Pacific total | |
$ 88.0 |
|
$ 101.4 | |
15% |
|
Foreign
currency exchange rate fluctuations positively impacted revenue in South Asia/Pacific by
10% in 2007 compared to the same prior-year period. All of the markets in this region
experienced growth except for Indonesia. The growth was fueled in part by continued
success of our TRA family of weight loss products and success of our Galvanic
Spa System II. We believe the decrease in Indonesia is largely attributed to the
limited base of distributor leaders in this new market. We often see declines in new
markets after the initial opening as we work to strengthen our base of leaders in a new
market. Active distributors in the region decreased 11% while executive distributors
increased 3% compared to the prior year.
Europe.
The following table sets forth revenue for our Europe region (U.S. dollars in
millions):
|
2006 | |
2007 | |
Change | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Europe |
|
$ 59.5 |
|
$ 77.2 |
|
30% |
|
-52-
Foreign
currency exchange rate fluctuations positively impacted revenue in Europe by 2% in 2007
compared to the prior year. On a local currency basis, revenue grew by 27% in 2007
compared to 2006. The strong growth in Europe was primarily a result of distributor
enthusiasm and strong interest in our Galvanic Spa System II and personal care
business, as well as strong growth in our newer Eastern European markets. We believe that
strong alignment of distributor leaders behind our key initiatives, including the
Galvanic Spa System II, has helped contribute to the distributor excitement and
revenue growth. In 2007, we also expanded our operations into Switzerland and Slovakia. In
addition, we plan on commencing limited operations in South Africa in the first quarter of
2008. Our active and executive distributor counts increased by 16% and 22%, respectively,
in 2007 compared to 2006.
Gross
profit
Gross profit
as a percentage of revenue in 2007 decreased to 81.9% from 82.5% in 2006. The decrease is
due in part to a shift in our product mix as our Japan business, which historically has
our strongest gross margins, now represents a smaller percentage of our overall business.
Gross margins have also been impacted by the increase in sales of tools that have lower
margins such as the Galvanic Spa System II and the Scanner, as well as increased
air-freight costs during the year.
Selling
expenses
Selling expenses
decreased as a percentage of revenue to 42.9% in 2007 from 43.1% in 2006. The slight
decrease as a percentage of revenue was due primarily to a reduction in special incentives
in various markets, particularly Japan.
General
and administrative expenses
General and
administrative expenses increased to $361.2 million in 2007 from $353.4 million in 2006,
but decreased as a percentage of revenue to 31.2% in 2007 from 31.7% in 2006. In the
fourth quarter we took additional steps under our transformation initiative to further
reduce our general and administrative expenses. These steps included the closing of
approximately 70 stores in China, and a reduction in headcount of 1,000 employees
globally. We believe these steps will help us to reduce our general and administrative
expenses in 2008 compared to 2007 and improve our operating margins.
Restructuring
charges
During
2007, we recorded restructuring charges of $19.8 million relating to our efforts
to simplify our operations in China and improve operational efficiencies in our corporate
offices and reduce investments in unprofitable markets. Approximately $13.9 million of
these charges related to severance payments to terminated employees and approximately $5.9
million related to leasehold terminations and tax payments related to the closure of our operations in Brazil in 2007.
During
the first quarter of 2006, we recorded restructuring charges of $11.1 million,
primarily relating to our business transformation initiative designed to (i) eliminate
organizational redundancies, (ii) revamp administrative support functions, (iii)
prioritize investments to favor profitable initiatives and markets, and (iv) increase
efficiencies in the supply chain process. As a result, our overall headcount was reduced
by approximately 225 employees, the majority of which related to the elimination of
positions at our U.S. headquarters. These expenses consisted primarily of severance and
other compensation charges.
-53-
Other
income (expense), net
Other income
(expense), net was $2.4 million of expense in 2007 compared to $2.0
million of expense in 2006. The increase in expense was primarily a result of an increase
in interest expense.
Provision
for income taxes
Provision for
income taxes increased to $24.6 million in 2007 from $19.9 million in 2006. The effective
tax rate decreased to 35.9% from 37.7% of pre-tax income in 2006, due primarily to the
expiration of the statute of limitations in certain tax jurisdictions. In connection with our
reconciliation of deferred tax asset and liability accounts at year end, we identified
accounting adjustments related to prior periods. These adjustments were included in our provision for income taxes at year end
and totalled approximately $0.1 million.
Net
income
As
a result of the foregoing factors, net income increased to $43.9 million in 2007 from
$32.8 million in 2006.
2006 Compared to 2005
Overview
Revenue
in 2006 decreased 5% to $1.12 billion from $1.18 billion in 2005. The revenue decrease was
primarily attributable to local currency declines in Japan and China. In addition, foreign
currency exchange fluctuations negatively impacted reported revenue by 1% in 2006 compared
to 2005, particularly as a result of a weakening of the Japanese yen. Revenue in 2006 was
positively impacted by growth in South Korea, Europe, the United States, Indonesia, and a
number of our other markets around the world. Various global initiatives we implemented
during 2006 contributed to the growth in these markets. In 2006, we launched several
products and tools including our second-generation Scanner, our g3 nutrition drink,
and our Nu Skin ProDerm Skin Analyzer (the ProDerm Skin
Analyzer).
Earnings
per share in 2006 were $0.47 compared to $1.04 in 2005 on a diluted basis. In addition to
the negative impact of the decline in revenue, earnings per share in 2007 were also
negatively impacted by several factors, including:
|
|
|
restructuring
and impairment charges in the first quarter of 2006 totaling $20.0 million (net of taxes
of $12.0 million), or $0.28 per share, relating to a business transformation initiative
that we implemented during the first quarter; |
|
|
|
$5.8
million (net of taxes of $3.5 million) in stock-based compensation expense as a result of
the implementation of a new accounting standard requiring the expensing of stock-based
compensation beginning in the first quarter of 2006; |
|
|
|
our
relatively high fixed costs in China combined with revenue declines in that market, as
well as costs associated with the opening of Russia; and |
|
|
|
increased
distributor commission rates in Japan, as more fully described in the section below
entitled, "Selling Expenses." |
-54-
Revenue
North Asia. The following table
sets forth revenue for the North Asia region and its principal markets in 2006 and 2005
(U.S. dollars in millions):
|
2005 | |
2006 | |
Change | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Japan |
|
$ 562.0 |
|
$ 476.5 |
|
(15%) |
|
South Korea | |
87.4 |
|
117.3 |
|
34% |
|
North Asia total | |
$ 649.4 |
|
$ 593.8 |
|
(9%) |
|
Foreign
currency fluctuations, particularly a weakening of the Japanese yen throughout the year,
negatively impacted North Asia region revenue by 5% in 2006 compared to 2005. Revenue in
this region was also negatively impacted by an 11% local currency decline in Japan in 2006
compared to 2005. Our active and executive distributor counts decreased 6% and 10%,
respectively, in Japan in 2006 compared to 2005. Our Japan revenue in 2006 was negatively
impacted by a slowdown in our business that started in the latter part of 2005, resulting
from several factors that impacted our sponsoring story for new distributors, including:
|
|
|
modifications
we made to our compensation plan in 2005 that we believe negatively impacted revenue and
distributor counts; |
|
|
|
a
scale-back of the roll-out of our first-generation Scanner during the latter part of 2005
in advance of the April 2006 launch of the second generation Scanner; |
|
|
|
regulatory
challenges related to our nutritional supplements and the Scanner which impact the way in
which we can market certain products; and |
|
|
|
declines
in our personal care revenue as a result of increased attention to our nutritional
business and the Scanner. |
South
Korea has generated significant growth in both our personal care and nutrition businesses.
Local currency revenue in South Korea grew 25% in 2006 compared to 2005, and active and
executive distributor counts grew significantly as well. We believe that these results
were due to strong product and other initiatives, alignment of our distributor leaders
behind these initiatives, and a strong sponsoring environment. Successful launches in 2006
include g3, a reformulated Nu Skin 180° Anti-Aging Skin Therapy system,
and Galvanic Spa System II.
Greater
China. The following table sets forth revenue for the Greater China region and its
principal markets (U.S. dollars in millions):
|
2005 | |
2006 | |
Change | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
China |
|
$ 102.2 | |
$ 70.5 |
|
(31%) |
|
Taiwan |
|
92.4 |
|
93.1 |
|
1% |
|
Hong Kong | |
42.1 |
|
44.6 |
|
6% |
|
Greater China total | |
$ 236.7 |
|
$ 208.2 |
|
(12%) |
|
Foreign
currency exchange rate fluctuations did not significantly impact revenue in the Greater
China region in 2006. China revenue decreased by 31% in 2006 compared to 2005, and our
executive and active distributor counts decreased 23% and 31%, respectively. Beginning in
the latter part of 2005, we experienced a slowdown in our business and a weakened
sponsoring environment in China. We believe this to be a result of several factors,
including delays in the direct selling licensing process following the enactment of new
direct selling regulations, related consumer uncertainty, and government and media
scrutiny of the direct selling industry, which caused us to take a very conservative
business approach as we worked towards obtaining a direct selling license. These factors,
as well as changes to our compensation plan late in 2005, contributed to the slowdown and
to a loss of some high level sales representatives.
-55-
Local
currency revenue for 2006 in Taiwan was up 4% and Hong Kong local currency revenue was up
3% when compared with 2005. During 2006 these markets benefited from the second
generation Scanner initiative, the launch of g3, and distributor excitement
surrounding business opportunities in China as we work towards rolling out direct selling
there.
Americas.
The following table sets forth revenue for the Americas region and its principal
markets (U.S. dollars in millions):
|
2005 | |
2006 | |
Change | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States |
|
$ 144.5 |
|
$ 147.1 |
|
2% |
|
Canada | |
9.6 |
|
10.0 |
|
4% |
|
Latin America | |
8.0 |
|
8.8 |
|
9% |
|
Americas total | |
$ 162.1 |
|
$ 165.9 |
|
2% |
|
We
believe that growth in the United States was a result of several key initiatives
implemented during 2006. In the second quarter of 2006, we began rolling out the second
generation Scanner and ProDerm Skin Analyzer units into the market. We also
benefited from the 2005 launch of Photomax, our digital imaging service. Each of
these initiatives helped contribute to the revenue growth and the growth of active and
executive distributor counts of 2% and 9%, respectively, in 2006 compared to 2005.
South
Asia/Pacific. The following table sets forth revenue for the South Asia/Pacific region
and its principal markets (U.S. dollars in millions):
|
2005 | |
2006 | |
Change | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Singapore/Malaysia/Brunei |
|
$ 41.4 |
|
$ 33.2 |
|
(20%) |
|
Thailand | |
23.7 |
|
26.5 |
|
12% |
|
Australia/New Zealand | |
13.3 |
|
14.2 |
|
7% |
|
Indonesia | |
4.2 |
|
10.3 |
|
145% |
|
Philippines | |
4.1 |
|
3.8 |
|
(7%) |
|
South Asia/Pacific total | |
$ 86.7 |
|
$ 88.0 | |
2% |
|
Foreign
currency exchange rate fluctuations positively impacted revenue in South Asia/Pacific by
4% in 2006 compared to 2005. Revenue growth in this region was attributed to incremental
revenue from our Indonesia market that was opened in August of 2005, and from strong
growth in Thailand and Australia/New Zealand. During the first part of 2006, our
Singapore/Malaysia/Brunei markets suffered declines as our distributor force adjusted to
compensation plan modifications implemented in latter 2005. The initiatives we launched in
these markets helped contribute to improving trends in the second half of the year. Active
distributor counts decreased in the South Asia/Pacific region by 10%, while executive
counts increased 6% in 2006 compared to 2005.
Europe.
The following table sets forth revenue for our Europe region (U.S. dollars in
millions):
|
2005 | |
2006 | |
Change | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Europe |
|
$ 46.0 |
|
$ 59.5 |
|
29% |
|
-56-
Revenue
growth in Europe was primarily a result of growth in Germany and France and the expansion
into Israel and Russia. We believe this growth can be attributed to strong alignment of
distributor leaders behind certain initiatives, including the second generation Scanner
and the Galvanic Spa II. During 2006 we also introduced a limited number of
ProDerm Skin Analyzer units into the region. Our active and executive distributor
counts increased by 26% and 17%, respectively, in 2006 compared to 2005.
Gross
profit
Gross profit
as a percentage of revenue in 2006 remained level with 2005 at 82.5%. The negative impact
from a strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the Japanese yen during 2006 was offset by
a positive impact from a decrease in Scanner amortization following our transition to less
expensive second generation Scanners and the write-down of first generation Scanner units
in the first quarter of 2006.
Selling
expenses
Selling expenses
decreased to $480.1 million in 2006 from $497.4 million in 2005, but increased as a
percentage of revenue to 43.1% in 2006 from 42.1% in 2005. The increase as a percentage of
revenue was due primarily to an increase in the average commission rate in Japan in 2006,
resulting from enhancements to our compensation plan which took effect April 1, 2006 and
were designed to bring the average commission rate in that market back to its previous
levels before the implementation of a change in 2005.
General
and administrative expenses
General and
administrative expenses decreased to $353.4 million in 2006 from $354.2 million in 2005,
but increased as a percentage of revenue to 31.7% in 2006 from 30.0% in 2005. The overall
decline in general and administrative expenses in 2006 was a result of our transformation
initiative implemented in 2006 aimed at streamlining our business to reduce overhead.
These savings were offset by other increased costs, including $9.3 million of stock-based
compensation expenses as a result of the adoption of SFAS 123R in 2006, and expenses
associated with the commencement and expansion of operations in new markets, including
Russia and Indonesia. These factors, together with higher fixed expenses in China related
to our retail operations, coupled with lower revenue in China, resulted in the increase in
general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue in 2006 compared to 2005.
Restructuring
charges
During
the first quarter of 2006, we recorded restructuring charges of $11.1 million,
primarily relating to our business transformation initiative designed to (i) eliminate
organizational redundancies, (ii) revamp administrative support functions, (iii)
prioritize investments to favor profitable initiatives and markets, and (iv) increase
efficiencies in the supply chain process. As a result, our overall headcount was reduced
by approximately 225 employees, the majority of which related to the elimination of
positions at our U.S. headquarters. These expenses consisted primarily of severance and
other compensation charges.
Impairment
of assets and other
During
the first quarter of 2006, we recorded impairment charges of $20.8 million, primarily
relating to our first generation Scanners. In February 2006, as a result of our launch of
and transition to the S2 Scanner, we determined it was necessary to write down the book
value of the existing inventory of the prior model of the Scanner. The impairment charges
relating to the Scanner recorded during the first quarter of 2006 totaled $19.0 million.
-57-
In
addition, during the first quarter of 2006 we completed a settlement agreement with a Big
Planet vendor to terminate our purchase commitments for video technology for approximately
$1.8 million as we moved away from this technology in our Big Planet business.
Other
income (expense), net
Other income
(expense), net was $2.0 million of expense in 2006 compared to $4.2
million of expense in 2005. Fluctuations in other income (expense), net are impacted by
interest income and expense and foreign exchange fluctuations to the U.S. dollar on the
translation of yen-based bank debt and other foreign denominated intercompany balances
into U.S. dollars for financial reporting purposes.
Provision
for income taxes
Provision for
income taxes decreased to $19.9 million in 2006 from $44.9 million in 2005. The effective
tax rate decreased slightly to 37.7% from 37.8% of pre-tax income in 2006 and 2005,
respectively.
Net
income
As
a result of the foregoing factors, net income decreased to $32.8 million in 2006 from
$74.0 million in 2005.
Liquidity and Capital
Resources
Historically,
our principal uses of cash have included operating expenses, particularly selling
expenses, and working capital (principally inventory purchases), as well as capital
expenditures, stock repurchases, dividends, debt repayment, and the development of
operations in new markets. We have generally relied on cash flow from operations to fund
operating activities, and we have at times incurred long-term debt in order to fund
strategic transactions and stock repurchases.
We
typically generate positive cash flow from operations due to favorable gross margins and
the variable nature of selling expenses, which constitute a significant percentage of
operating expenses. We generated $48.7 million in cash from operations in 2007, compared
to $75.8 million in 2006. This decrease in cash generated from operations is primarily due
to purchases of inventory and the increase in taxes as a result of higher taxable income
in 2007.
As
of December 31, 2007, working capital was $95.2 million compared to $109.4 million as of
December 31, 2006. Our working capital decreased primarily due to a decrease in cash and
cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents, plus short-term investments, at December 31,
2007 were $92.6 million compared to $121.4 million at December 31, 2006. The decrease in
cash was primarily the result of repurchases of stock in 2007, the decrease in our cash
generated from operations and the repayment of debt, and was somewhat offset by the
proceeds from long-term debt in 2007.
Capital
expenditures in 2007 totaled $22.7 million, and we anticipate capital expenditures of
approximately $20 million to $25 million for 2008. These capital expenditures are
primarily related to:
|
|
|
purchases
of computer systems and software, including equipment and development
costs; and |
-58-
|
|
|
the
build-out and upgrade of leasehold improvements in our various markets, including retail
stores in China. |
We
currently have debt pursuant to various credit facilities and other borrowings. The
following table summarizes these debt arrangements as of December 31, 2007:
Facility or Arrangement(1) | |
Original Principal Amount | |
Balance as of December 31, 2007(2) | |
Interest Rate | |
Repayment terms | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000 Japanese yen denominated notes |
|
9.7 billion yen |
|
4.2 billion yen ($37.3 million as of December 31, 2007) |
|
3.0% |
|
Notes due October 2010, with annual principal payments that began in October 2004. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
2003 $205.0 million multi-currency uncommitted shelf facility: | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
U.S. dollar denominated: | |
$50.0 million | |
$30.0 million | |
4.5% | |
Notes due April 2010 with annual principal payments that began in April 2006. | |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
$25.0 million | |
$5.0 million | |
4.0% | |
Notes due April 2008 with annual principal payments that began in October 2004. | |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
$40.0 million | |
$40.0 million | |
6.2% | |
Notes due July 2016 with annual principal payments beginning July 2010. |
|
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
$40.0 million(3) | |
$40.0 million | |
6.2% | |
Notes due July 2017 with annual principal payments beginning July 2011. |
|
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Japanese yen denominated: | |
3.1 billion yen | |
3.1 billion yen ($28.0 million as of December 31, 2007) | |
1.7% | |
Notes due April 2014 with annual principal payments beginning April 2008. | |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
2.7 billion yen | |
2.7 billion yen ($20.3 million as of December 31, 2007) | |
2.6% | |
Notes due September 2017, with annual principal payments beginning September 2011. | |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
2004 $25.0 million revolving credit facility | |
N/A | |
None | |
N/A | |
Credit facility expires May 2010. | |
-59-
(1) |
|
Each
of the credit facilities and arrangements listed in the table are secured
by guarantees issued by our material domestic subsidiaries and by pledges
of 65% of the outstanding stock of our material foreign subsidiaries. |
(2) |
|
The
current portion of our long-term debt (i.e. becoming due in the next 12
months) includes $12.4 million of the balance on our 2000 Japanese yen
denominated notes, $4.0 million of the balance of our 2005 Japanese yen
denominated notes and $15.0 million of the balance on our U.S. dollar
denominated debt under the 2003 multi-currency shelf facility. |
(3) |
|
In
January 2008, $20.0 million of this loan was converted from U.S. dollar to
Japanese yen at an exchange rate of 108.5. The terms of the loan remain
the same, except for the interest rate lowers from 6.2% to 3.3%. |
Our
board of directors has approved a stock repurchase program authorizing us to repurchase
our outstanding shares of Class A common stock on the open market or in private
transactions. The repurchases are used primarily for our equity incentive plans and
strategic initiatives. On November 2, 2007, our board of directors authorized an increase
of $100 million to our ongoing share repurchase authorization. During the year ended
December 31, 2007, we repurchased approximately 4.1 million shares of Class A common stock
under this program for an aggregate amount of approximately $71.1 million. Included in the
4.1 million shares repurchased in 2007, are 1.5 million shares that we repurchased under a $25.0 million
accelerated repurchase transaction during the fourth quarter of 2007. At December 31, 2007, approximately $89.6 million was
still available under the stock repurchase program.
During
each quarter of 2007, our board of directors declared cash dividends of $0.105 per share
on our Class A common stock. These quarterly cash dividends totaled approximately $27.1
million and were paid during 2007 to stockholders of record in 2007. In February 2008, the
board of directors declared a dividend to be paid in March 2008 of $0.11 per share for
Class A common stock. Currently, we anticipate that our board of directors will continue
to declare quarterly cash dividends and that the cash flows from operations will be
sufficient to fund our future dividend payments. However, the continued declaration of
dividends is subject to the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon
various factors, including our net earnings, financial condition, cash requirements,
future prospects and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors.
We
believe we have sufficient liquidity to be able to meet our obligations on both a short-
and long-term basis. We currently believe that existing cash balances, future cash flows
from operations and existing lines of credit will be adequate to fund our cash needs on
both a short- and long-term basis. The majority of our historical expenses have been
variable in nature and as such, a potential reduction in the level of revenue would reduce
our cash flow needs. In the event that our current cash balances, future cash flow from
operations and current lines of credit are not sufficient to meet our obligations or
strategic needs, we would consider raising additional funds in the debt or equity markets
or restructuring our current debt obligations. Additionally, we would consider realigning
our strategic plans, including a reduction in capital spending, stock repurchases or
dividend payments.
-60-
Contractual Obligations
and Contingencies
The
following table sets forth payments due by period for fixed contractual obligations as of
December 31, 2007 (U.S. dollars in thousands):
|
Total | |
2008 | |
2009-2010 | |
2011-2012 | |
Thereafter | |
|
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Long-term debt obligations |
|
$ 200,670 |
|
$ 31,441 |
|
$ 58,596 |
|
$ 36,670 |
|
$ 73,963 |
|
Capital lease obligations | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating lease obligations(1) | |
33,165 |
|
13,194 |
|
15,696 |
|
4,275 |
|
|
|
Purchase obligations | |
102,303 |
|
56,761 |
|
36,450 |
|
6,142 |
|
2,950 |
|
Other long-term liabilities reflected
on the balance sheet(2) | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total | |
$ 336,138 |
|
$ 101,396 |
|
$ 110,742 |
|
$ 47,087 |
|
$ 76,913 |
|
(1) |
|
Operating
leases include corporate office and warehouse space with two entities that
are owned by certain officers and directors of our company who are also
founding shareholders. Total payments under these leases were $3.8 million
for the year ended December 31, 2007 with remaining long-term obligations
under these leases of $13.7 million. |
(2) |
|
Other
long-term liabilities reflected on the balance sheet of $67.8 million
primarily consisting of long-term tax related balances, in which the
timing of the commitments is uncertain. |
Due
to the international nature of our business, we are subject from time to time to reviews
and audits by the foreign taxing authorities of the various jurisdictions in which we
conduct business throughout the world. In 1999, we implemented a duty valuation
methodology with respect to the importation of certain products into Japan. For purposes
of the import transactions at issue, we had taken the position that, under applicable
customs law, there was a sale between the manufacturer and our Japan subsidiary, and that
customs duties should be assessed on the manufacturers invoice. The Valuation
Department of the Yokohama customs authorities reviewed and approved this methodology at
that time, and it had been reviewed on several occasions by the audit division of the
Japan customs authorities since then. In connection with subsequent audits in 2004, the
Yokohama customs authorities assessed us additional duties and penalties on these products
imported into Japan from October 2002 to October 2004, based on a different valuation
methodology than what was previously approved. With respect to the periods under audit,
the customs authorities took the position that the relevant import transaction involved a
sale between our U.S. affiliate and our Japan subsidiary, rather than a sale between the
manufacturer and our Japan subsidiary, and that duties should be assessed on the value of
that transaction. We disputed this assessment. We also disputed the amount of duties we
were required to pay on products imported from November of 2004 to June of 2005 for
similar reasons. The total amount assessed or in dispute is approximately $25.0 million,
net of any recovery of consumption taxes. Effective July 1, 2005, we implemented some
modifications to our business structure in Japan and in the United States that we believe
will eliminate any further customs valuation disputes on these issues with respect to
product imports in Japan after that time.
Because
we believe the documentation and legal analysis supports our position and the valuation
methodology we used with respect to the products in dispute had been reviewed and approved
by the customs authorities in Japan, we believe the assessments are improper and we filed
letters of protest with Yokohama customs with respect to this entire amount. Yokohama
customs rejected our letters of protest, and we filed appeals with the Japan Ministry of
Finance. On June 26, 2006, we were advised that the Ministry of Finance had rejected the
appeals filed with their office relating to the imports from October 2002 to October 2004.
On December 22, 2006, we filed a complaint with the Tokyo District Court Civil Action
Section to appeal the decision with respect to this period. In January 2007, we were
advised that the Ministry of Finance also rejected our appeal for the imports from
November 2004 to June 2005. We appealed this decision with the court system in Japan in
July 2007. Currently, all appeals are pending with the Tokyo District Court Civil Action
Section. One of the findings cited by the Ministry of Finance in
its decisions was that we had treated the transactions as sales between our U.S. affiliate
and our Japan subsidiary on our corporate income tax return under applicable income tax
and transfer pricing laws. We have paid the $25.0 million in customs duties and
assessments related to all of the amounts at issue, the amount of which we recorded in
Other Assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. To the extent that we are
unsuccessful in recovering the amounts assessed and paid, we will be required to take a
corresponding charge to our earnings.
-61-
In
Taiwan, we were subject to an audit by tax authorities with respect to the deductibility
of distributor commission expenses in that market. In order to avoid the running of the
statute of limitations with respect to the 1999, 2000 and 2001 tax years, the Taiwan tax
authorities disallowed our commission expense deductions for those years and assessed us a
total of approximately $26.0 million. In the fourth quarter of 2007, the Taiwan tax
authorities ruled in our favor and concluded the commission expenses were properly
deducted for tax purposes.
On
May 2, 2007, Bodywise International, LLC, a direct sales company headquartered in Tustin,
California, filed a complaint in the Superior Court of the State of California for Orange
County, naming Pharmanex, Inc., our subsidiary, and several Nu Skin distributors who had
formerly been distributors for Bodywise as defendants. The plaintiff subsequently filed an
amended complaint on May 25, 2007. The complaint alleges that the individual defendants
breached the terms of their distributor agreements by utilizing trade secrets and
violating non-solicitation covenants in connection with the alleged recruitment of
distributors of Bodywise to become Nu Skin distributors. The complaint includes additional
claims against all defendants for intentional interference with contractual relations and
prospective economic advantage, misappropriation of trade secrets, unfair competition, and
unjust enrichments related to the alleged activities. The complaint seeks recovery of
damages in an amount presently unascertained, but which plaintiff estimates will likely
exceed $25 million. We believe the allegations against us are without merit and plan to
vigorously defend the lawsuit. The lawsuit is still in the discovery stage.
Seasonality and
Cyclicality
In
addition to general economic factors, we are impacted by seasonal factors and trends such
as major cultural events and vacation patterns. For example, most Asian markets celebrate
their respective local New Year in the first quarter, which generally has a negative
impact on that quarter. We believe that direct selling in Japan, the United States and
Europe is also generally negatively impacted during the third quarter, when many
individuals, including our distributors, traditionally take vacations.
We
have experienced rapid revenue growth in certain new markets following commencement of
operations. This initial rapid growth has often been followed by a short period of stable
or declining revenue, then followed by renewed growth fueled by product introductions, an
increase in the number of active distributors and increased distributor productivity. The
contraction following initial rapid growth has been more pronounced in certain new
markets, due to other factors such as business or economic conditions or distributor
distractions outside the market.
-62-
Distributor Information
The
following table provides information concerning the number of active and executive
distributors as of the dates indicated. Active distributors are those distributors and
preferred customers who were resident in the countries in which we operated and purchased
products for resale or personal consumption directly from us during the three months ended
as of the date indicated. Executive distributors are active distributors who have achieved
required monthly personal and group sales volumes as well as sales representatives in
China who have completed a qualification process.
|
As of December 31, 2005 | |
As of December 31, 2006 | |
As of December 31, 2007 | |
|
Active | |
Executive | |
Active | |
Executive | |
Active | |
Executive | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North Asia |
|
340,000 |
|
16,129 |
|
333,000 |
|
15,354 |
|
335,000 |
|
14,845 |
|
Greater China | |
191,000 |
|
7,134 |
|
155,000 |
|
6,492 |
|
138,000 |
|
6,389 |
|
Americas | |
147,000 |
|
3,893 |
|
150,000 |
|
4,141 |
|
158,000 |
|
4,588 |
|
South Asia/Pacific | |
81,000 |
|
2,043 |
|
73,000 |
|
2,169 |
|
65,000 |
|
2,223 |
|
Europe | |
44,000 |
|
1,272 |
|
50,000 |
|
1,600 |
|
59,000 |
|
1,957 |
|
Total | |
803,000 |
|
30,471 |
|
761,000 |
|
29,756 |
|
755,000 |
|
30,002 |
|
Quarterly Results
The
following table sets forth selected unaudited quarterly data for the periods shown (U.S.
dollars in millions, except per share amounts):
|
2006 | |
2007 | |
|
1st
Quarter | |
2nd
Quarter | |
3rd
Quarter | |
4th
Quarter | |
1st
Quarter | |
2nd
Quarter | |
3rd
Quarter
| |
4th Quarter |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue |
|
$ 265.8 |
|
$ 284.1 |
|
$ 276.3 |
|
$ 289.2 |
|
$ 273.6 |
|
$ 287.2 |
|
$ 290.7 |
|
$ 306.1 |
|
Gross profit | |
218.8 |
|
235.7 |
|
228.0 |
|
237.8 |
|
223.0 |
|
236.2 |
|
238.5 |
|
250.8 |
|
Operating income | |
(15.5) |
|
23.9 |
|
21.0 |
|
25.3 |
|
17.6 |
|
21.0 |
|
19.2 |
|
13.1 |
|
Net income | |
(10.3) |
|
14.1 |
|
13.2 |
|
15.9 |
|
10.5 |
|
13.8 |
|
13.5 |
|
6.0 |
|
Net income per share: | |
Basic | |
(0.15 |
) |
0.20 |
|
0.19 |
|
0.23 |
|
0.16 |
|
0.21 |
|
0.21 |
|
0.09 |
|
Diluted | |
(0.15 |
) |
0.20 |
|
0.19 |
|
0.23 |
|
0.16 |
|
0.21 |
|
0.21 |
|
0.09 |
|
Recent Accounting
Pronouncements
In
September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
(SFAS) No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (SFAS 157), which
defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value
measurements. SFAS 157 is effective January 1, 2008. In February 2008, the FASB deferred for one year the effective date
of SFAS 157 only with respect to nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at
fair value in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis, and removed certain leasing transactions from
the scope of SFAS 157. We do not believe that the adoption of SFAS 157 will have a material impact on our consolidated
financial statements.
In
February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets
and Financial Liabilities including an amendment to FASB Statement No. 115,
(SFAS 159), which permits entities to choose to measure many financial
instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be
measured at fair value. SFAS 159 is effective January 1, 2008. We have evaluated the
impact of SFAS 159 and believe it will not significantly impact our consolidated financial
statements.
-63-
In
December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations,
(SFAS 141R), which changes how business combinations are accounted for and
will impact financial statements both on the acquisition date and in subsequent periods.
SFAS 141R is effective January 1, 2009, and will be applied prospectively. The impact of
adopting SFAS 141R will depend on the nature and terms of future acquisitions.
In
December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated
Financial Statements (SFAS 160), which changes the accounting and
reporting standards for the noncontrolling interests in a subsidiary in consolidated
financial statements. SFAS 160 recharacterizes minority interests as noncontrolling
interests and requires noncontrolling interests to be classified as a component of
shareholders equity. SFAS 160 is effective January 1, 2009 and requires retroactive
adoption of the presentation and disclosure requirements for existing minority interests.
We are currently evaluating the impact of SFAS 160 on our consolidated financial
statements.
Currency Risk and
Exchange Rate Information
A
majority of our revenue and many of our expenses are recognized outside of the United
States, except for inventory purchases, which are primarily transacted in U.S. dollars
from vendors in the United States. The local currency of each of our Subsidiaries
primary markets is considered the functional currency. All revenue and expenses are
translated at weighted-average exchange rates for the periods reported. Therefore, our
reported revenue and earnings will be positively impacted by a weakening of the U.S.
dollar and will be negatively impacted by a strengthening of the U.S. dollar. Given the
large portion of our business derived from Japan, any weakening of the yen negatively
impacts reported revenue and profits, whereas a strengthening of the yen positively
impacts our reported revenue and profits. Given the uncertainty of exchange rate
fluctuations, we cannot estimate the effect of these fluctuations on our future business,
product pricing and results of operations or financial condition.
We
seek to reduce our exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates through the
use of foreign currency exchange contracts, through intercompany loans of foreign currency
and through our Japanese yen-denominated debt. We do not use derivative financial
instruments for trading or speculative purposes. We regularly monitor our foreign currency
risks and periodically take measures to reduce the impact of foreign exchange fluctuations
on our operating results.
Our
foreign currency derivatives are comprised of over-the-counter forward contracts with
major international financial institutions. As of December 31, 2007, we did not have any
of these contracts. For the year ended
December 31, 2007, we recorded pre-tax gains of approximately $0.4 million, which were
included in our revenue in Japan, and gains/(losses) of $(0.2) million as of December 31,
2007, net of tax, in other comprehensive income related to the fair market valuation of
our outstanding forward contracts. Based on our foreign exchange contracts at December 31,
2007, the impact of a 10% appreciation or 10% depreciation of the U.S. dollar against the
Japanese yen would not represent a material potential loss in fair value, earnings or cash
flows against these contracts. This potential loss does not consider the underlying
foreign currency transaction or translation exposures to which we are subject.
-64-
Following
are the weighted-average currency exchange rates of U.S. $1 into local currency for each
of our international or foreign markets in which revenue exceeded U.S. $5.0 million for at
least one of the quarters listed:
|
2006 | |
2007 | |
|
1st
Quarter | |
2nd
Quarter | |
3rd
Quarter | |
4th
Quarter | |
1st
Quarter | |
2nd
Quarter | |
3rd
Quarter
| |
4th Quarter |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Japan(1) |
|
116.9 |
|
114.3 |
|
116.3 |
|
117.7 |
|
119.3 |
|
120.8 |
|
117.7 |
|
113.0 |
|
Taiwan | |
32.3 |
|
32.2 |
|
32.8 |
|
32.8 |
|
32.9 |
|
33.1 |
|
32.9 |
|
32.4 |
|
Hong Kong | |
7.8 |
|
7.8 |
|
7.8 |
|
7.8 |
|
7.8 |
|
7.8 |
|
7.8 |
|
7.8 |
|
South Korea | |
975.7 |
|
949.3 |
|
954.8 |
|
937.0 |
|
939.4 |
|
928.9 |
|
927.5 |
|
921.4 |
|
Malaysia | |
3.7 |
|
3.6 |
|
3.7 |
|
3.6 |
|
3.5 |
|
3.4 |
|
3.5 |
|
3.4 |
|
Thailand | |
39.3 |
|
38.1 |
|
37.7 |
|
36.5 |
|
33.9 |
|
32.6 |
|
31.5 |
|
31.2 |
|
China | |
8.1 |
|
8.0 |
|
8.0 |
|
7.9 |
|
7.8 |
|
7.7 |
|
7.6 |
|
7.4 |
|
Singapore | |
1.6 |
|
1.6 |
|
1.6 |
|
1.6 |
|
1.5 |
|
1.5 |
|
1.5 |
|
1.5 |
|
(1) |
|
As
of February 15, 2008, the exchange rate of U.S. $1 into the Japanese yen was
approximately 108. |
Note Regarding
Forward-Looking Statements
With
the exception of historical facts, the statements contained in Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, are
forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995 which reflect our current expectations and beliefs regarding
our future results of operations, performance and achievements. These statements are
subject to risks and uncertainties and are based upon assumptions and beliefs that may not
materialize. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements
concerning:
|
|
|
our
belief that our transformation efforts will help reduce general and administrative
expenses and help generate improved earnings per share in 2008; |
|
|
|
our
plans to launch or to continue to roll out certain products, tools and other initiatives
in our various markets, and our belief that these initiatives and other recent product
launches and initiatives will positively impact our business going forward; |
|
|
|
our
plans to open additional stores in China and our plans to commence operations in South
Africa; |
|
|
|
our
intention to vigorously defend the Bodywise International, LLC lawsuit; |
|
|
|
our
expectation that we will spend approximately $20 million to $25 million for capital
expenditures during 2008; |
|
|
|
our
belief that our recent business transformation initiative will provide continued savings
going forward; |
|
|
|
our
anticipation that our board of directors will continue to declare quarterly cash
dividends and that the cash flows from operations will be sufficient to fund our future
dividend payments; |
-65-
|
|
|
our
belief that we have sufficient liquidity to be able to meet our obligations on both a
short- and long-term basis and that existing cash balances together with future cash
flows from operations and existing lines of credit will be adequate to fund our cash
needs; |
|
|
|
our
belief that recent modifications to our business structure in Japan and in the United
States should eliminate any further customs valuation disputes with respect to product
imports in Japan. |
In
addition, when used in this report, the words or phrases will likely result,
expect, anticipate, will continue, intend,
plan, believe and similar expressions are intended to help
identify forward-looking statements.
We
wish to caution readers that our operating results are subject to various risks and
uncertainties that could cause our actual results and outcomes to differ materially from
those discussed or anticipated. Reference is made to the risks and uncertainties described
below and factors described herein in Item 1A. Risk Factors (which
contain a more detailed discussion of the risks and uncertainties related to our
business). We also wish to advise readers not to place any undue reliance on the
forward-looking statements contained in this report, which reflect our beliefs and
expectations only as of the date of this report. We assume no obligation to update or
revise these forward-looking statements to reflect new events or circumstances or any
changes in our beliefs or expectations. Some of the risks and uncertainties that might
cause actual results to differ from those anticipated include, but are not limited to, the
following:
(a)
We have experienced revenue declines in Japan over the last couple of years and
continue to face challenges in this market. If we are unable to renew growth in
this market our results could be harmed. Factors that could impact our results
in the market include:
|
|
|
any
weakening of the Japanese yen; |
|
|
|
regulatory
constraints with respect to the claims we can make regarding the efficacy of our products
and tools, which could limit our ability to effectively market them; |
|
|
|
any
further weakening of the direct selling industry in Japan and any negative publicity
associated with increased regulatory scrutiny of the market; |
|
|
|
inappropriate
activities by our distributors and any resulting regulatory actions; |
|
|
|
any
weakness in the economy or consumer confidence and; |
|
|
|
increased
competitive pressures from other direct selling companies and their distributors who
actively seek to solicit our distributors to join their businesses. |
(b)
Our operations in China are subject to significant regulatory scrutiny, and we
have experienced challenges in the past, including interruption of sales
activities at certain stores and fines being paid in some cases. Even though we
have now obtained a direct selling license, we anticipate that government
regulators will continue to scrutinize our activities and the activities of our
distributors and sales employees to monitor our compliance with the new
regulations and other applicable regulations as we integrate direct selling into
our business model. We continue to be subject to current governmental reviews
and investigations. Any determination that our operations or activities, or the
activities of our employed sales representatives or distributors, are not in
compliance with applicable regulations, could result in the imposition of
substantial fines, extended interruptions of business, termination of necessary
licenses and permits, including our direct selling licenses, or restrictions on
our ability to open new stores or obtain approvals for service centers or expand
into new locations, all of which could harm our business.
-66-
(c)
The new direct selling regulations in China are restrictive and there continues
to be some confusion and uncertainty as to the meaning of the new regulations
and the specific types of restrictions and requirements imposed under them. It
is also difficult to predict how regulators will interpret and enforce these new
regulations and the impact of these new regulations on pending regulatory
reviews and investigations. Our business and our growth prospects may be harmed
if Chinese regulators interpret the anti-pyramiding regulations or direct
selling regulations in such a manner that our current method of conducting
business through the use of employed sales representatives violates these
regulations. In particular, our business would be harmed by any determination
that our current method of compensating our sales employees, including our use
of the sales productivity of a sales employee and the group of sales employees
whom he or she trains and supervises as one of the factors in establishing such
sales employees salary and compensation, violates the restriction on
multi-level compensation under the new rules. Our business could also be harmed
if regulators inhibit our ability to concurrently operate our retail
store/employed sales representative business model and our direct selling
business.
(d)
Our ability to retain key and executive level distributors or to sponsor new
executive distributors is critical to our success. Because our products are
distributed exclusively through our distributors and we compete with other
direct selling companies in attracting distributors, our operating results could
be adversely affected if our existing and new business opportunities and
incentives, products, business tools and other initiatives do not generate
sufficient enthusiasm and economic incentive to retain our existing distributors
or to sponsor new distributors on a sustained basis. In addition, in our more
mature markets, one of the challenges we face is keeping distributor leaders
with established businesses and high income levels motivated and actively
engaged in business building activities and in developing new distributor
leaders. There can be no assurance that our initiatives will continue to generate excitement among our distributors in the
long-term or that planned initiatives will be successful in maintaining
distributor activity and productivity or in motivating distributor leaders to
remain engaged in business building and developing new distributor leaders.
(e)
There have been a series of third party actions and governmental actions
involving some of our competitors in the direct selling industry as well. These
actions have generated negative publicity for the industry and likely have
resulted in increased regulatory scrutiny of other companies in the industry.
There can be no assurance that similar allegations will not be made against us.
In addition, adverse rulings in these cases could harm our business if they
create adverse publicity or interpret laws in a manner inconsistent with our
current business practices.
(f)
Distributor activities that violate applicable laws or regulations could result
in government or third party actions against us. We have experienced an increase
in complaints to consumer protection agencies in Japan and have taken steps to
try to resolve these issues including providing additional training and
restructuring our compliance group in Japan. We have also been in contact
with general consumer agencies in Japan. If consumer complaints escalate to a
government review or if the current level of complaints dont improve,
regulators could take action against us.
(g)
As we continue to implement our business transformation initiative, there could
be unintended negative consequences, including business disruptions and/or a
loss of employees. Further, we may not realize the cost improvements and greater
efficiencies as we hope for as a result of this realignment. In addition, as we
continually evaluate strategic reinvestment of any savings generated as a result
of our transformation initiative, we may not ultimately achieve the amount of
savings that we currently anticipate.
-67-
(h)
The network marketing and nutritional supplement industries are subject to
various laws and regulations throughout our markets, many of which involve a
high level of subjectivity and are inherently fact-based and subject to
interpretation. Negative publicity concerning supplements with controversial
ingredients has spurred efforts to change existing regulations or adopt new
regulations in order to impose further restrictions and regulatory control over
the nutritional supplement industry. The FTC in the United States is also
proposing new regulations that would impose new requirements that could be
burdensome. If our existing business practices or products, or any new
initiatives or products, are challenged or found to contravene any of these laws
by any governmental agency or other third party, or if there are any new
regulations applicable to our business that limit our ability to market such
products or impose additional requirements on us, our revenue and profitability
may be harmed.
(i)
Production difficulties and quality control problems could harm our business, in
particular our reliance on third party suppliers to deliver quality products in
a timely manner. Occasionally, we have experienced production
difficulties with respect to our products, including the delivery of products
that do not meet our quality control standards. These quality problems have
resulted in the past, and could result in the future, in stock outages or
shortages in our markets with respect to such products, harming our sales and
creating inventory write-offs for unusable products.
ITEM 7A. |
|
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK |
The
information required by Item 7A of Form 10-K is incorporated herein by reference from the
information contained in Item 7. Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operation Currency Risk and Exchange Rate
Information and Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
ITEM 8. |
|
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA |
1. |
|
Financial
Statements. Set forth below is the index to the Financial Statements
included in this Item 8: |
|
Page | |
|
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2006 and 2007 |
69 |
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years
ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 |
70 |
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity and Comprehensive Income
for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 |
71 |
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years
ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 |
72 |
|
|
|
|
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements |
73 |
|
|
|
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm |
96 |
|
2. |
|
Financial
Statement Schedules: Financial statement schedules have been omitted
because they are not required or are not applicable, or because the
required information is shown in the financial statements or notes
thereto. |
-68-
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
|
December 31, | |
|
2006 | |
2007 | |
ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets | |
Cash and cash equivalents | |
$ 121,353 |
|
$ 87,327 |
|
Current investments | |
|
|
5,225 |
|
Accounts receivable | |
19,421 |
|
23,424 |
|
Inventories, net | |
92,092 |
|
100,792 |
|
Prepaid expenses and other | |
44,093 |
|
49,576 |
|
| |
276,959 |
|
266,344 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net | |
85,883 |
|
88,529 |
|
Goodwill | |
112,446 |
|
112,446 |
|
Other intangible assets, net | |
91,349 |
|
86,163 |
|
Other assts | |
98,212 |
|
129,761 |
|
Total assets | |
$ 664,849 |
|
$ 683,243 |
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY | |
Current liabilities | |
Accounts payable | |
$ 20,815 |
|
$ 24,108 |
|
Accrued expenses | |
120,074 |
|
115,620 |
|
Current portion of long-term debt | |
26,652 |
|
31,441 |
|
| |
167,541 |
|
171,169 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt | |
136,173 |
|
169,229 |
|
Other liabilities | |
42,155 |
|
67,836 |
|
Total liabilities | |
345,869 |
|
408,234 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 9 and 20) | |
| |
|
|
|
|
Stockholders' equity | |
Class A common stock - 500 million shares authorized,
$.001 par value, 90.6 million shares issued; | |
91 |
|
91 |
|
Additional paid-in capital | |
199,322 |
|
209,821 |
|
Treasury stock, at cost - 23.7 million and 27.2 million shares | |
(346,889 |
) |
(413,976 |
) |
Accumulated other comprehensive loss | |
(65,107 |
) |
(67,759 |
) |
Retained earnings | |
531,563 |
|
546,832 |
|
| |
318,980 |
|
275,009 |
|
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity | |
$ 664,849 |
|
$ 683,243 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
-69-
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Income
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
2005 | |
2006 | |
2007 | |
|
|
|
Revenue |
|
$ 1,180,930 |
|
$ 1,115,409 |
|
$ 1,157,667 |
|
Cost of sales | |
206,163 |
|
195,203 |
|
209,283 |
|
|
|
|
Gross profit | |
974,767 |
|
920,206 |
|
948,384 |
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses: | |
Selling expenses | |
497,421 |
|
480,136 |
|
496,454 |
|
General and administrative expenses | |
354,223 |
|
353,412 |
|
361,242 |
|
Restructuring charges | |
|
|
11,115 |
|
19,775 |
|
Impairment of assets and other | |
|
|
20,840 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses | |
851,644 |
|
865,503 |
|
877,471 |
|
|
|
|
Operating income | |
123,123 |
|
54,703 |
|
70,913 |
|
Other income (expense), net | |
(4,172 |
) |
(2,027 |
) |
(2,435 |
) |
|
|
|
Income before provision for income taxes | |
118,951 |
|
52,676 |
|
68,478 |
|
Provision for income taxes | |
44,918 |
|
19,859 |
|
24,606 |
|
|
|
|
Net income | |
$ 74,033 |
|
$ 32,817 |
|
$ 43,872 |
|
|
|
|
Net income per share: | |
Basic | |
$ 1.06 |
|
$ 0.47 |
|
$ 0.68 |
|
Diluted | |
$ 1.04 |
|
$ 0.47 |
|
$ 0.67 |
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average common shares outstanding (000s): | |
Basic | |
70,047 |
|
69,418 |
|
64,783 |
|
Diluted | |
71,356 |
|
70,506 |
|
65,584 |
|
The
accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
-70-
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity and Comprehensive Income
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
|
Class A
Common Stock | |
Additional
Paid in Capital | |
Treasury Stock | |
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Loss | |
Retained
Earnings | |
Total | |
Balance at January 1, 2005 |
|
$ 91 |
|
$ 163,557 |
|
$ (273,721 |
) |
$ (71,606 |
) |
$ 477,912 |
|
$ 296,233 |
|
| |
Comprehensive income: | |
Net income | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74,033 |
|
74,033 |
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(597 |
) |
|
|
(597 |
) |
Net unrealized gains on foreign currency cash flow hedges | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,278 |
|
|
|
5,278 |
|
Less: Reclassification adjustment for realized gains in current earnings | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(272 |
) |
|
|
(272 |
) |
Total comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
78,442 |
|
Repurchase of Class A common stock (Note 10) | |
|
|
|
|
(24,638 |
) |
|
|
|
|
(24,638 |
) |
Stock-based compensation | |
|
|
907 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
907 |
|
Purchase of long-term assets | |
|
|
13,512 |
|
7,695 |
|
|
|
|
|
21,207 |
|
Exercise of employee stock options (666,000 shares) | |
|
|
(349 |
) |
6,526 |
|
|
|
|
|
6,177 |
|
Tax benefit of options exercised | |
|
|
1,708 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,708 |
|
Cash dividends | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(25,408 |
) |
(25,408 |
) |
Balance at December 31, 2005 | |
91 |
|
179,335 |
|
(284,138 |
) |
(67,197 |
) |
526,537 |
|
354,628 |
|
| |
Comprehensive income: | |
Net income | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,817 |
|
32,817 |
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,736 |
|
|
|
3,736 |
|
Net unrealized gains on foreign currency cash flow hedges | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
218 |
|
|
|
218 |
|
Less: Reclassification adjustment for realized gains in current earnings | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,864 |
) |
|
|
(1,864 |
) |
Total comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,907 |
|
Repurchase of Class A common stock (Note 10) | |
|
|
|
|
(67,452 |
) |
|
|
|
|
(67,452 |
) |
Adjustment related to prior common control merger | |
|
|
8,151 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,151 |
|
Exercise of employee stock options (519,000 shares) | |
|
|
870 |
|
4,530 |
|
|
|
|
|
5,400 |
|
Tax benefit of options exercised/restricted shares vested | |
|
|
1,836 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,836 |
|
Stock-based compensation | |
|
|
9,130 |
|
171 |
|
|
|
|
|
9,301 |
|
Cash dividends | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(27,791 |
) |
(27,791 |
) |
Balance at December 31, 2006 | |
91 |
|
199,322 |
|
(346,889 |
) |
(65,107 |
) |
531,563 |
|
318,980 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income: | |
Net income | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43,872 |
|
43,872 |
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,236 |
) |
|
|
(2,236 |
) |
Net unrealized losses on foreign currency cash flow hedges | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(152 |
) |
|
|
(152 |
) |
Less: Reclassification adjustment for realized gains in current earnings | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(264 |
) |
|
|
(264 |
) |
Total comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41,220 |
|
Repurchase of Class A common stock (Note 10) | |
|
|
|
|
(71,100 |
) |
|
|
|
|
(71,100 |
) |
Exercise of employee stock options (593,000 shares) | |
|
|
1,734 |
|
3,996 |
|
|
|
|
|
5,730 |
|
Tax benefit of options exercised/restricted shares vested | |
|
|
1,770 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,770 |
|
Stock-based compensation | |
|
|
8,129 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,129 |
|
Adoption of FIN 48 | |
|
|
(1,117 |
) |
|
|
|
|
(1,458 |
) |
(2,575 |
) |
Vesting of stock awards | |
|
|
(17 |
) |
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash dividends | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(27,145 |
) |
(27,145 |
) |
Balance at December 31, 2007 | |
$ 91 |
|
$ 209,821 |
|
$ (413,976 |
) |
$ (67,759 |
) |
$ 546,832 |
|
$ 275,009 |
|
The accompanying notes are an
integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
-71-
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
2005 | |
2006 | |
2007 | |
Cash flows from operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income | |
$ 74,033 |
|
$ 32,817 |
|
$ 43,872 |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided | |
by operating activities: | |
Depreciation and amortization | |
30,459 |
|
29,132 |
|
32,967 |
|
Stock-based compensation | |
907 |
|
9,301 |
|
8,129 |
|
Impairment of Scanner asset | |
|
|
18,984 |
|
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: | |
Accounts receivable | |
(626 |
) |
(2,786 |
) |
(2,647 |
) |
Inventories, net | |
(11,925 |
) |
163 |
|
(12,312 |
) |
Prepaid expenses and other | |
15,991 |
|
(8,289 |
) |
(4,623 |
) |
Other assets | |
(5,048 |
) |
(9,382 |
) |
(31,662 |
) |
Accounts payable | |
(4,906 |
) |
118 |
|
2,956 |
|
Accrued expenses | |
22,185 |
|
6,234 |
|
(13,112 |
) |
Other liabilities | |
(6,970 |
) |
(497 |
) |
25,085 |
|
| |
Net cash provided by operating activities | |
114,100 |
|
75,795 |
|
48,653 |
|
| |
Cash flows from investing activities: | |
Purchase of property and equipment | |
(30,884 |
) |
(35,680 |
) |
(22,736 |
) |
Proceeds on investment sales | |
170,610 |
|
173,925 |
|
131,525 |
|
Purchases of investments | |
(160,380 |
) |
(173,925 |
) |
(136,750 |
) |
Purchase of long-term assets | |
(5,548 |
) |
(1,981 |
) |
|
|
| |
Net cash used in investing activities | |
(26,202 |
) |
(37,661 |
) |
(27,961 |
) |
| |
Cash flows from financing activities: | |
Payment of cash dividends | |
(25,408 |
) |
(27,791 |
) |
(27,145 |
) |
Repurchase of shares of common stock | |
(24,638 |
) |
(67,452 |
) |
(71,100 |
) |
Exercise of distributor and employee stock options | |
6,177 |
|
5,400 |
|
5,731 |
|
Income tax benefit of options exercised | |
|
|
1,836 |
|
1,770 |
|
Payments on long-term debt | |
(17,074 |
) |
(31,611 |
) |
(31,733 |
) |
Proceeds from long-term debt | |
30,000 |
|
45,000 |
|
64,845 |
|
| |
Net cash used in financing activities | |
(30,943 |
) |
(74,618 |
) |
(57,632 |
) |
| |
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash | |
(11,411 |
) |
2,428 |
) |
2,914 |
|
| |
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents | |
45,544 |
|
(34,056 |
) |
(34,026 |
) |
| |
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period | |
109,865 |
|
155,409 |
|
121,353 |
|
| |
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period | |
$ 155,409 |
|
$ 121,353 |
|
$ 87,327 |
|
The
accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
-72-
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Nu
Skin Enterprises, Inc. (the Company) is a leading, global direct selling
company that develops and distributes premium-quality, innovative personal care products
and nutritional supplements that are sold worldwide under the Nu Skin and Pharmanex
brands. The Company also markets technology-related products and services under the Big
Planet brand. The Company reports revenue from five geographic regions: North Asia, which
consists of Japan and South Korea; Greater China, which consists of Mainland China, Hong
Kong, Macau and Taiwan; Americas, which consists of the United States, Canada and Latin
America; South Asia/Pacific, which consists of Australia, Brunei, Indonesia, Malaysia, New
Zealand, the Philippines, Singapore and Thailand; and Europe, which includes several
markets in Europe as well as Israel and Russia (the Companys subsidiaries operating
in these countries are collectively referred to as the Subsidiaries).
2. |
|
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies |
Consolidation
The
consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and the
Subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in
consolidation.
Use of estimates
The
preparation of these financial statements, in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States, required management to make estimates and
assumptions that affected the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure
of contingent assets and liabilities, at the date of the financial statements and the
reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash
equivalents are short-term, highly liquid instruments with original maturities of 90 days
or less.
Current investments
Current
investments consist entirely of auction rate municipal bonds classified as
available-for-sale securities. The Company, through its dealers, purchases and sells these
securities at par value and records them at cost, which approximates fair market value due
to their variable interest rates, which typically reset every 7 to 35 days and despite the
long-term nature of their stated contractual maturities, along with the Companys
investment policy and practice to only invest in high investment grade securities, the
Company has the ability to quickly liquidate these securities. As a result, the Company
has no cumulative gross unrealized holding gains (losses) or gross realized gains (losses)
from its current investments. Interest income generated from these current investments is
recorded in other income. As of December 31, 2007 current investments were $5.2 million.
There were no current investments as of December 31, 2006.
Inventories
Inventories
consist primarily of merchandise purchased for resale and are stated at the lower of cost
or market, using the first-in, first-out method. The Company had reserves for obsolete
inventory totaling $5.9 million and $5.0 million as of December 31, 2006 and 2007,
respectively.
-73-
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Inventories
consist of the following (U.S. dollars in thousands):
|
December 31, |
|
|
2006 | |
2007 | |
|
|
|
Raw materials |
|
$ 24,550 |
|
$ 25,605 |
|
Finished goods | |
67,542 |
|
75,187 |
|
| |
$ 92,092 |
|
$ 100,792 |
|
Property and equipment
Property
and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the
following estimated useful lives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Furniture and fixtures |
|
5 - 7 years |
|
Computers and equipment | |
3 - 5 years | |
Leasehold improvements | |
Shorter of estimated useful life or lease term | |
Scanners | |
3 years | |
Vehicles | |
3 - 5 years | |
Expenditures
for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. When an asset is sold or
otherwise disposed of, the cost and associated accumulated depreciation are removed from
the accounts and the resulting gain or loss is recognized in the statement of income.
Property and equipment are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. An
impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value.
Goodwill and other
intangible assets
Under
the provisions of Statements of Financial Accounting Standards
(SFAS) No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (SFAS
142), the Companys goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives
are not amortized, but instead are tested for impairment at least annually. The
Companys intangible assets with finite lives are recorded at cost and are amortized
over their respective estimated useful lives using the straight-line method to their
estimated residual values and are reviewed for impairment in accordance with SFAS No. 144,
Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. In addition, the
Company is required to make judgments regarding and periodically assesses the useful life
of its intangible assets.
Revenue recognition
Revenue
is recognized when products are shipped, which is when title and risk of loss pass to
independent distributors and preferred customers who are the Companys customers. A
reserve for product returns is accrued based on historical experience totaling $2.3
million and $1.9 million as of December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively. The Company
generally requires cash or credit card payment at the point of sale. The Company has
determined that no allowance for doubtful accounts is necessary. Amounts received prior to
shipment and title passage to distributors are recorded as deferred revenue. The global
compensation plan for the Companys distributors generally does not provide rebates
or selling discounts to distributors who purchase its products and services. The Company
classifies selling discounts and rebates, if any, as a reduction of revenue.
-74-
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Advertising expense
Advertising
costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense incurred for the years ended December
31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 totaled approximately $2.4 million, $3.9 million and $2.1 million,
respectively.
Research and development
The
Companys research and development activities are conducted primarily through its
Pharmanex division. Research and development costs are included in general and
administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income and are
expensed as incurred and totaled $7.5 million, $8.7 million and $10.0 million in 2005,
2006 and 2007, respectively.
Deferred tax assets and
liabilities
The
Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS 109. This statement establishes
financial accounting and reporting standards for the effects of income taxes that result
from an enterprises activities during the current and preceding years. It requires
an asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting of income taxes.
The Company pays income taxes in many foreign jurisdictions based on the profits realized
in those jurisdictions, which can be significantly impacted by terms of intercompany
transactions between the Company and its foreign affiliates. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are created in this process. As of December 31, 2007, the Company has net
deferred tax assets of $72.7 million. The Company has netted these deferred tax assets and
deferred tax liabilities by jurisdiction. Valuation allowances are established when
necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be ultimately realized.
Uncertain Tax Positions
In
June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation Number 48, Accounting for Uncertainty
in Income Taxes an Interpretation of SFAS 109" (FIN 48). The
Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on January 1, 2007. As a result of the
implementation of FIN 48, the Company recognized a $2.6 million increase in the liability
for unrecognized tax benefits, which was accounted for as a reduction to the January 1,
2007 balances of retained earnings and additional paid in capital.
The
Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and
various states and foreign jurisdictions. With a few exceptions, the Company is no longer
subject to U.S. federal, state and local income tax examination by tax authorities for
years before 2004. In major foreign jurisdictions, the Company is no longer subject to
income tax examinations for years before 2001. The Company is currently under examination
in certain foreign jurisdictions; however, the final outcomes of these reviews are not yet
determinable.
-75-
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
A
reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as
follows (U.S. dollars in thousands):
|
|
Gross Balance at January 1, 2007 |
|
|
$ | 38,130 |
|
Increases related to prior year tax positions | | |
| 1,254 |
|
Decreases related to prior year tax positions | | |
| (6,060 |
) |
Increases related to current year tax positions | | |
| 1,431 |
|
Decreases due to lapse of statutes of limitations | | |
|
(2,880 |
) |
Gross Balance at December 31, 2007 | | |
$ |
31,875 |
|
At December 31, 2007, the Company
had $31.9 million in unrecognized tax benefits of which $9.1 million, if recognized,
would affect the effective tax rate. The Company's unrecognized tax benefits relate to
multiple foreign and domestic jurisdictions. Due to potential increases in unrecognized
tax benefits from the multiple jurisdictions in which the Company operates, as well as
the expiration of various statutes of limitation, it is reasonably possible that our
gross unrecognized tax benefits may change within the next 12 months by a range of
approximately zero to $5 million.
During the year ended December 31,
2007 the Company recognized approximately $0.5 million in interest and penalties. The
Company had approximately $2.7 million of accrued interest and penalties related to
uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2007. Interest and penalties related to uncertain
tax positions are recognized as a component of income tax expense.
Net income per share
Net income per share is computed
based on the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the periods
presented. Additionally, diluted earnings per share data gives effect to all potentially
dilutive common shares that were outstanding during the periods presented (Note 10).
Foreign currency translation
Most of the Company's business
operations occur outside the United States. The local currency of each of the Company's
subsidiaries is considered its functional currency. All assets and liabilities are
translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates existing at the balance sheet dates,
revenue and expenses are translated at weighted-average exchange rates and stockholders'
equity is recorded at historical exchange rates. The resulting foreign currency
translation adjustments are recorded as a separate component of stockholders' equity in
the consolidated balance sheets and transaction gains and losses are included in other
income and expense in the consolidated financial statements.
Fair value of financial instruments
The carrying value of financial
instruments including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable
approximate fair values due to the short-term nature of these instruments. The carrying
amount of long-term debt approximates fair value because the applicable interest rates
approximate current market rates. Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in
time, based on relevant market information.
-76-
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Stock-based compensation
Effective January 1, 2006, the
Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of Financial Accounting Standards
("SFAS") No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment ("SFAS 123R"), using the modified
prospective transition method and therefore has not restated results for prior periods.
Under this transition method, stock-based compensation expense includes all stock-based
compensation awards granted prior to, but not yet vested as of January 1, 2006, based on
the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS
No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation ("SFAS 123"). Stock-based compensation
expense for all stock-based compensation awards granted after January 1, 2006 is based on
the grant-dated fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123R. The
Company recognizes these compensation costs, net of an estimated forfeiture rate, on a
straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally
the option vesting term of four years. The Company estimated the forfeiture rate based
on its historical experience.
In March 2005, the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "SEC") issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 ("SAB 107")
regarding the SEC's interpretation of SFAS 123R and the valuation of share-based payments
for public companies. The Company applied the provisions of SAB 107 in its adoption of
SFAS 123R.
Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R
the Company recognized stock based compensation expense in accordance with Accounting
Principles Board Opinion No. 25. Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees ("APB 25").
Accordingly, the Company generally recognized compensation expense only when it granted
options with an exercise price less than the market value of the underlying shares. Any
resulting compensation expense was recognized ratably over the associated service period,
which was generally the option vesting term.
The total compensation expense
related to these plans was approximately $9.3 million and $8.1 million for the years
ended December 31, 2006 and 2007. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, the Company
presented the tax benefit of stock option exercises as a component of operating cash
flows. Upon the adoption of SFAS 123R, tax benefits resulting from tax deductions in
excess of the compensation cost recognized for those options are classified as financing
cash flows. For the year ended December 31, 2007, all stock-based compensation expense
was recorded within general and administrative expenses.
The Company has elected to follow
the transition guidance indicated in Paragraph 81 of FASB Statement No. 123 (revised
2004) for purposes of calculating the pool of excess tax benefits available to absorb
possible future tax deficiencies. As such, the Company has calculated its historical
"APIC pool" of windfall tax benefits using the long-form method. Furthermore, the
Company has elected to use a two-pool approach (segregating employee and nonemployee
awards into two separate pools) when accounting for the pool of windfall tax benefits.
Reporting comprehensive income
Comprehensive income is defined as
the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other
events and circumstances from non-owner sources, and it includes all changes in equity
during a period except those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to
owners.
-77-
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Accounting for derivative
instruments and hedging activities
The Company recognizes all
derivatives as either assets or liabilities, with the instruments measured at fair value
as required by SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
("SFAS 133").
The Company's Subsidiaries enter
into significant transactions with each other and third parties that may not be
denominated in the respective Subsidiaries' functional currencies. The Company regularly
monitors its foreign currency risks and seeks to reduce its exposure to fluctuations in
foreign exchange rates using foreign currency exchange contracts and through certain
intercompany loans of foreign currency.
The Company hedges its exposure to
future cash flows from forecasted transactions over a maximum period of 12 months. Hedge
effectiveness is assessed at inception and throughout the life of the hedge to ensure the
hedge qualifies for hedge accounting treatment. Changes in fair value associated with
hedge ineffectiveness, if any, are recorded in the results of operations currently. In
the event that an anticipated transaction is no longer likely to occur, the Company
recognizes the change in fair value of the derivative in its results of operations
currently.
Changes in the fair value of
derivatives are recorded in current earnings or accumulated other comprehensive loss,
depending on the intended use of the derivative and its resulting designation. The gains
and losses in accumulated other comprehensive loss stemming from these derivatives will
be reclassified into earnings in the period during which the hedged forecasted
transaction affects earnings. The fair value of the receivable and payable amounts
related to these unrealized gains and losses is classified as other current assets and
liabilities. The Company does not use such derivative financial instruments for trading
or speculative purposes. Gains and losses on certain intercompany loans of foreign
currency are recorded as other income and expense in the consolidated statements of
income.
Recent accounting pronouncements
In September 2006, the FASB issued
SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, which defines fair value, establishes a framework
for measuring fair value in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and
expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 is effective January 1,
2008. In February 2008, the FASB deferred for one year the effective date
of SFAS 157 only with respect to nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at
fair value in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis, and removed certain leasing transactions from
the scope of SFAS 157. The Company does not believe that the adoption of SFAS 157 will have a material impact on its consolidated
financial statements.
In February 2007, the FASB issued
SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities -
including an amendment to FASB Statement No. 115, which permits entities to choose to
measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not
currently required to be measured at fair value. SFAS 159 is effective January 1, 2008.
The Company has evaluated the impact of SFAS 159 and believes it will not significantly
impact its consolidated financial statements.
In December 2007, the FASB issued
SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations, ("SFAS 141R"), which changes how
business combinations are accounted for and will impact financial statements both on the
acquisition date and in subsequent periods. SFAS 141R is effective January 1, 2009, and
will be applied prospectively. The impact of adopting SFAS 141R will depend on the
nature and terms of future acquisitions.
-78-
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
In December 2007, the FASB issued
SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, which changes
the accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interests in a subsidiary
in consolidated financial statements. SFAS 160 recharacterizes minority interests as
noncontrolling interests and requires noncontrolling interests to be classified as a
component of shareholders' equity. SFAS 160 is effective January 1, 2009 and requires
retroactive adoption of the presentation and disclosure requirements for existing
minority interests. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of SFAS 160 on its
consolidated financial statements.
3. |
|
Related
Party Transactions |
The Company leases corporate office
and warehouse space from two entities that are owned by certain officers and directors of
the Company. Total lease payments to these two affiliated entities were $3.7 million,
$3.7 million and $3.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 with
remaining long-term minimum lease payment obligations under these operating leases of
$17.2 million and $13.7 million at December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
4. |
|
Property
and Equipment |
Property and equipment are comprised
of the following (U.S. dollars in thousands):
|
December 31, |
|
|
2006 | |
2007 | |
|
|
|
Furniture and fixtures |
|
$ 49,499 |
|
$ 53,517 |
|
Computers and equipment | |
90,108 |
|
98,107 |
|
Leasehold improvements | |
53,677 |
|
58,584 |
|
Scanners | |
30,291 |
|
28,462 |
|
Vehicles | |
3,255 |
|
2,096 |
|
| |
226,830 |
|
240,766 |
|
Less: accumulated depreciation | |
(140,947 |
) |
(152,237 |
) |
| |
$ 85,883 |
|
$ 88,529 |
|
Depreciation
of property and equipment totaled $24.7 million, $23.7 million and $27.1 million for the
years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, which includes amortization
expense relating to the Scanners of approximately $7.9 million, $7.3 million and $7.8
million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
5. |
|
Goodwill
and Other Intangible Assets |
Goodwill
and other intangible assets consist of the following (U.S. dollars in thousands):
|
Carrying Amount at
December 31, |
|
Goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets: | |
2006 | |
2007 | |
|
|
|
Goodwill |
|
$ 112,446 |
|
$ 112,446 |
|
Trademarks and trade names | |
24,599 |
|
24,599 |
|
| |
$ 137,045 |
|
$ 137,045 |
|
-79-
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
December 31, 2006 | |
December 31, 2007 | |
|
Finite life intangible assets: |
Gross Carrying
Amount | |
Accumulated
Amortization | |
Gross Carrying
Amount | |
Accumulated
Amortization | |
Weighted-average
Amortization Period | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scanner technology |
|
$ 46,482 |
|
$ 6,290 |
|
$ 46,482 |
|
$ 9,323 |
|
18 years |
|
Developed technology |
|
22,500 |
|
10,139 |
|
22,500 |
|
10,963 |
|
20 years |
|
Distributor network | |
11,598 |
|
6,580 |
|
11,598 |
|
7,082 |
|
15 years | |
Trademarks | |
12,452 |
|
6,879 |
|
12,558 |
|
7,510 |
|
15 years | |
Other | |
21,349 |
|
17,743 |
|
21,938 |
|
18,634 |
|
5 years | |
| |
$ 114,381 |
|
$ 47,631 |
|
$ 115,076 |
|
$ 53,512 |
|
15 years | |
Amortization
of finite-life intangible assets totaled $5.7 million, $5.4 million and $5.9 million for
the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively. Annual estimated
amortization expense is expected to approximate $6.0 million for each of the five
succeeding fiscal years.
Goodwill
and indefinite life intangible assets are not amortized, rather they are subject to annual
impairment tests. Annual impairment tests were completed resulting in no impairment
charges for any of the periods shown. Finite life intangibles are amortized over their
useful lives unless circumstances occur that cause the Company to revise such lives or
review such assets for impairment.
Other
assets consist of the following (U.S. dollars in thousands):
|
December 31, |
|
|
2006 | |
2007 | |
|
|
|
Deferred taxes |
|
$ 42,836 |
|
$ 60,057 |
|
Deposits for noncancelable operating leases | |
14,476 |
|
25,023 |
|
Deposit for customs assessment (Note 20) | |
22,648 |
|
24,184 |
|
Other | |
18,252 |
|
20,497 |
|
| |
$ 98,212 |
|
$ 129,761 |
|
Accrued
expenses consist of the following (U.S. dollars in thousands):
|
December 31, |
|
|
2006 | |
2007 | |
|
|
|
Accrued commission payments to distributors |
|
$ 39,142 |
|
$ 41,143 |
|
Income taxes payable | |
9,773 |
|
3,138 |
|
Other taxes payable | |
16,471 |
|
10,890 |
|
Accrued payroll and payroll taxes | |
10,485 |
|
9,742 |
|
Accrued payable to vendors | |
6,428 |
|
9,641 |
|
Accrued severance | |
|
|
5,390 |
|
Other accruals | |
37,775 |
|
35,676 |
|
| |
$ 120,074 |
|
$ 115,620 |
|
-80-
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The
Company maintains a $25.0 million revolving credit facility that originally expired in May
2007, and has been extended for 3 years and now expires in May 2010. Drawings on this
revolving credit facility may be used for working capital, capital expenditures and other
purposes including repurchases of the Companys outstanding shares of Class A common
stock. As of December 31, 2007, there were no outstanding balances under this revolving
credit facility.
The
Company maintains a $205.0 million multi-currency private shelf facility with Prudential
Investment Management, Inc. As of December 31, 2007, the Company had $163.3 million
outstanding under its shelf facility, $15.0 million of which is included in the current
portion of long-term debt. Of this long-term debt, $115.0 million is U.S. dollar
denominated, bears interest of approximately 5.2% per annum and the related discount is
amortized in four tranches between five and ten years. The remaining $48.3 million as of
December 31, 2007, is Japanese yen-denominated senior promissory notes in the aggregate
principal amount of 5.8 billion Japanese yen. The notes bear interest of approximately
2.2% per annum, and the related discounts are amortized in two tranches between five and
ten years with interest payable semi-annually. The interest payments on the notes began
April 30, 2005. The final maturity date of the notes is April 20, 2014 and principal
payments are required annually beginning on April 30, 2008 in equal installments of 445.7
million Japanese yen.
The
Companys long-term debt also includes the long-term portion of Japanese yen
denominated ten-year senior notes issued to the Prudential Insurance Company of America in
2000. The notes bear interest at an effective rate of 3.0% per annum and are due October
2010, with annual principal payments that began in October 2004. As of December 31, 2007,
the outstanding balance on the notes was 4.2 billion Japanese yen, or $37.3 million, $16.4
million of which is included in the current portion of long-term debt. The Japanese notes
and the revolving and shelf credit facilities are secured by guarantees issued by the
Companys material subsidiaries or by pledges of 65% of the outstanding stock of the
Companys material foreign subsidiaries.
The
following tables summaries the Companys long-term debt arrangements as of December
31, 2007:
Facility or Arrangement(1) | |
Original Principal Amount | |
Balance as of December 31, 2007(2) | |
Interest Rate | |
Repayment terms | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000 Japanese yen denominated notes |
|
9.7 billion yen |
|
4.2 billion yen ($37.3 million as of December 31, 2007) |
|
3.0% |
|
Notes due October 2010, with annual principal payments that began in October 2004. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
2003 $205.0 million multi-currency uncommitted shelf facility: | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
U.S. dollar denominated: | |
$50.0 million | |
$30.0 million | |
4.5% | |
Notes due April 2010 with annual principal payments that began in April 2006. | |
-81-
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Facility or Arrangement(1) | |
Original Principal Amount | |
Balance as of December 31, 2007(2) | |
Interest Rate | |
Repayment terms | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
$25.0 million | |
$5.0 million | |
4.0% | |
Notes due April 2008 with annual principal payments that began in October 2004. | |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
$40.0 million | |
$40.0 million | |
6.2% | |
Notes due July 2016 with annual principal payments beginning July 2010. |
|
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
$40.0 million(3) | |
$40.0 million | |
6.2% | |
Notes due July 2017 with annual principal payments beginning July 2011. |
|
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Japanese yen denominated: | |
3.1 billion yen | |
3.1 billion yen ($28.0 million as of December 31, 2007) | |
1.7% | |
Notes due April 2014, with annual principal payments beginning April 2008. | |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
2.7 billion yen | |
2.7 billion yen ($20.3 million as of December 31, 2007) | |
2.6% | |
Notes due September 2017, with annual principal payments beginning September 2011. | |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
2004 $25.0 million revolving credit facility | |
N/A | |
None | |
N/A | |
Credit facility expires May 2010. | |
(1) |
|
Each
of the credit facilities and arrangements listed in the table are secured
by guarantees issued by the Companys material domestic subsidiaries
and by pledges of 65% of the outstanding stock of the Companys
material foreign subsidiaries. |
(2) |
|
The
current portion of the Companys long-term debt (i.e. becoming due in
the next 12 months) includes $12.4 million of the balance on the Companys
2000 Japanese yen denominated notes, $4.0 million of the balance of the
Companys 2005 Japanese yen denominated notes and $15.0 million of
the balance on the Companys U.S. dollar denominated debt under the
2003 multi-currency shelf facility |
(3) |
|
In
January 2008, $20.0 million of this loan was converted from U.S. dollar to
Japanese yen at an exchange rate of 108.5. The terms of the loan remain
the same, except for the interest rate lowers from 6.2% to 3.3%. |
Interest
expense relating to debt totaled $5.5 million, $5.1 million and $8.3 million for the years
ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
-82-
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The
notes and shelf facility contain other terms and conditions and affirmative and negative
financial covenants customary for credit facilities of this type, including a requirement
to maintain a minimum cash balance of $65.0 million. As of December 31, 2007, the Company
is in compliance with all financial covenants under the notes and shelf facility.
Maturities
of all long-term debt at December 31, 2007, based on the year-end exchange rate, are as
follows (U.S. dollars in thousands):
Year Ending December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
$ 31,441 |
|
2009 | |
26,441 |
|
2010 | |
32,155 |
|
2011 | |
18,335 |
|
2012 | |
18,335 |
|
Thereafter | |
73,963 |
|
Total | |
$ 200,670 |
|
The
Company leases office space and computer hardware under noncancelable long-term operating
leases including related party leases (see Note 3). Most leases include renewal options of
at least three years. Minimum future operating lease obligations at December 31, 2007 are
as follows (U.S. dollars in thousands):
Year Ending December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
$ 13,194 |
|
2009 | |
9,498 |
|
2010 | |
6,198 |
|
2011 | |
3,335 |
|
2012 | |
940 |
|
Thereafter | |
|
|
Total | |
$ 33,165 |
|
Rental
expense for operating leases totaled $30.5 million, $31.4 million and $32.2 million for
the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
The
Companys authorized capital stock consists of 25 million shares of preferred stock,
par value $.001 per share, 500 million shares of Class A common stock, par value $.001 per
share and 100 million shares of Class B common stock, par value $.001 per share. The
shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical in all respects,
except for voting rights and certain conversion rights and transfer restrictions, as
follows: (1) each share of Class A common stock entitles the holder to one vote on matters
submitted to a vote of the Companys stockholders and each share of Class B common
stock entitles the holder to ten votes on each such matter; (2) stock dividends of Class A
common stock may be paid only to holders of Class A common stock and stock dividends of
Class B common stock may be paid only to holders of Class B common stock; (3) if a holder
of Class B common stock transfers such shares to a person other than a permitted
transferee, as defined in the Companys Certificate of Incorporation, such shares
will be converted automatically into shares of Class A common stock; and (4) Class A
common stock has no conversion rights; however, each share of Class B common stock is
convertible into one share of Class A common stock, in whole or in part, at any time at
the option of the holder. All outstanding Class B shares have been converted to Class A
shares. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, there were no Preferred or Class B common shares
outstanding.
-83-
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Weighted-average common
shares outstanding
The
following is a reconciliation of the weighted-average common shares outstanding for
purposes of computing basic and diluted net income per share (in thousands):
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
2005 | |
2006 | |
2007 | |
|
|
|
|
Basic weighted-average common shares outstanding |
|
70,047 |
|
69,418 |
|
64,783 |
|
Effect of dilutive securities: | |
Stock awards and options | |
1,309 |
|
1,088 |
|
801 |
|
Diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding | |
71,356 |
|
70,506 |
|
65,584 |
|
For
the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, other stock options totaling 2.1
million, 2.8 million and 3.3 million, respectively, were excluded from the calculation of
diluted earnings per share because they were anti-dilutive.
Repurchases of common
stock
Since
August 1998, the board of directors has authorized the Company to repurchase up to $335.0
million of the Companys outstanding shares of Class A common stock on the open
market or in private transactions. The repurchases are used primarily for the
Companys equity incentive plans and strategic initiatives. During the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, the Company repurchased approximately 1.2 million, 3.8
million and 4.1 million shares of Class A common stock for an aggregate price of
approximately $24.6 million, $67.5 million and $71.1 million, respectively, under these
repurchase programs. Included in the 4.1 million shares repurchased in 2007, are 1.5 million
shares that were repurchased under a $25.0 million accelerated repurchase transaction
during the fourth quarter of 2007. Between
August 1998 and December 31, 2007, the Company repurchased a total of approximately 17.9
million shares of Class A common stock under this repurchase program for an aggregate
price of approximately $245.4 million.
11. |
|
StockBased
Compensation |
At
December 31, 2007, the Company had the following stock-based employee compensation plans:
Equity Incentive Plans
During
the year ended December 31, 1996, the Companys board of directors adopted the Nu
Skin Enterprises, Inc., 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (the 1996 Stock Incentive
Plan). In April 2006, the Companys Board of Directors approved the Nu Skin
Enterprises, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan).
This plan was approved by the Companys stockholders at the Companys 2006
Annual Meeting of Stockholders held in May of 2006. The 1996 Stock Incentive Plan and the
2006 Stock Incentive Plan provide for granting of stock awards and options to purchase
common stock to executives, other employees, independent consultants and directors of the
Company and its Subsidiaries. Options granted under the equity incentive plans are
generally non-qualified stock options, but the plans permit some options granted to
qualify as incentive stock options under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. The
exercise price of a stock option generally is equal to the fair market value of the
Companys common stock on the option grant date. The contractual term of options
granted since 1996 is generally ten years. However, for options granted beginning in the
second quarter of 2006, the contractual term has been shortened to seven years. Currently,
all shares issued upon the exercise of options are from the Companys treasury
shares. With the adoption of the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, no further grants will be made
under the 1996 Stock Incentive Plan. Under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan 6.0 million
shares were authorized for issuance.
-84-
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
In the fourth quarter
of 2007, the compensation committee of the board of directors approved the grant of performance stock options to certain senior level
executives. Vesting for the options is performance based, with the options vesting in two installments if the Company's earnings
per share equal or exceed
the two established performance levels, measured in terms of diluted earnings per share. Fifty percent of the options will vest
upon earnings per share
meeting or exceeding the first performance level and fifty percent of the options will vest upon earnings per share meeting or
exceeding the second performance
level. If the performance levels have not been met on or prior to the 2nd business day following the filing of the Company's
Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the year ended December 31, 2012, then any unvested options shall terminate at such time.
The
pro forma table below reflects net income and basic and diluted net income per share for
the year ended December 31, 2005 had the Company applied the fair value recognition
provisions of SFAS 123R, as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):
|
December 31, | |
|
| |
2005 | |
Net income, as reported |
|
|
|
$ 74,033 |
|
Less: Stock-based compensation expense determined | |
under the fair-value-based method for all awards, | |
net of related tax effects | |
|
|
(5,823 |
) |
|
| |
| |
Pro forma net income | |
|
|
$ 68,210 |
|
|
| |
| |
Net income per share: | |
Basic - as reported | |
|
|
$ 1.06 |
|
Basic - pro forma | |
|
|
$ 0.97 |
|
|
| |
| |
Diluted - as reported | |
|
|
$ 1.04 |
|
Diluted - pro forma | |
|
|
$ 0.96 |
|
The
fair value of stock option awards was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing
model with the following assumptions and weighted-average fair values as follows:
|
December 31, | |
Stock Options: |
2005 | |
2006 | |
2007 | |
|
|
|
|
Weighted average grant date fair value of grants |
|
$ 10.43 |
|
$ 6.52 |
|
$ 5.51 |
|
Risk-free interest rate(1) |
|
3.9% |
|
4.9% |
|
3.8% |
|
Dividend yield(2) | |
1.6% |
|
2.1% |
|
2.5% |
|
Expected volatility(3) | |
52.6% |
|
44.3% |
|
40.4% |
|
Expected life in months(4) | |
75 months |
|
58 months |
|
59 months |
|
(1) |
|
The
risk-free interest rate is based upon the rate on a zero coupon U.S.
Treasury bill, for periods within the contractual life of the option, in
effect at the time of the grant. |
(2) |
|
The
dividend yield is based on the rolling average of annual stock prices and
the actual dividends paid in the corresponding 12 months. |
-85-
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(3) |
|
Expected
volatility is based on the historical volatility of our stock price, over
a period similar to the expected life of the option. |
(4) |
|
The
expected term of the option is based on the simplified method. |
Options
under the plans as of December 31, 2007 and changes during the year ended December 31,
2007 were as follows:
|
Shares
(in thousands) | |
Weighted-average
Exercise Price | |
Weighted-average
Remaining Contractual Term
(in years) | |
Aggregate Intrinsic
Value
(in thousands) | |
Options activity - service based Outstanding at December 31, 2006 |
|
5,863.4 |
|
$ 16.38 |
|
|
|
|
|
Granted | |
523.8 |
|
17.45 |
|
Exercised | |
(556.1 |
) |
10.28 |
|
Forfeited/cancelled/expired | |
(564.7 |
) |
20.05 |
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2007 | |
5,266.4 |
|
16.74 |
|
5.60 |
|
$ 11,462 |
|
Exercisable at December 31, 2007 | |
3,740.8 |
|
15.60 |
|
5.20 |
|
11,435 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Options activity - performance based Outstanding at December 31, 2006 | |
|
|
$ |
|
Granted | |
1,435.0 |
|
17.10 |
|
Exercised | |
|
|
|
|
Forfeited/cancelled/expired | |
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2007 | |
1,435.0 |
|
17.10 |
|
6.92 |
|
$ |
|
Exercisable at December 31, 2007 | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Options activity - all options Outstanding at December 31, 2006 | |
5,863.4 |
|
$ 16.38 |
|
Granted | |
1,958.8 |
|
17.20 |
|
Exercised | |
(556.1 |
) |
10.28 |
|
Forfeited/cancelled/expired | |
(564.7 |
) |
20.05 |
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2007 | |
6,701.4 |
|
16.82 |
|
5.88 |
|
$ 11,462 |
|
Exercisable at December 31, 2007 | |
3,740.8 |
|
15.60 |
|
5.20 |
|
11,435 |
The
aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pretax intrinsic value
(the difference between the Companys closing stock price on the last trading day of
the respective years and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money
options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders
exercised their options on December 31, 2007. This amount varies based on the fair market
value of the Companys stock. The total fair value of options vested and expensed was
$4.2 million, net of tax, for the year ended December 31, 2007.
-86-
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Cash
proceeds, tax benefits, and intrinsic value related to total stock options exercised
during 2005, 2006 and 2007, were as follows (in millions):
|
2005 | |
2006 | |
2007 | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash proceeds from stock options exercised |
|
$ 6.2 |
|
$ 5.4 |
|
$ 5.7 |
|
Tax benefit realized for stock options exercised | |
|
|
1.8 |
|
1.8 |
|
Intrinsic value of stock options exercised | |
5.6 |
|
3.7 |
|
3.4 |
|
The
following table summarizes information concerning outstanding and exercisable options at
December 31, 2007:
|
Options Outstanding | |
Options Exercisable | |
Exercise Price Range | |
Shares (in 000s) | |
Weighted-average Exercise Price | |
Weighted-average Years Remaining | |
Shares (in 000s) | |
Weighted-average Exercise Price | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$0.01 to $6.00 |
|
6.1 |
|
$ 5.40 |
|
0.79 |
|
6.1 |
|
$ 5.40 |
|
$6.01 to $11.00 | |
736.5 |
|
8.32 |
|
3.96 |
|
736.5 |
|
8.32 |
|
$11.01 to $16.00 | |
1,377.7 |
|
12.49 |
|
4.56 |
|
1,332.7 |
|
12.38 |
|
$16.01 to $20.00 | |
2,942.4 |
|
17.48 |
|
6.44 |
|
629.4 |
|
18.27 |
|
$20.01 to $28.50 | |
1,638.7 |
|
23.13 |
|
6.88 |
|
1,036.1 |
|
23.35 |
|
| |
6,701.4 |
|
16.82 |
|
5.88 |
|
3,740.8 |
|
15.60 |
|
Nonvested
restricted stock awards as of December 31, 2007 and changes during the year ended December
31, 2007 were as follows:
|
Number of Shares
(in thousands) | |
Weighted-average Grant
Date Fair Value | |
Nonvested at December 31, 2006 |
|
324.8 |
|
$ 17.42 |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Granted | |
204.4 |
|
16.49 |
|
Vested | |
(117.9 |
) |
14.65 |
|
Forfeited |
|
(59.3 |
) |
20.35 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonvested at December 31, 2007 | |
352.0 |
|
17.30 |
|
As
of December 31, 2007, there was $4.7 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation
expense related to nonvested restricted stock awards. That cost is expected to be
recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.8 years. As of December 31, 2007, there was
$16.0 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to
nonvested stock option awards. That cost is expected to be recognized over a
weighted-average period of 3.1 years.
-87-
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Employee Stock Purchase
Plan
Effective
August 1, 2006, the Company terminated its Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Prior to
terminating the Plan the Company recognized approximately $150,000 in compensation expense
for this plan for the year ended December 31, 2006.
Consolidated
income before provision for income taxes consists of the following for the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 (U.S. dollars in thousands):
|
2005 | |
2006 | |
2007 | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. |
|
$ 70,344 |
|
$ 32,907 |
|
$ 45,235 |
|
Foreign | |
48,607 |
|
19,769 |
|
23,243 |
|
Total | |
$ 118,951 |
|
$ 52,676 |
|
$ 68,478 |
|
The
provision for current and deferred taxes for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and
2007 consists of the following (U.S. dollars in thousands):
|
2005 | |
2006 | |
2007 | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal | |
$ 1,572 |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
State | |
1,880 |
|
2,121 |
|
(94 |
) |
Foreign | |
21,495 |
|
24,207 |
|
22,090 |
|
| |
24,947 |
|
26,328 |
|
21,996 |
|
| |
Deferred | |
Federal | |
14,821 |
|
4,115 |
|
(298 |
) |
State | |
(278 |
) |
(1,767 |
) |
2,181 |
|
Foreign | |
5,428 |
|
(8,817 |
) |
727 |
|
| |
19,971 |
|
(6,469 |
) |
2,610 |
|
Provision for income taxes | |
$ 44,918 |
|
$ 19,859 |
|
$ 24,606 |
|
The
Companys foreign taxes paid are high relative to foreign operating income and the
Companys U.S. taxes paid are low relative to U.S. operating income due largely to
the flow of funds among the Companys Subsidiaries around the world. As payments for
services, management fees, license arrangements and royalties are made from the
Companys foreign affiliates to its U.S. corporate headquarters, these payments often
incur withholding and other forms of tax that are generally creditable for U.S. tax
purposes. Therefore, these payments lead to increased foreign effective tax rates and
lower U.S. effective tax rates. Variations (or shifts) occur in the Companys foreign
and U.S. effective tax rates from year to year depending on several factors including the
impact of global transfer prices and the timing and level of remittances from foreign
affiliates.
-88-
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The
principal components of deferred taxes are as follows (U.S. dollars in thousands):
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
2006 | |
2007 | |
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
Inventory differences | |
$ 4,583 |
|
$ 3,481 |
|
Stock-based compensation | |
3,079 |
|
5,470 |
|
Accrued expenses not deductible until paid | |
29,467 |
|
23,711 |
|
Minimum tax credit | |
3,985 |
|
7,611 |
|
Net operating losses | |
14,797 |
|
18,190 |
|
Foreign outside basis in controlled foreign corporation | |
9,223 |
|
|
|
Capitalized research and development | |
17,609 |
|
18,779 |
|
Asian marketing rights | |
|
|
2,321 |
|
Other | |
13,407 |
|
44,455 |
|
Gross deferred tax assets | |
96,150 |
|
124,018 |
|
Deferred tax liabilities: | |
Exchange gains and losses | |
9,639 |
|
3,719 |
|
Pharmanex intangibles step-up | |
14,480 |
|
14,696 |
|
Amortization of intangibles | |
4,066 |
|
8,155 |
|
Foreign outside basis in controlled foreign corporation | |
|
|
599 |
|
Prepaid expenses | |
12,137 |
|
11,812 |
|
Other | |
2,692 |
|
1,012 |
|
Gross deferred tax liabilities | |
43,014 |
|
39,993 |
|
Valuation allowance | |
(1,481 |
) |
(11,303 |
) |
Deferred taxes, net | |
$ 51,655 |
|
$ 72,722 |
|
At December 31, 2007, the Company had
foreign operating loss carryforwards of approximately $82.6 million for tax purposes, which will be available to
offset future taxable income. If not used, $50.6 million of carryforwards will expire between 2008 and 2017, while
$32.0 million do not expire. The Company
also had minimum tax credit carryforwards of $7.6 million, which do not expire and capital loss carryforwards of
$1.8 that will expire in 2008.
The valuation
allowance primarily represents amounts for foreign operating loss carry forwards for which
it is more likely than not some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be
realized. When the Company determines that there is sufficient taxable income to utilize the net
operating losses, the valuation allowance will be released. The Company relies on certain tax planning strategies
to justify the recognition of a portion of its net operating loss carryforwards.
The components of deferred taxes, net
on a jurisdiction basis are as follows (U.S. dollars in thousands):
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
2006 | |
2007 | |
|
|
|
Net current deferred tax assets |
|
$ 21,294 |
|
$ 23,929 |
|
Net noncurrent deferred tax assets | |
42,836 |
|
60,057 |
|
Total net deferred tax assets | |
64,130 |
|
83,986 |
|
|
|
|
|
Net current deferred tax liabilities | |
4 | |
|
Net noncurrent deferred tax liabilities | |
12,471 |
|
11,264 |
|
Total net deferred tax liabilities | |
12,475 |
|
11,264 |
|
Deferred taxes, net | |
$ 51,655 |
|
$ 72,722 |
|
The
Companys deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 were increased due to
the implementation of FIN 48.
The
Company is subject to regular audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities. These
audits may result in proposed assessments that may result in additional tax liabilities.
-89-
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The
actual tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 compared to the
statutory U.S. Federal tax rate is as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
2005 | |
2006 | |
2007 | |
|
|
|
|
Income taxes at statutory rate |
|
35.00 |
% |
35.00 |
% |
35.00 |
% |
Non-deductible expenses | |
.55 |
|
.86 |
|
.27 |
|
Branch remittance gains and losses | |
.23 |
|
|
|
|
|
Other | |
1.98 |
|
1.84 |
|
.66 |
|
| |
37.76 |
% |
37.70 |
% |
35.93 |
% |
The
effective tax rate remained nearly constant between 2006 and 2005. The decrease in the
effective tax rate in 2007 compared to 2006 was due primarily to the expiration of the
statute of limitations in certain tax jurisdictions.
13. |
|
Employee
Benefit Plan |
The
Company has a 401(k) defined contribution plan which permits participating employees to
defer up to a maximum of 15% of their compensation, subject to limitations established by
the Internal Revenue Code. Employees who work a minimum of 1,000 hours per year, who have
completed at least one year of service and who are 21 years of age or older are qualified
to participate in the plan. The Company matches 100% of the first 2% and 50% of the next
2% of each participants contributions to the plan. Participant contributions are
immediately vested. Company contributions vest based on the participants years of
service at 25% per year over four years. The Company recorded compensation expense of $1.4
million, $1.4 million and $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and
2007, respectively, related to its contributions to the plan.
The
Company has a defined benefit pension plan for its employees in Japan. All employees of Nu
Skin Japan, after certain years of service, are entitled to pension plan benefits when
they terminate employment with Nu Skin Japan. The accrued pension liability was $4.5
million, $5.0 million and $5.2 million as of December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007,
respectively. Although Nu Skin Japan has not specifically funded this obligation, Nu Skin
Japan believes it maintains adequate cash balances for this defined benefit pension plan.
The Company recorded pension expense of $0.8 million, $1.0 million and $1.4 million for
the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively. Beginning in 2006, this
plan is accounted for in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) Statement No. 158 Employers Accounting for Defined Benefit
Pension and Other Postretirement Plans an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88,
106, and 132(R) (SFAS 158). The adoption of SFAS 158 did not have a
material impact on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
14. |
|
Executive
Deferred Compensation Plan |
The
Company has an executive deferred compensation plan for select management personnel. Under
this plan, the Company currently makes a contribution of up to 10% of each
participants salary. In addition, each participant has the option to defer a portion
of their compensation up to a maximum of 100% of their compensation. Participant
contributions are immediately vested. Company contributions vest based on the earlier of:
(a) attaining 60 years of age; (b) continuous employment of 20 years; or (c) death or
disability. The Company recorded compensation expense of $0.7 million for the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, related to its contributions to the plan.
The Company had accrued $6.3 million and $8.4 million as of December 31, 2006 and 2007,
respectively, related to the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan.
-90-
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
15. |
|
Derivative
Financial Instruments |
At
December 31, 2006 and 2007, the Company held forward contracts designated as foreign
currency cash flow hedges with notional amounts totaling approximately $10.1 million and
none, respectively, to hedge forecasted foreign-currency-denominated intercompany
transactions. All such contracts were denominated in Japanese yen. As of December 31, 2006
and 2007, $0.2 million of net unrealized gain and $(0.2) million of net unrealized loss,
net of related taxes, respectively, were recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss.
The contracts held at December 31, 2007 have maturities through December 2008, and
accordingly, all unrealized gains and losses on foreign currency cash flow hedges included
in accumulated other comprehensive loss will be recognized in current earnings over the
next 12 months. The pre-tax net (losses)/gains on foreign currency cash flow hedges
recorded in current earnings were ($0.3 million), $3.3 million and $0.4 million for the
years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
During
2005, 2006 and 2007, the Company did not have any gains or losses related to hedging
ineffectiveness. Additionally, no component of gains and losses was excluded from the
assessment of hedging effectiveness. During 2005, 2006 and 2007, the Company did not have
any gains or losses reclassified into earnings as a result of the discontinuance of cash
flow hedges.
16. |
|
Supplemental
Cash Flow Information |
Cash
paid for interest totaled $5.6 million, $5.6 million and $7.4 million for the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively. Cash paid for income taxes totaled $15.9
million, $19.4 million and $21.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and
2007, respectively.
The
Company operates in a single operating segment by selling products to a global network of
independent distributors that operates in a seamless manner from market to market, except
for its operations in Mainland China. In Mainland China, the Company utilizes an employed
sales force to sell its products through fixed retail locations. Selling expenses are the
Companys largest expense comprised of the commissions paid to its worldwide
independent distributors as well as remuneration to its Mainland China sales employees
paid on product sales. The Company manages its business primarily by managing its global
sales force. The Company does not use profitability reports on a regional or divisional
basis for making business decisions. However, the Company does recognize revenue in five
geographic regions: North Asia, Greater China, Americas, South Asia/Pacific and Europe.
-91-
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Revenue
generated in each of these regions is set forth below (U.S. dollars in thousands):
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
Revenue: |
2005 | |
2006 | |
2007 | |
|
|
|
|
North Asia |
|
$ 649,377 |
|
$ 593,789 |
|
$ 585,805 |
|
Greater China | |
236,681 |
|
208,226 |
|
205,026 |
|
Americas | |
162,174 |
|
165,908 |
|
188,256 |
|
South Asia/Pacific | |
86,673 |
|
88,017 |
|
101,417 |
|
Europe | |
46,025 |
|
59,469 |
|
77,163 |
|
Total | |
$ 1,180,930 |
|
$ 1,115,409 |
|
$ 1,157,667 |
|
Revenue generated
by each of the Companys three product lines is set forth below (U.S. dollars in
thousands):
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
Revenue: |
2005 | |
2006 | |
2007 | |
|
|
|
|
Pharmanex |
|
$ 667,671 |
|
$ 632,705 |
|
$ 634,191 |
|
Nu Skin | |
484,281 |
|
454,480 |
|
498,500 |
|
Big Planet | |
28,978 |
|
28,224 |
|
24,976 |
|
Total | |
$ 1,180,930 |
|
$ 1,115,409 |
|
$ 1,157,667 |
|
Additional
information as to the Companys operations in the most significant geographical areas
is set forth below (U.S. dollars in thousands):
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
Revenue: |
2005 | |
2006 | |
2007 | |
|
|
|
|
Japan |
|
$ 562,031 |
|
$ 476,466 |
|
$ 443,670 |
|
United States | |
144,555 |
|
147,090 |
|
167,701 |
|
South Korea | |
87,346 |
|
117,323 |
|
142,135 |
|
Taiwan | |
92,412 |
|
93,159 |
|
93,014 |
|
Mainland China | |
102,214 |
|
70,492 |
|
66,493 |
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
Long-lived assets: |
| |
2006 | |
2007 | |
|
|
|
|
Japan |
|
|
|
$ 11,902 |
|
$ 11,907 |
|
United States | |
|
|
43,520 |
|
48,378 |
|
South Korea | |
|
|
1,274 |
|
3,391 |
|
Taiwan | |
|
|
2,686 |
|
3,299 |
|
Mainland China | |
|
|
13,724 |
|
9,908 |
|
18. |
|
Restructuring
charges |
During 2007, the Company
recorded restructuring charges of $19.8 million, relating to its efforts to simplify its operations in China and
improve operational efficiencies in its corporate offices and reduce investments in unprofitable markets. Approximately $13.9
million of these charges
relates to severance payments to terminated employees of which approximately $5.4 million remains accrued at December 31, 2007.
The remaining $5.9 million
relates to leasehold terminations and tax payments related to the Company's closure of its operations in Brazil in 2007, of which
approximately $2.2
million remains accrued at December 31, 2007. The Company expects that substantially all of the restructuring charges
accrued as of December 31,
2007 will be paid during the first quarter of 2008.
-92-
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
During
the first half of 2006, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $11.1
million, primarily relating to its restructuring initiative designed to (i) eliminate
organizational redundancies, (ii) revamp administrative support functions, (iii)
prioritize investments to favor profitable initiatives and markets, and (iv) increase
efficiencies in the supply chain process. As a result, the Companys overall
headcount was reduced by approximately 225 employees, the majority of which related to the
elimination of positions at the Companys U.S. headquarters. These expenses consisted
primarily of severance and other charges and had all been paid as of December 31, 2006.
19. |
|
Impairment
of assets and other |
During
the first half of 2006, the Company recorded impairment and other charges of $20.8
million, primarily relating to its first generation BioPhotonic Scanners. In February
2006, as a result of the Companys launch of and transition to its second generation
BioPhotonic Scanner, the Company determined it was necessary to write down the book value
of the existing inventory of the prior model of the Scanner. The impairment charges
relating to the Scanner recorded during the quarter ended March 31, 2006 totaled $19.0
million.
In
addition, during the quarter ended March 31, 2006, the Company completed a settlement
agreement with Razorstream, a service provider of video content for its digital product
category, to terminate its purchase commitments for video technology for approximately
$1.8 million.
20. |
|
Commitments
and Contingencies |
The
Company is subject to governmental regulations pertaining to product formulation, labeling
and packaging, product claims and advertising and to the Companys direct selling
system. The Company is also subject to the jurisdiction of numerous foreign tax and
customs authorities. Any assertions or determination that either the Company or the
Companys distributors is not in compliance with existing statutes, laws, rules or
regulations could potentially have a material adverse effect on the Companys
operations. In addition, in any country or jurisdiction, the adoption of new statutes,
laws, rules or regulations or changes in the interpretation of existing statutes, laws,
rules or regulations could have a material adverse effect on the Company and its
operations. Although management believes that the Company is in compliance, in all
material respects, with the statutes, laws, rules and regulations of every jurisdiction in
which it operates, no assurance can be given that the Companys compliance with
applicable statutes, laws, rules and regulations will not be challenged by foreign
authorities or that such challenges will not have a material adverse effect on the
Companys financial position or results of operations or cash flows. The Company and
its Subsidiaries are defendants in litigation and proceedings involving various matters.
In the opinion of the Companys management, based upon advice of its counsel handling
such litigation and proceedings, adverse outcomes, if any, will not likely result in a
material effect on the Companys consolidated financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows.
The
Company is subject to regular audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities. These
audits may result in additional tax liabilities. The Company believes it has appropriately
provided for income taxes for all years. Several factors drive the calculation of its tax
reserves. Some of these factors include: (i) the expiration of various statutes of
limitations; (ii) changes in tax law and regulations; (iii) issuance of tax rulings; and
(iv) settlements with tax authorities. Changes in any of these factors may result in
adjustments to the Companys reserves, which would impact its reported financial
results.
-93-
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
In
June 2006, the FASB issued FIN 48, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in tax
positions. FIN 48 requires that the Company recognize the impact of a tax position in
the Companys financial statements if that position is more likely than not of being
sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. The provisions of
FIN 48 became effective as of the beginning of the Companys 2007 fiscal year,
with the cumulative effect of the change in accounting principle recorded as an adjustment
to opening retained earnings.
Due
to the international nature of the Companys business, the Company is subject from
time to time to reviews and audits by the foreign taxing authorities of the various
jurisdictions in which it conducts business throughout the world. In 1999, the Company
implemented a duty valuation methodology with respect to the importation of certain
products into Japan. For purposes of the import transactions at issue, the Company had
taken the position that, under applicable customs law, there was a sale between the
manufacturer and the Companys Japanese subsidiary, and that customs duties should be
assessed on the manufacturers invoice. The Valuation Department of the Yokohama
customs authorities reviewed and approved this methodology at that time, and it had been
reviewed on several occasions by the audit division of the Japan customs authorities since
then. In connection with subsequent audits in 2004, the Yokohama customs authorities
assessed the Company additional duties and penalties on these products imported into Japan
from October 2002 to October 2004, based on a different valuation methodology than what
was previously approved. With respect to the periods under audit, the customs authorities
took the position that the relevant import transaction involved a sale between the
Companys U.S. affiliate and its Japan subsidiary and that duties should be assessed
on the value of that transaction. The Company disputed this assessment. The Company also
disputed the amount of duties it was required to pay on products imported from November of
2004 to June of 2005 for similar reasons. The total amount assessed or in dispute is
approximately $25.0 million, net of any recovery of consumption taxes. Effective July 1,
2005, the Company implemented some modifications to the Companys business structure
in Japan and in the United States that the Company believes will eliminate any further
customs valuation disputes with respect to product imports in Japan after that time.
Because
the Company believes the documentation and legal analysis supports its position and the
valuation methodology it used with respect to the products in dispute had been reviewed
and approved by the customs authorities in Japan, the Company believes the assessments are
improper and it filed letters of protest with Yokohama customs with respect to this entire
amount. Yokohama customs rejected the Companys letters of protest, and to follow
proper administrative procedures the Company filed appeals with the Japan Ministry of
Finance. On June 26, 2006, the Company was advised that the Ministry of Finance had
rejected the appeals filed with their office relating to the imports from October 2002 to
October 2004. The Company decided to appeal this issue through the judicial court system
in Japan, and on December 22, 2006 it filed a complaint with the Tokyo District Court
Civil Action Section with respect to this period. In January 2007, the Company was advised
that the Ministry of Finance also rejected its appeal with them for the imports from
November 2004 to June 2005. The Company currently plans to appeal this decision with the
court system in Japan as well. One of the findings cited by the Ministry of Finance in its
decisions was that the Company had treated the transactions as sales between its U.S.
affiliate and its Japan subsidiary on its corporate income tax return under applicable
income tax and transfer pricing laws. The Company has paid the $25.0 million in customs
duties and assessments, the amount of which it recorded in Other Assets in its
Consolidated Balance Sheet. To the extent that the Company is unsuccessful in recovering
the amounts assessed and paid, it will be required to take a corresponding charge to its
earnings.
-94-
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
In
Taiwan, the Company was currently subject to an audit by tax authorities with respect to
the deductibility of distributor commission expenses in that market. In order to avoid the
running of the statute of limitations with respect to the 1999, 2000 and 2001 tax years,
the Taiwan tax authorities disallowed the Companys commission expense deductions for
those years and assessed the Company a total of approximately $26.0 million. The Company
contested this assessment and in the fourth quarter of 2007 the Taiwan tax authorities
ruled in the Companys favor and allowed the deduction of the commission expenses and
reversed the previous assessments.
Quarterly
cash dividends for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007 totaled $27.8 million and
$27.1 million, respectively. In February 2008, the board of directors declared a quarterly
cash dividend of $0.11 per share for all classes of common stock to be paid on March 19,
2008 to stockholders of record on February 29, 2008.
The
following table sets forth selected unaudited quarterly data for the periods shown (U.S.
dollars in millions, except per share amounts):
|
2006 | |
2007 | |
|
1st
Quarter | |
2nd
Quarter | |
3rd
Quarter | |
4th
Quarter | |
1st
Quarter | |
2nd
Quarter | |
3rd
Quarter
| |
4th Quarter |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue |
|
$ 265.8 |
|
$ 284.1 |
|
$ 276.3 |
|
$ 289.2 |
|
$ 273.6 |
|
$ 287.2 |
|
$ 290.7 |
|
$ 306.1 |
|
Gross profit | |
218.8 |
|
235.7 |
|
228.0 |
|
237.8 |
|
223.0 |
|
236.2 |
|
238.5 |
|
250.8 |
|
Operating income | |
(15.5) |
|
23.9 |
|
21.0 |
|
25.3 |
|
17.6 |
|
21.0 |
|
19.2 |
|
13.1 |
|
Net income | |
(10.3) |
|
14.1 |
|
13.2 |
|
15.9 |
|
10.5 |
|
13.8 |
|
13.5 |
|
6.0 |
|
Net income per share: | |
Basic | |
(0.15 |
) |
0.20 |
|
0.19 |
|
0.23 |
|
0.16 |
|
0.21 |
|
0.21 |
|
0.09 |
|
Diluted | |
(0.15 |
) |
0.20 |
|
0.19 |
|
0.23 |
|
0.16 |
|
0.21 |
|
0.21 |
|
0.09 |
|
-95-
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent
Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and
Shareholders of Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.:
In our opinion, the accompanying
consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income,
comprehensive income, shareholders equity and cash flows present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc. and its
subsidiaries at December 31, 2007 and 2006 and the results of their operations and their
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007 in conformity
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our
opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal
Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of
the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Companys management is responsible for these
financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting
and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting,
included in the accompanying Management Report on Internal Control over Financial
Reporting appearing in Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these
financial statements and on the Companys internal control over financial reporting
based on our integrated audits. We conducted
our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was
maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit
of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of
internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness
exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal
control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A companys internal control
over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding
the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A
companys internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and
procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail,
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as
necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are
being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the
company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the companys assets
that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
-96-
Because of its inherent limitations,
internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk
that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Salt Lake City, Utah
February 29, 2008
-97-
ITEM 9. |
|
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE |
None.
ITEM 9A. |
|
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES |
Evaluation
of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. Under the supervision and with the
participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer, we evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure
controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act)). Disclosure controls and procedures
are the controls and other procedures that we designed to ensure that we record, process,
summarize and report in a timely manner the information we must disclose in reports that
we file with or submit to the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act.
Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer
concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the
period covered by this report.
Changes
in Internal Control over Financial Reporting. During the fourth quarter of 2007,
there was no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is
defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that has materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Management
Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our management is
responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial
reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under
the Exchange Act as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our principal
executive and principal financial officers and effected by our board of directors,
management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability
of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes
in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in this United States of
America and includes those policies and procedures that:
|
|
|
pertain
to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect
the transactions and dispositions of our assets; |
|
|
|
provide
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in
accordance with authorization of management and directors; and |
|
|
|
provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized
acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements. |
Because
of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or
detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may
deteriorate.
-98-
Under
the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal
executive and principal financial officers, we assessed, as of December 31, 2007, the
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. This assessment was based
on criteria established in the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on
our assessment, our management concluded that our internal control over financial
reporting was effective as of December 31, 2007.
The
effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2007 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent
registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.
ITEM 9B. |
|
OTHER INFORMATION |
On
February 25, 2008 and February 29, 2008, Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc. (the Company) executed amendments
(collectively, the Amendments) to the following loan and credit agreements
(collectively, the Credit Agreements): (i) Note Purchase Agreement dated
October 12, 2000 between the Company and The Prudential Insurance Company of America, as
amended; (ii) Private Shelf Agreement dated as of August 26, 2003 between the Company
and Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as amended (the Private Shelf
Agreement); and (iii) Credit Agreement dated as of May 10, 2001 among the Company, various
financial institutions and the Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, as amended.
The Amendments provide that for purposes of calculating the minimum
Fixed Charges Coverage ratio the amount of Consolidated Net Income Available for Fixed
Charges for the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2007 shall be increased by $15 million.
PART III
The
information required by Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III is hereby incorporated by
reference to our Definitive Proxy Statement filed or to be filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission for our 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders except for certain information required by
Item 10 with respect to our executive officers which is set forth under Item 1 - Business, of this
Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference.
PART IV
ITEM 15. |
|
EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES |
Documents filed as part of this Form
10-K:
1. |
Financial Statements. See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
under Item 8 of Part II. |
2. |
Financial Statement Schedules. N/A |
3. |
Exhibits. References to the Company shall mean Nu Skin
Enterprises, Inc. Exhibits preceded by an asterisk (*) are management contracts
or compensatory plans or arrangements. |
-99-
Exhibit
Number |
|
Exhibit Description |
3.1 |
|
Amended
and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form
S-1 (File No. 333-12073) (the "Form S-1")). |
3.2 |
|
Certificate
of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2003). |
3.3 |
|
Certificate
of Designation, Preferences and Relative Participating, Optional and Other Special Rights
of Preferred Stock and Qualification, Limitations and Restrictions Thereof (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2004). |
3.4 |
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (as amended) |
4.1 |
|
Specimen
Form of Stock Certificate for Class A Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
4.1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-3
(File No. 333-90716)). |
4.2 |
|
Specimen
Form of Stock Certificate for Class B Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
4.2 to the Companys Form S-1). |
10.1 |
|
Note
Purchase Agreement dated October 12, 2000, by and between the Company and The Prudential
Insurance Company of America (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005). |
10.2 |
|
First
Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement between the Company and The Prudential Insurance
Company of America dated May 1, 2002. |
10.3 |
|
Second
Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2003 between the Company
and The Prudential Insurance Company of America (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.3 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2003). |
10.4 |
|
Third
Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 18, 2004, between the Company and
The Prudential Insurance Company of America (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to
the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004). |
10.5 |
|
Fourth
Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2006, between the Company and
The Prudential Insurance Company of America (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to
the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 23, 2006). |
-100-
10.6 |
|
Fifth
Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 5, 2006, between the Company
and The Prudential Insurance Company of America (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
99.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 10, 2006). |
10.7 |
|
Sixth
Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2007, between the Company
and The Prudential Insurance Company of America (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
99.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 13, 2007). |
10.8 |
|
Credit
Agreement dated as of May 10, 2001 among the Company, various financial institutions, and
Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7
to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006). |
10.9 |
|
First
Amendment to the Credit Agreement dated December 14, 2001 dated May 10, 2001 among the
Company, various financial institutions, and Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative
Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006). |
10.10 |
|
Second
Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 22, 2003 between the Company, various
financial institutions, and Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 2003). |
10.11 |
|
Third
Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2004, among the Company, various
financial institutions, and Bank One, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to
the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004). |
10.12 |
|
Fourth
Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2006, among the Company, various
financial institutions, and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (as successor to Bank One, N.A.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Companys Current Report on Form
8-K filed on August 23, 2006). |
10.13 |
|
Fifth
Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 5, 2006, among the Company,
various financial institutions, and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (as successor to Bank One,
N.A.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on October 10, 2006). |
10.14 |
|
Sixth
Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of August 8, 2007, among the Company, various
financial institutions, and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (as successor to Bank One, N.S.)
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form
8-K filed August 15, 2007). |
-101-
10.15 |
|
Seventh
Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2007, among the Company, various
financial institutions, and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (as successor to Bank One, N.A.)
as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Companys
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 13, 2007.) |
10.16 |
|
Private
Shelf Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2003, between the Company and Prudential
Investment Management, Inc. (the Private Shelf Agreement) (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended September 30, 2003). |
10.17 |
|
First
Amendment to Private Shelf Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2003 between the Company
and Prudential Investment Management, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.53 to
the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003). |
10.18 |
|
Second
Amendment to Private Shelf Agreement, dated as of May 18, 2004, between the Company,
Prudential Investment Management, Inc., and the holders of the Series A Senior Notes and
Series B Senior Notes issued under the Private Shelf Agreement (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.3 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
June 30, 2004). |
10.19 |
|
Third
Amendment to Private Shelf Agreement dated June 13, 2005 between the Company, Prudential
Investment Management, Inc. and certain other lenders (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
June 30, 2005). |
10.20 |
|
Fourth
Amendment to Private Shelf Agreement dated July 28, 2006 between the Company, Prudential
Investment Management, Inc. and certain other lenders (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 23, 2006). |
10.21 |
|
Fifth
Amendment to Private Shelf Agreement dated October 5, 2006 between the Company,
Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and certain other lenders (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
October 10, 2006). |
10.22 |
Sixth Amendment to Private Shelf Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2007, between the
Company, Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and certain other lenders (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
November 13, 2007). |
10.23 |
|
Series
A Senior Notes Nos. A-1 to A-5 and Series B Senior Notes B-1 to B-5 issued October 31,
2003 by the Company to Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and/or its affiliates
pursuant to the Private Shelf Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.54 to
the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003). |
-102-
10.24 |
|
Series
C Senior Notes Nos. C-1 and C-2 issued February 7, 2005 by the Company to Prudential
Investment Management, Inc. and/or its affiliates pursuant to the Private Shelf Agreement
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Companys Current Report on Form
8-K filed February 8, 2005). |
10.25 |
Series D Senior Notes Nos. D-1, D-2, D-3 and D-4 issued October 5, 2006 by the Company to
Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and/or its affiliates pursuant to the Private Shelf
Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the Companys Current Report
on Form 8-K filed October 10, 2006). |
10.26 |
|
Series
E Senior Notes Nos. E-1, E-2, E-3, E-4 and E-5 issued January 19, 2007 by the Company to
Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and/or its affiliates pursuant to the Private
Shelf Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Companys Current
Report on Form 8-K filed January 25, 2007). |
10.27 |
|
Pledge
Agreement dated October 12, 2000, by and between the Company and State Street Bank and
Trust Company of California, N.A., acting in its capacity as collateral agent
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Companys Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005). |
10.28 |
|
Pledge
Amendments executed by the Company dated December 31, 2003 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.5 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 2003). |
10.29 |
|
Series
E Senior Note E-6, issued July 20, 2007, by the Company to Prudential Insurance Company
of America pursuant to the Private Shelf Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
99.1 to the Companys Current Report on 8-K dated January 8, 2008). |
10.30 |
|
Series
EE Senior Note EE-1, issued January 8, 2008, by the Company to Prudential Insurance
Company of America pursuant to the Private Shelf Agreement (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.2 to the Companys Current Report on 8-K dated January 8, 2008). |
10.31 |
|
Series
F Senior Notes Nos. F-1 and F-2 issued September 28, 2007 by the Company to Prudential
Investment Management, Inc. and/or its affiliates pursuant to the Private Shelf Agreement
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007). |
10.32 |
|
Pledge
Agreement dated as of January 31, 2005 by and among Nu Skin Asia Investment, Inc., a
wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and U.S. Bank National Association, as agent for
and on behalf of the Benefited Parties under the Amended and Restated Collateral Agency
and Intercreditor Agreement (referred to below) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
99.3 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on March 10, 2005). |
-103-
10.33 |
|
Collateral
Agency Agreement dated October 12, 2000, by and between the Company, State Street Bank
and Trust Company of California, N.A., as Collateral Agent, and the lenders and
noteholders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Companys
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005). |
10.34 |
|
Amendment
to Collateral Agency and Intercreditor Agreement dated May 10, 2000, among State Street
Bank and Trust Company of California, N.A., as Collateral Agent, The Prudential Insurance
Company of America, as Senior Noteholder and ABN AMRO Bank N.V., as Senior Lender
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Companys Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006). |
10.35 |
|
Amended
and Restated Collateral Agency and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2003,
by and among Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc. and various of its subsidiaries, U.S. Bank
National Association, as Collateral Agent, and various lending institutions (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit No. 10.2 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
the quarter ended September 30, 2003). |
10.36 |
|
Master
Lease Agreement dated January 16, 2003, by and between Nu Skin International, Inc. and Scrub Oak, LLC |
10.37 |
|
Amendment
No. 1 to the Master Lease Agreement, effective as of July 1, 2003, between Nu Skin
International Inc. and Scrub Oak, LLC (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
the quarter ended September 30, 2003). |
10.38 |
|
Master
Lease Agreement dated January 16, 2003, by and between Nu Skin International, Inc. and Aspen Country, LLC. |
10.39 |
|
Amendment
No. 1 to the Master Lease Agreement, effective as of July 1, 2003, between Nu Skin
International Inc. and Aspen Country, LLC (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2003). |
10.40 |
|
University
of Utah Research Foundation and Nu Skin International, Inc. Amended and Restated Patent
License Agreement (Exclusive) Dietary Supplement Preventative Healthcare License dated
July 1, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the Companys Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006). |
10.41 |
|
Agreement
and Plan of Merger among Nu Skin International, Inc., Pharmanex License Acquisition
Corporation, Caroderm, Inc. and certain shareholders of
Caroderm, Inc. dated as of March 7, 2006 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.58 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K/A
filed March 17, 2006). |
10.42 |
|
Form
of Lock-up Agreement executed by certain of the Companys shareholders (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed
November 10, 2003). |
-104-
*10.43 |
|
Form
of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into between the Company and certain of its
officers and directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005). |
*10.44 |
|
Amendment
in Total and Complete Restatement of Deferred Compensation Plan. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2004). |
*10.45 |
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan dated December 12, 2005 (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed
December 19, 2005). |
*10.46 |
|
Amendment
and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan dated January 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.5 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
September 30, 2007). |
*10.47 |
|
Nu
Skin Enterprises, Inc. Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Trust dated December 12, 2005
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Companys Current Report on Form
8-K filed December 19, 2005). |
*10.48 |
|
Second
Amended and Restated Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2005). |
*10.49 |
|
Form
of Master Stock Option Agreement (1996 Plan). |
*10.50 |
|
Form
of Stock Option Agreement for Directors (1996 Plan) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.43 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2006). |
*10.51 |
|
Form
of Contingent Stock Award Agreement for Directors (1996 Plan) (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.55 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K/A filed for the year
ended December 31, 2005). |
*10.52 |
|
Nu
Skin Enterprises, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on June 1, 2006). |
*10.53 |
|
Form
of Master Stock Option Agreement (2006 Plan) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10
to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended
September 30, 2006). |
*10.54 |
|
Form
of Master Stock Option Agreement (2006 Plan Performance Option (U.S.)). |
*10.55 |
|
Form
of Master Stock Option Agreement (2006 Plan Performance Option (non-U.S.)). |
-105-
*10.56 |
|
Form
of Master Stock Option Agreement for Directors (2006 Plan) (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.47 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year 2006). |
10.57 |
|
Form
of Revised Director Stock Option Agreement (2006 Plan) (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.3 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
June 30, 2007). |
10.58 |
Form of Director Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (2006 Plan) (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.4 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
June 30, 2007). |
*10.59 |
|
Form
of Master Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (2006 Plan) (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.11 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly
period ended September 30, 2006). |
*10.60 |
|
Intentionally left blank. |
*10.61 |
|
Nu
Skin Enterprises, Inc. 2006 Senior Executive Incentive Plan (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on June 1, 2006). |
*10.62 |
|
Performance
Targets and Formulas for 2007 (Approved under the 2006 Senior Executive Incentive Plan)
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.51 to the Companys Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006). |
*10.63 |
|
Performance
Targets and Formulas 2008 (Approved under the 2006 Senior Executive Incentive Plan). |
*10.64 |
|
Nu
Skin Enterprises, Inc. Senior Executive Benefits Policy (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2005). |
*10.65 |
|
Summary
Description of Nu Skin Japan Director Retirement Allowance Plan (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.53 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
2006). |
*10.66 |
|
Nu
Skin International, Inc. 1997 Key Employee Death Benefit Plan (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.59 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2003). |
*10.67 |
|
Employment
Letter between the Company and Truman Hunt dated January 17, 2003. |
*10.68 |
|
Amendment
to Employment Letter with M. Truman Hunt dated September 22, 2005 and Amendment to
provisions of the Companys Executive Incentive Plan with respect to Mr. Hunt
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005). |
-106-
*10.69 |
|
CEO
compensation changes (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Companys
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006). |
*10.70 |
|
Restricted
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 17, 2003, between the Company and Truman
Hunt (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.61 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003). |
*10.71 |
|
Employment
Letter with Robert Conlee effective November 26, 2003 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.2 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 2003). |
*10.72 |
|
Joseph
Y. Chang Employment Agreement dated April 17, 2006 between Mr. Chang and the
Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys current report
on Form 8-K filed on April 18, 2006). |
*10.73 |
|
Daniel
Chard Employment Agreement effective February 13, 2006 between Mr. Chard and the Company
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.61 to the Companys Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006). |
*10.74 |
|
Summary
of Non-management Director compensation (revised effective year 2007) (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.63 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2006). |
*10.75 |
|
Event
Appearance Bonus Guidelines (Approved for Sandra Tillotson in October 2006) (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.67 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 2006). |
*10.76 |
|
Andrew
Fan Employment Letter Agreement dated August 10, 2007 between Mr. Fan and the Company
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007). |
*10.77 |
|
Gary
Sumihiro Employment Letter dated March 16, 2007 between Mr. Sumihiro and the Company
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form
8-K filed August 9, 2007). |
*10.78 |
|
Form
of Key Employee Covenants (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007). |
*10.79 |
|
Settlement
and Release Agreement for Robert Conlee dated August 18, 2007 (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 99.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 23, 2007). |
*10.80 |
|
Robert
Conlee Letter of Understanding dated July 6, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
99.2 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 23, 2007). |
-107-
10.81 |
|
Accelerated
Share Repurchase Agreement between the Company and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.7 to the Companys Current Report on Form
8-K filed November 13, 2007). |
10.82 |
|
Seventh
Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 25, 2008, between the Company
and The Prudential Insurance Company of America. |
10.83 |
|
Seventh
Amendment to Private Shelf Agreement, dated as of February 25, 2008, between the
Company, Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and certain
other lenders. |
10.84 |
|
Letter
Agreement between the Company and The Prudential Insurance Company of America
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the Companys Current Report on Form
8-K filed November 7, 2007). |
10.85 |
|
Letter
Agreement among the Company, various financial institutions, and JPMorgan Chase Bank,
N.A. (as successor to Bank of America, N.A.) as administrative agent (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 99.5 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed November
7, 2007). |
10.86 |
|
Letter
Agreement among the Company, Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and certain other
lenders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.6 to the Companys Current Report
on Form 8-K filed November 7, 2007). |
10.87 |
|
Eighth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of
February 29, 2008, among the Company, various financial institutions, and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (as
successor to Bank One, N.A.) as successor administrative agent. |
21.1 |
|
Subsidiaries
of the Company. |
23.1 |
|
Consent
of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. |
31.1 |
|
Certification
by M. Truman Hunt, President and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
31.2 |
|
Certification
by Ritch N. Wood, Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002. |
32.1 |
|
Certification
by M. Truman Hunt, President and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 1350,
Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
32.2 |
|
Certification
by Ritch N. Wood, Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title
18, United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002. |
-108-
SIGNATURES
Pursuant
to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized on February 29, 2008.
|
|
|
NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.
|
|
|
|
By: /s/ M.
Truman Hunt
M. Truman Hunt,
Chief Executive Officer
|
Pursuant to the requirements
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in
the capacities indicated on February 29, 2008.
Signatures | |
Capacity in Which Signed | |
| |
| |
/s/ Blake M. Roney |
|
|
|
Blake M. Roney | |
Chairman of the Board | |
| |
| |
/s/ M. Truman Hunt | |
Chief Executive Officer and Director | |
M. Truman Hunt | |
(Principal Executive Officer) | |
| |
| |
/s/ Ritch N. Wood | |
Chief Financial Officer | |
Ritch N. Wood | |
(Principal Financial Officer and Accounting Officer) | |
| |
| |
/s/ Sandra N. Tillotson | |
Sandra N. Tillotson | |
Senior Vice President, Director | |
| |
| |
/s/ Steven J. Lund | |
Steven J. Lund | |
Director | |
| |
| |
/s/ Daniel W. Campbell | |
Daniel W. Campbell | |
Director | |
| |
| |
/s/ E. J. "Jake" Garn | |
E. J. "Jake" Garn | |
Director | |
| |
| |
/s/ Christine Day | |
Christine Day | |
Director | |
| |
| |
/s/ Andrew D. Lipman | |
Andrew D. Lipman | |
Director | |
| |
| |
/s/ Desmond C. Wong | |
Desmond C. Wong | |
Director | |
| |
| |
/s/ Patricia Negrón | |
Patricia Negrón | |
Director | |
-109-
Exhibit
Number |
|
Exhibit Description |
3.1 |
|
Amended
and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form
S-1 (File No. 333-12073) (the "Form S-1")). |
3.2 |
|
Certificate
of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2003). |
3.3 |
|
Certificate
of Designation, Preferences and Relative Participating, Optional and Other Special Rights
of Preferred Stock and Qualification, Limitations and Restrictions Thereof (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2004). |
3.4 |
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (as amended) |
4.1 |
|
Specimen
Form of Stock Certificate for Class A Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
4.1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-3
(File No. 333-90716)). |
4.2 |
|
Specimen
Form of Stock Certificate for Class B Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
4.2 to the Companys Form S-1). |
10.1 |
|
Note
Purchase Agreement dated October 12, 2000, by and between the Company and The Prudential
Insurance Company of America (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005). |
10.2 |
|
First
Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement between the Company and The Prudential Insurance
Company of America dated May 1, 2002. |
10.3 |
|
Second
Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2003 between the Company
and The Prudential Insurance Company of America (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.3 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2003). |
10.4 |
|
Third
Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 18, 2004, between the Company and
The Prudential Insurance Company of America (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to
the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004). |
-110-
10.5 |
|
Fourth
Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2006, between the Company and
The Prudential Insurance Company of America (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to
the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 23, 2006). |
10.6 |
|
Fifth
Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 5, 2006, between the Company
and The Prudential Insurance Company of America (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
99.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 10, 2006). |
10.7 |
|
Sixth
Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2007, between the Company
and The Prudential Insurance Company of America (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
99.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 13, 2007). |
10.8 |
|
Credit
Agreement dated as of May 10, 2001 among the Company, various financial institutions, and
Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7
to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006). |
10.9 |
|
First
Amendment to the Credit Agreement dated December 14, 2001 dated May 10, 2001 among the
Company, various financial institutions, and Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative
Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006). |
10.10 |
|
Second
Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 22, 2003 between the Company, various
financial institutions, and Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 2003). |
10.11 |
|
Third
Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2004, among the Company, various
financial institutions, and Bank One, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to
the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004). |
10.12 |
|
Fourth
Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2006, among the Company, various
financial institutions, and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (as successor to Bank One, N.A.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Companys Current Report on Form
8-K filed on August 23, 2006). |
10.13 |
|
Fifth
Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 5, 2006, among the Company,
various financial institutions, and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (as successor to Bank One,
N.A.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on October 10, 2006). |
-111-
10.14 |
|
Sixth
Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of August 8, 2007, among the Company, various
financial institutions, and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (as successor to Bank One, N.S.)
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form
8-K filed August 15, 2007). |
10.15 |
|
Seventh
Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2007, among the Company, various
financial institutions, and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (as successor to Bank One, N.A.)
as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Companys
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 13, 2007.) |
10.16 |
|
Private
Shelf Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2003, between the Company and Prudential
Investment Management, Inc. (the Private Shelf Agreement) (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended September 30, 2003). |
10.17 |
|
First
Amendment to Private Shelf Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2003 between the Company
and Prudential Investment Management, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.53 to
the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003). |
10.18 |
|
Second
Amendment to Private Shelf Agreement, dated as of May 18, 2004, between the Company,
Prudential Investment Management, Inc., and the holders of the Series A Senior Notes and
Series B Senior Notes issued under the Private Shelf Agreement (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.3 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
June 30, 2004). |
10.19 |
|
Third
Amendment to Private Shelf Agreement dated June 13, 2005 between the Company, Prudential
Investment Management, Inc. and certain other lenders (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
June 30, 2005). |
10.20 |
|
Fourth
Amendment to Private Shelf Agreement dated July 28, 2006 between the Company, Prudential
Investment Management, Inc. and certain other lenders (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 23, 2006). |
10.21 |
|
Fifth
Amendment to Private Shelf Agreement dated October 5, 2006 between the Company,
Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and certain other lenders (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
October 10, 2006). |
10.22 |
|
Sixth
Amendment to Private Shelf Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2007, between the Company,
Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and certain other lenders (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
November 13, 2007). |
-112-
10.23 |
|
Series
A Senior Notes Nos. A-1 to A-5 and Series B Senior Notes B-1 to B-5 issued October 31,
2003 by the Company to Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and/or its affiliates
pursuant to the Private Shelf Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.54 to
the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003). |
10.24 |
|
Series
C Senior Notes Nos. C-1 and C-2 issued February 7, 2005 by the Company to Prudential
Investment Management, Inc. and/or its affiliates pursuant to the Private Shelf Agreement
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Companys Current Report on Form
8-K filed February 8, 2005). |
10.25 |
Series D Senior Notes Nos. D-1, D-2, D-3 and D-4 issued October 5, 2006 by the Company to
Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and/or its affiliates pursuant to the Private Shelf
Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the Companys Current Report
on Form 8-K filed October 10, 2006). |
10.26 |
|
Series
E Senior Notes Nos. E-1, E-2, E-3, E-4 and E-5 issued January 19, 2007 by the Company to
Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and/or its affiliates pursuant to the Private
Shelf Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Companys Current
Report on Form 8-K filed January 25, 2007). |
10.27 |
|
Pledge
Agreement dated October 12, 2000, by and between the Company and State Street Bank and
Trust Company of California, N.A., acting in its capacity as collateral agent
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Companys Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005). |
10.28 |
|
Pledge
Amendments executed by the Company dated December 31, 2003 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.5 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 2003). |
10.29 |
|
Series
E Senior Note E-6, issued July 20, 2007, by the Company to Prudential Insurance Company
of America pursuant to the Private Shelf Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
99.1 to the Companys Current Report on 8-K dated January 8, 2008). |
10.30 |
|
Series
EE Senior Note EE-1, issued January 8, 2008, by the Company to Prudential Insurance
Company of America pursuant to the Private Shelf Agreement (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.2 to the Companys Current Report on 8-K dated January 8, 2008). |
10.31 |
|
Series
F Senior Notes Nos. F-1 and F-2 issued September 28, 2007 by the Company to Prudential
Investment Management, Inc. and/or its affiliates pursuant to the Private Shelf Agreement
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007). |
-113-
10.32 |
|
Pledge
Agreement dated as of January 31, 2005 by and among Nu Skin Asia Investment, Inc., a
wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and U.S. Bank National Association, as agent for
and on behalf of the Benefited Parties under the Amended and Restated Collateral Agency
and Intercreditor Agreement (referred to below) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
99.3 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on March 10, 2005). |
10.33 |
|
Collateral
Agency Agreement dated October 12, 2000, by and between the Company, State Street Bank
and Trust Company of California, N.A., as Collateral Agent, and the lenders and
noteholders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Companys
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005). |
10.34 |
|
Amendment
to Collateral Agency and Intercreditor Agreement dated May 10, 2000, among State Street
Bank and Trust Company of California, N.A., as Collateral Agent, The Prudential Insurance
Company of America, as Senior Noteholder and ABN AMRO Bank N.V., as Senior Lender
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Companys Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006). |
10.35 |
|
Amended
and Restated Collateral Agency and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2003,
by and among Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc. and various of its subsidiaries, U.S. Bank
National Association, as Collateral Agent, and various lending institutions (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit No. 10.2 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
the quarter ended September 30, 2003). |
10.36 |
|
Master
Lease Agreement dated January 16, 2003, by and between Nu Skin International, Inc. and Scrub Oak, LLC |
10.37 |
|
Amendment
No. 1 to the Master Lease Agreement, effective as of July 1, 2003, between Nu Skin
International Inc. and Scrub Oak, LLC (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
the quarter ended September 30, 2003). |
10.38 |
|
Master
Lease Agreement dated January 16, 2003, by and between Nu Skin International, Inc. and Aspen Country, LLC. |
10.39 |
|
Amendment
No. 1 to the Master Lease Agreement, effective as of July 1, 2003, between Nu Skin
International Inc. and Aspen Country, LLC (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2003). |
10.40 |
|
University
of Utah Research Foundation and Nu Skin International, Inc. Amended and Restated Patent
License Agreement (Exclusive) Dietary Supplement Preventative Healthcare License dated
July 1, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the Companys Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006). |
-114-
10.41 |
|
Agreement
and Plan of Merger among Nu Skin International, Inc., Pharmanex License Acquisition
Corporation, Caroderm, Inc. and certain shareholders of
Caroderm, Inc. dated as of March 7, 2006 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.58 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K/A
filed March 17, 2006). |
10.42 |
|
Form
of Lock-up Agreement executed by certain of the Companys shareholders (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed
November 10, 2003). |
*10.43 |
|
Form
of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into between the Company and certain of its
officers and directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005). |
*10.44 |
|
Amendment
in Total and Complete Restatement of Deferred Compensation Plan. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2004). |
*10.45 |
Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan dated December 12, 2005 (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed
December 19, 2005). |
*10.46 |
|
Amendment
and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan dated January 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.5 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
September 30, 2007). |
*10.47 |
|
Nu
Skin Enterprises, Inc. Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Trust dated December 12, 2005
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Companys Current Report on Form
8-K filed December 19, 2005). |
*10.48 |
|
Second
Amended and Restated Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2005). |
*10.49 |
|
Form
of Master Stock Option Agreement (1996 Plan). |
*10.50 |
|
Form
of Stock Option Agreement for Directors (1996 Plan) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.43 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2006). |
*10.51 |
|
Form
of Contingent Stock Award Agreement for Directors (1996 Plan) (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.55 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K/A filed for the year
ended December 31, 2005). |
*10.52 |
|
Nu
Skin Enterprises, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on June 1, 2006). |
-115-
*10.53 |
|
Form
of Master Stock Option Agreement (2006 Plan) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10
to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended
September 30, 2006). |
*10.54 |
|
Form
of Master Stock Option Agreement (2006 Plan Performance Option (U.S.)). |
*10.55 |
|
Form
of Master Stock Option Agreement (2006 Plans Performance Option (non-U.S.)). |
*10.56 |
|
Form
of Master Stock Option Agreement for Directors (2006 Plan) (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.47 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year 2006). |
10.57 |
|
Form
of Revised Director Stock Option Agreement (2006 Plan) (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.3 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
June 30, 2007). |
10.58 |
Form of Director Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (2006 Plan) (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.4 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
June 30, 2007). |
*10.59 |
|
Form
of Master Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (2006 Plan) (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.11 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly
period ended September 30, 2006). |
*10.60 |
|
Intentionally left blank. |
*10.61 |
|
Nu
Skin Enterprises, Inc. 2006 Senior Executive Incentive Plan (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on June 1, 2006). |
*10.62 |
|
Performance
Targets and Formulas for 2007 (Approved under the 2006 Senior Executive Incentive Plan)
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.62 to the Companys Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006). |
*10.63 |
|
Performance
Targets and Formulas 2008 (Approved under the 2006 Senior Executive Incentive Plan). |
*10.64 |
|
Nu
Skin Enterprises, Inc. Senior Executive Benefits Policy (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2005). |
-116-
*10.65 |
|
Summary
Description of Nu Skin Japan Director Retirement Allowance Plan (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.53 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
2006). |
*10.66 |
|
Nu
Skin International, Inc. 1997 Key Employee Death Benefit Plan (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.59 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2003). |
*10.67 |
|
Employment
Letter between the Company and Truman Hunt dated January 17, 2003. |
*10.68 |
|
Amendment
to Employment Letter with M. Truman Hunt dated September 22, 2005 and Amendment to
provisions of the Companys Executive Incentive Plan with respect to Mr. Hunt
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005). |
*10.69 |
|
CEO
compensation changes (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Companys
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006). |
*10.70 |
|
Restricted
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 17, 2003, between the Company and Truman
Hunt (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.61 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003). |
*10.71 |
|
Employment
Letter with Robert Conlee effective November 26, 2003 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.2 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 2003). |
*10.72 |
|
Joseph
Y. Chang Employment Agreement dated April 17, 2006 between Mr. Chang and the
Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys current report
on Form 8-K filed on April 18, 2006). |
*10.73 |
|
Daniel
Chard Employment Agreement effective February 13, 2006 between Mr. Chard and the Company
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.61 to the Companys Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006). |
*10.74 |
|
Summary
of Non-management Director compensation (revised effective year 2007) (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.63 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2006). |
*10.75 |
|
Event
Appearance Bonus Guidelines (Approved for Sandra Tillotson in October 2006) (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.67 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 2006). |
*10.76 |
|
Andrew
Fan Employment Letter Agreement dated August 10, 2007 between Mr. Fan and the Company
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007). |
-117-
*10.77 |
|
Gary
Sumihiro Employment Letter dated March 16, 2007 between Mr. Sumihiro and the Company
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form
8-K filed August 9, 2007). |
*10.78 |
|
Form
of Key Employee Covenants (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007). |
*10.79 |
|
Settlement
and Release Agreement for Robert Conlee dated August 18, 2007 (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 99.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 23, 2007). |
*10.80 |
|
Robert
Conlee Letter of Understanding dated July 6, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
99.2 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 23, 2007). |
10.81 |
|
Accelerated
Share Repurchase Agreement between the Company and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.7 to the Companys Current Report on Form
8-K filed November 13, 2007). |
10.82 |
|
Seventh
Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 25, 2008, between the Company
and The Prudential Insurance Company of America. |
10.83 |
|
Seventh
Amendment to Private Shelf Agreement, dated as of February 25, 2008, between the
Company, Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and certain
other lenders. |
10.84 |
|
Letter
Agreement between the Company and The Prudential Insurance Company of America
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the Companys Current Report on Form
8-K filed November 7, 2007). |
10.85 |
|
Letter
Agreement among the Company, various financial institutions, and JPMorgan Chase Bank,
N.A. (as successor to Bank of America, N.A.) as administrative agent (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 99.5 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed November
7, 2007). |
10.86 |
|
Letter
Agreement among the Company, Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and certain other
lenders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.6 to the Companys Current Report
on Form 8-K filed November 7, 2007). |
10.87 |
|
Eighth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of
February 29, 2008, among the Company, various financial institutions, and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (as
successor to Bank One, N.A.) as successor administrative agent. |
21.1 |
|
Subsidiaries
of the Company. |
23.1 |
|
Consent
of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. |
31.1 |
|
Certification
by M. Truman Hunt, President and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
-118-
31.2 |
|
Certification
by Ritch N. Wood, Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002. |
32.1 |
|
Certification
by M. Truman Hunt, President and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 1350,
Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
32.2 |
|
Certification
by Ritch N. Wood, Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title
18, United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002. |
-119-
Exhibit 3.4 to NSE FORM 10-K 2007
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BYLAWS
OF
NU SKIN ASIA PACIFIC,
INC.
Adopted September 10,
1996
as amended through
January 1, 2008
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BYLAWS
OF
NU SKIN ASIA PACIFIC, INC.
ARTICLE 1
STOCKHOLDERS
1.1 Place of Meetings. All
meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place within or without the State of
Delaware as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the President
or, if not so designated, at the registered office of the Corporation.
1.2 Annual Meeting. The annual
meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such
other business as may properly be brought before the meeting shall be held each year
beginning in the calendar year 1997 on such date and at such time as the Board of
Directors determines. If the date so determined by the Board of Directors shall fall upon
a legal holiday at the place of the meeting, then such meeting shall be held on the next
succeeding business day at the same hour. If no annual meeting is held in accordance with
the foregoing provisions, the Board of Directors shall cause the meeting to be held as
soon thereafter as convenient.
1.3 Special Meetings. Special
meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called by the Board, the
President or the Secretary of the Corporation or by the recordholders of at least a
majority of the shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and
entitled to vote thereof.
1.4 Notice of Meetings. Except
as otherwise provided by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended (the
DGCL), written notice of each meeting of stockholders, whether annual or
special, shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the
date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notices of
all meetings shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting. The notice of a special
meeting shall state, in addition, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.
If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid,
directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the
Corporation.
1.5 Voting List. The officer
who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare, at least ten (10)
days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to
vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each
stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list
shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the
meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to
the meeting, at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held. The list shall
also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time of
the meeting and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.
1.6 Quorum. Except as
otherwise provided by the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation, as it may be amended
from time to time (the Certificate of Incorporation), or these Amended and
Restated Bylaws, the holders of a majority of the shares of the capital stock of the
Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person
or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.
1.7 Adjournments. Any meeting
of stockholders may be adjourned to another time and to any other place at which a meeting
of stockholders may be held under these Amended and Restated Bylaws by the stockholders
present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote, although not less than a
quorum, or, if no stockholder is present, by any officer entitled to preside at or to act
as Secretary of such meeting. It shall not be necessary to notify any stockholder of any
adjournment of less than thirty (30) days if the time and place of the adjourned meeting
are announced at the meeting at which adjournment is taken, unless after the adjournment a
new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting. At the adjourned meeting, the
Corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original
meeting.
1.8 Voting and Proxies. Each
stockholder shall have one (1) vote for each share of capital stock entitled to vote that
is held of record by such stockholder and a proportionate vote for each fractional share
so held, unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation. Each stockholder
of record entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may vote in person or may
authorize another person or persons to vote or act for him by written proxy executed by
the stockholder or his authorized agent and delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation.
No such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from the date of its
execution, unless the proxy expressly provides for a longer period.
1.9 Action at Meeting. In all
matters other than the election of directors, when a quorum is present at any meeting, the
holders of a majority of the shares of capital stock present or represented and entitled
to vote on the subject matter (or if there are two or more classes of capital stock
entitled to vote as separate classes, then in the case of each such class, the holders of
a majority of the shares of capital stock of that class present or represented and
entitled to vote on the subject matter) shall decide any matter to be voted upon by the
stockholders at such meeting, except when a different vote is required by express
provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Amended and Restated
Bylaws. All elections of directors by the stockholders shall be determined by a plurality
of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote at the election. Any action
required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders may be effected without a meeting by
a written consent in accordance with Section 8.1 of the Certificate of Incorporation.
1.10 Advance Notice of
Stockholder Nominees and Stockholder Business.
(a)
At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted
as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought
before an annual meeting, business must be: (A) specified in the notice of
meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of
Directors, (B) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the
direction of the Board of Directors or (C) otherwise properly brought
before the meeting by a stockholder. For business or a proposal to be properly
bought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have
given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To
be timely, a stockholders proposal must be delivered to or mailed and
received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than one
hundred twenty (120) days in advance of the date of the Corporations proxy
statement released to security holders in connection with the previous
years annual meeting of the stockholders except that if no annual meeting
was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting has been changed
by more than thirty (30) calendar days from the date contemplated at the time of
the previous years proxy statement, a stockholders proposal must be
delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the
Corporation a reasonable time before the solicitation is made. A
stockholders notice to the Secretary shall set forth as to each matter the
stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief
description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and
the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; (ii) the
name and address, as they appear on the Corporations books, of the
stockholder proposing such business; (iii) the class and number of shares
of the Corporations capital stock that are beneficially owned by the
stockholder; (iv) any material interest of the stockholder in such
business; and (v) any other information that is required to be provided by
the stockholder pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the 1934 Act), in his capacity as a proponent to a
stockholder proposal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in order to include
information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and
form of proxy for a stockholders meeting, stockholders must provide notice
as required by the rules and regulations promulgated under the 1934 Act.
Notwithstanding anything in these Amended and Restated Bylaws to the contrary,
no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with
the procedures set forth in this paragraph (a). The Chairman of the annual
meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that
business was not properly brought before the meeting and in accordance with the
provisions of this paragraph (a) of this section 1.10, and, if he should so
determine, such Chairman shall so declare at the annual meeting that any such
business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.
(b)
Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in
this paragraph (b) shall be eligible for election as directors. Nominations of
persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be made at
a meeting of stockholders by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or by
any stockholder of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors
at the meeting who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this
paragraph (b). Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of
the Board of Directors, shall be made pursuant to timely notice (as set forth in
paragraph (a) of this Section 1.10) in writing to the Secretary of the
Corporation in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph (b) of this
Section 1.10. Such stockholders notice shall set forth (i) as to
each person, if any, whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or
reelection as a director: (A) the name, age, business address and residence
address of such person, (B) the principal occupation or employment of such
person, (C) the class and number of shares of the Corporations
capital stock that are beneficially owned by such person, (D) a description
of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee
and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to
which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder and (E) any other
information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in
solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in
each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the 1934 Act (including, without
limitation, such persons written consent to being named in the proxy
statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a director of the Corporation
if elected), and (ii) as to such stockholder giving notice, the information
required to be provided pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 1.10. At
the request of the Board of Directors, any person nominated by a stockholder for
election as a director shall furnish to the Secretary of the Corporation that
information required to be set forth in the stockholders notice of
nomination that pertains to the nominee. No persons shall be eligible for
election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with
the procedures set froth in this paragraph (b). The Chairman of the meeting
shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a
nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these
Amended and Restated Bylaws, and, if he should so determine, such Chairman shall
so declare at the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.
(c)
For purposes of this Section 1.10, public announcement shall
mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, the
Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly
filed by the Corporation with the United States Securities and Exchange
Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.
ARTICLE 2
DIRECTORS
2.1 General Powers. The
business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a
Board of Directors, who may exercise all of the powers of the Corporation except as
otherwise provided by the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Amended and
Restated Bylaws. In the event of a vacancy on the Board of Directors, the remaining
directors, except as otherwise provided by the DGCL, may exercise the powers of the full
Board of Directors until the vacancy is filled.
2.2 Number; Election; Tenure and
Qualification. The number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to
time exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority
of the directors then in office , but the total number of directors shall not be less than
five (5) nor more than eleven (11). Directors need not be stockholders of the Corporation.
Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders or, if, in accordance
with Section 1.9 hereof, no such annual meeting is held, by written consent in lieu
of meeting pursuant to Section 1.9 hereof, and each director shall hold office until
his successor is elected and qualified, or until his earlier death or resignation or
removal in the manner hereinafter provided.
2.3 Enlargement of the Board of
Directors. The authorized number of directors on the Board of Directors may be
increased by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the
then maximum number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in
previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the
Board for adoption).
2.4 Vacancies. Unless and
until filled by the stockholders, any vacancy in the Board of Directors, however
occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of the Board of Directors,
may be filled by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a
quorum, or by a sole remaining director, provided; however, that a vacancy created by the
removal of a director by the vote of the stockholders or by court order may be filled only
by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of the Corporations capital
stock represented and voting at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present (which
shares voting affirmatively also constitute a majority of the required quorum) or by
written consent in accordance with Section 8.1 of the Certificate of Incorporation.
Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the
remainder of the full term of the class of directors in the new directorship was created
or the vacancy occurred and until such directors successor shall have been elected
and qualified, or until such directors earlier death, resignation or removal.
2.5 Resignation. Any director
may resign by delivering his written resignation to the Corporation at its principal
office or to the President or Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt
unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some
other event.
2.6 Removal. Any director or
the entire Board of Directors may be removed, only as permitted by the DGCL and
Section 5 of the Certificate of Incorporation.
2.7 Meetings. Meetings of the
Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place, within or without
the State of Delaware, as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors,
provided that any director who is absent when such a determination is made shall be given
notice of the determination. A meeting of the Board of Directors may be held without
notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders.
2.8 Special Meetings. Special
meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place, within or without
the State of Delaware, designated in a call by the Chairman of the Board, the President,
two (2) or more directors, or by one director in the event that there is only a single
director then in office.
2.9 Notice of Special
Meetings. Notice of any special meeting of directors shall be given to each director
by the Secretary of the Corporation or by the officer or one of the directors calling the
meeting. Notice shall be given to each director in person, by telephone, by facsimile
transmission or by telegram sent to his business or home address at least forty-eight (48)
hours in advance of the meeting, or by written notice mailed to his business or home
address at least seventy-two (72) hours in advance of the meeting. A notice or waiver of
notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors need not specify the purposes of the
meeting.
2.10 Meetings by Telephone
Conference Call. Directors or any members of any committee designated by the directors
may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of
conference telephone call or similar communications equipment by means of which all
persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation by such means
shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
2.11 Quorum. A majority of the
number of directors then in office, as established pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof,
shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the Board of Directors. In the event one or
more of the directors shall be disqualified to vote at any meeting, then the required
quorum shall be reduced by one for each such director so qualified; provided, however,
that in no case shall less than one-third (1/3) of the number of directors then in office
constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum at any such meeting, a majority of the
directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other
than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.
2.12 Action at Meeting. At any
meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, the vote of a majority of
those present shall be sufficient to take any action, unless a different vote is specified
by the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Amended and Restated Bylaws. For so
long as the Corporations Board of Directors consists of an even number of directors,
a majority of the Board of Directors for purposes of these Amended and Restated Bylaws
shall equal one or more than are half of the directors then in office.
2.13 Action by Consent. Any
action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of
any committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting without prior
notice and without a vote, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the
case may be, consent to the action in writing, and the written consents are filed with the
minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.
2.14 Committees. The Board of
Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors,
designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the
directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors
as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member
at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a
committee, the member or members of the committee present at any meeting and not
disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously
appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any
such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the
resolution of the Board of Directors and subject to the provisions of the DGCL, shall have
and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management
of the business and affairs of the Corporation. Each such committee shall keep minutes and
make such reports as the Board of Directors may from time to time request. Except as the
Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct
of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the directors or in such rules, its
business shall be conducted as nearly as possible in the same manner as is provided in
these Amended and Restated Bylaws for the Board of Directors.
2.15 Compensation for
Directors. Directors may be paid such compensation for their services and such
reimbursement for expenses of attendance at meetings as the Board of Directors may from
time to time determine. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the
Corporation or any of its parent or subsidiary Corporations in any other capacity and
receiving compensation for such service.
ARTICLE 3
OFFICERS
3.1 Enumeration. The officers
of the Corporation shall consist of a Chairman, a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and
such other officers with such other titles as the Board of Directors shall determine,
including one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries.
3.2 Election. Except as
otherwise provided by the DGCL, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Amended
and Restated Bylaws, each officer shall be appointed by the Board of Directors at its
first meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders.
3.3 Qualification. The
President need not be a director. No officer need be a stockholder. Any two or more
offices may be held by the same person.
3.4 Tenure. Except as
otherwise provided by the DGCL, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Amended
and Restated Bylaws, each officer shall hold office until his successor is elected and
qualified, unless a different term is specified in the vote choosing or appointing him, or
until his earlier death, resignation or removal.
3.5 Resignation and Removal.
Any officer may resign by delivering his written resignation to the Corporation at its
principal office or to the President or the Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective
upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the
happening of some other event. The Board of Directors, or a committee duly authorized to
do so, may remove any officer with or without cause. Except as the Board of Directors may
otherwise determine, no officer who resigns or is removed shall have any right to any
compensation as an officer for any period following his resignation or removal, or any
right to damages on account of such removal, whether his compensation be by the month or
by the year or otherwise, unless such compensation is expressly provided in a duly
authorized written agreement with the Corporation.
3.6 Vacancies. The Board of
Directors may fill any vacancy occurring in any office for any reason and may, in its
discretion, leave unfilled for such period as it may determine any offices other than
those of President, Treasurer and Secretary. Each such successor shall hold office for the
unexpired term of his predecessor and until his successor is elected and qualified, or
until his earlier death, resignation or removal.
3.7 Chairman of the Board and Vice
Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board shall, when present, preside at all
meetings of the Board of Directors. He shall perform such duties and possess such powers
as are usually vested in the office of the Chairman of the Board or as may be vested in
him by the Board of Directors. If the Board of Directors appoints a Vice Chairman of the
Board, he shall, in the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board, perform the
duties and exercise the powers of the Chairman of the Board and shall perform such other
duties and possess such other powers as may from time to time be vested in him by the
Board of Directors.
3.8 President. Unless
otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the President shall be the Chief Executive
Officer of the Corporation. The President shall, subject to the direction of the Board of
Directors, have general supervision and control of the business and affairs of the
Corporation. Unless otherwise provided by the directors, he shall preside at all meetings
of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors (except as provided in Section 3.7
hereof). The President shall perform such other duties and shall have such other powers as
the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
3.9 Vice Presidents. Any Vice
President shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors or
the President may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or
refusal to act of the President, the Vice President (or if there shall be more than one
Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order determined by the Board of Directors)
shall perform the duties of the President and when so performing shall have all the powers
of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Board of Directors may
assign to any Vice President the title of Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President
or any other title selected by the Board of Directors.
3.10 Secretary and Assistant
Secretary. The Secretary shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as the
Board of Directors or the President may from time to time prescribe. In addition, the
Secretary shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of
the secretary, including without limitation the duty and power to give notices of all
meetings of stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, to attend all
meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors and keep a record of the proceedings,
to maintain a stock ledger and prepare lists of stockholders and their addresses as
required and to be the custodian of corporate books and records. Any Assistant Secretary
shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the President
or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability
or refusal to act of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary (or if there shall be more
than one Assistant Secretary, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the
Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary. In
the absence of the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary at any meeting of stockholders or
directors, the person presiding at the meeting shall designate a temporary Secretary to
keep a record of the meeting.
3.11 Treasurer and Assistant
Treasurer. In the absence of a Vice President of Finance, the Treasurer shall be the
chief financial officer and the chief accounting officer of the Corporation. The Treasurer
shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as may from time to time be assigned
to him by the Board of Directors or the President. In addition, the Treasurer shall
perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of treasurer,
including without limitation the duty and power to keep and be responsible for all funds
and securities of the Corporation, to deposit funds of the Corporation in depositories
selected in accordance with these Amended and Restated Bylaws, to disburse such funds as
ordered by the Board of Directors, to make proper accounts of such funds and to render, as
required by the Board of Directors, statements of all such transactions and of the
financial condition of the Corporation. Any Assistant Treasurers shall perform such duties
and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the President or the Treasurer may from
time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the
Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer (or if there shall be more than one Assistant
Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors)
shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer.
3.12 Bonded Officers. The
Board of Directors may require any officer to give the Corporation a bond in such sum and
with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors upon such
terms and conditions as the Board of Directors may specify, including without limitation a
bond for the faithful performance of his duties and for the restoration to the Corporation
of all property in his possession or under his control belonging to the Corporation.
3.13 Salaries. Officers of the
Corporation shall be entitled to such salaries, compensation or reimbursement as shall be
fixed or allowed from time to time by the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE 4
CAPITAL STOCK
4.1 Issuance of Stock. Unless
otherwise voted by the stockholders and subject to the provisions of the Certificate of
Incorporation, the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital
stock of the Corporation held in its treasury may be issued, sold, transferred or
otherwise disposed of by vote of the Board of Directors in such manner, for such
consideration and on such terms as the Board of Directors may determine.
4.2 Certificates of Stock. The
Corporations shares of stock shall be represented by certificates, provided that the
Board of Directors may, subject to the limits imposed by law, provide by resolution or
resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series shall be uncertificated
shares. Shares of stock represented by certificates shall be in such form as shall be
approved by the Board of Directors, to the extent consistent with applicable law. Stock
certificates shall be numbered in the order of their issue and shall be signed by or in
the name of the Corporation by (i) the chairperson or vice chairperson, if any, of the
Board of Directors, or the president or a vice president and (ii) the treasurer, an
assistant treasurer, the secretary or an assistant secretary. Any or all of the signatures
on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who
signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased
to be an officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be
issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer,
transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. Each certificate that is subject to any
restriction on transfer shall have conspicuously noted on its face or back either the full
text of the restriction or a statement of the existence of the restriction.
4.3 Transfers. Subject to the
restrictions, if any, stated or noted on the stock certificates, shares of the capital
stock of the Corporation shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the
holder thereof in person or by his attorney, (i) with regard to certificated shares, upon
surrender for cancellation of certificates for the same number of shares, with an
assignment and power of transfer endorsed thereon or attached thereto, duly executed, and
with such proof of the authenticity of the signature as the Corporation or its agents may
reasonably require, and (ii) with regard to uncertificated shares, upon delivery of an
instruction duly executed, and with such proof of the authenticity of the signature as the
Corporation or its agents may reasonably require. Whenever any transfer of shares shall be
made for collateral security, and not absolutely, it shall be so expressed in the entry of
transfer if, when the certificates are presented to the Corporation for transfer or
uncertificated shares are requested to be transferred, both the transferor and transferee
request the Corporation to do so. Except as may be otherwise required by the DGCL, by the
Certificate of Incorporation or by these Amended and Restated Bylaws, the Corporation
shall be entitled to treat the record holder of shares of capital stock as shown on its
books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and
the right to vote with respect to such capital stock, regardless of any transfer, pledge
or other disposition of such stock until the shares have been transferred on the books of
the Corporation in accordance with the requirements of these Amended and Restated Bylaws.
4.4 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed
Certificates. The Corporation may issue (i) a new stock certificate or (ii)
uncertificated shares in place of any certificates previously issued by the Corporation
alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon such terms and conditions as the
Board of Directors may prescribe, including the presentation of reasonable evidence of
such loss, theft or destruction and the giving of such indemnity as the Board of Directors
may require for the protection of the Corporation or any transfer agent or registrar.
4.5 Record Date. The Board of
Directors may fix in advance a date as a record date for the determination of the
stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or to express
consent (or dissent) to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to
receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights in
respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other
lawful action. Such record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10)
days prior to any other action to which such record date relates. If no record date is
fixed, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a
meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the day before the day on which
notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day before the
day on which the meeting is held. The record date for determining stockholders entitled to
express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by
the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent
is expressed. The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be
at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution
relating to such purpose. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of
or to vote at a meeting of the stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting;
provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned
meeting.
ARTICLE 5
INDEMNIFICATION AND
INSURANCE
5.1 Indemnification.
(a)
The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action,
suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative
(other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the
fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent or another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys
fees), judgments, fine and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted
in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed
to, the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal
action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was
unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order,
settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent,
shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good
faith and in a manner that he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
(b)
The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or
suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by
reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of
the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys
fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or
settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any
claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be
liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of
Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was
brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of
liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is
fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses that the Court of
Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
(c)
To the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation has
been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or
proceeding refereed to in Section 5.1(a) and (b) above, or in defense of
any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses
(including attorneys fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in
connection therewith.
(d)
Any indemnification under Section 5.1(a) and (b) above (unless ordered by a
court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case
upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or
agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard
of conduct set forth in Section 5.1(a) and (b) above. Such determination
shall be made (i) by the Board by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of
directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or
(ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, a quorum
of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written
opinion, or (iii) by the stockholders of the Corporation.
(e)
Expenses (including attorneys fees) incurred by an officer or director in
defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or
proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of
such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf
of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be
determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation pursuant
to this Section 5. Such expenses (including attorneys fees) incurred
by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if
any, as the Board deems appropriate.
(f)
The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant
to, other subsections of this Section 5 shall not be deemed exclusive of
any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of
expenses may be entitled under any law, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders
or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official
capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office.
(g)
For purposes of this Section 5, references to the Corporation
shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent
corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a
consolidation or merger that, if its separate existence had continued, would
have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or
agents so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent
of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such
constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand
in the same position under the provisions of this Section 5 with respect to
the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such
constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.
(h)
For purpose of this Section 5, references to other enterprises
shall include employee benefit plans; references to fines shall
include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee
benefit plan; and references to serving at the request of the
Corporation shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or
agent of the Corporation that imposes duties on, or involves service by, such
director, officer, employee or agent with respect to any employee benefit plan,
its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a
manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and
beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a
manner not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation as
referred to in this Section 5.
(i)
The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant
to, this Section 5 shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or
ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer,
employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and
administrators of such a person.
5.2 Insurance for
Indemnification. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any
person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or
was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any
liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of
his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him
against such liability under the provisions of Section 145 of the DGCL.
ARTICLE 6
GENERAL PROVISIONS
6.1 Fiscal Year. Except as
from time to time otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the fiscal year of the
Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year.
6.2 Execution of Instruments.
The President, the Chief Executive Officer, if different, any Vice President, the
Secretary, any Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer shall have power to execute and
deliver on behalf of and in the name of the Corporation any instrument requiring the
signature of an officer of the Corporation, except as otherwise provided in these Amended
and Restated Bylaws, or where the execution and delivery of such an instrument shall be
expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the
Corporation.
6.3 Waiver of Notice. Whenever
any notice whatsoever is required to be given by the DGCL, the Certificate of
Incorporation or these Amended and Restated Bylaws, a waiver of such notice either in
writing signed by the person entitled to such notice or such persons duly authorized
attorney, or by telegraph, facsimile or any other available method, whether before, at or
after the time stated in such waiver, or the appearance of such person or persons at such
meeting in person or by proxy, shall be deemed equivalent to such notice.
6.4 Voting of Securities.
Except as the directors may otherwise designate, the President, the Chief Executive
Officer, if different, any Vice President, the Secretary or the Treasurer may waive notice
of, and act as, or appoint any person or persons to act as, proxy or attorney-in-fact for
the Corporation (with or without power of substitution) at any meeting of the stockholders
or the shareholders of any other Corporation or organization, the securities of which may
be held by the Corporation.
6.5 Evidence of Authority. A
certificate by the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, or a temporary Secretary, as to
any action taken by the stockholders, the directors, any committee of the Board of
Directors or any officer or representative of the Corporation shall, as to all persons who
rely on the certificate in good faith, be conclusive evidence of such action.
6.6 Certificate of
Incorporation. All references in these Amended and Restated Bylaws to the Certificate
of Incorporation shall be deemed to refer to the Certificate of Incorporation of the
Corporation, as amended and in effect from time to time. These Amended and Restated Bylaws
are subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the DGCL and other
applicable laws, rules and regulations.
6.7 Transactions with Interested
Parties. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its
directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other Corporation, partnership,
association or other organization in which one or more of the Corporations directors
or officers serves as a director or officer, or has a financial interest, shall be void or
voidable solely for that reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at
or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee of the Board of
Directors that authorizes the contract or transaction or solely because his or their votes
are counted for such purpose, if:
|
(a)
The material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or
transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the
committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the
contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the
disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors may be less
than a quorum; |
|
(b)
The material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or
transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote
thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith
by a vote of the stockholders; or |
|
(c)
The contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is
authorized, approved or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee of the
Board of Directors or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be
counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of
Directors or of a committee that authorizes the contract or transaction. |
6.8 Severability. Any
determination that any provision of these Amended and Restated Bylaws is for any reason
inapplicable, illegal or ineffective shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of
these Amended and Restated Bylaws.
6.9 Pronouns. All pronouns
used in these Amended and Restated Bylaws shall be deemed to refer to the masculine,
feminine or neuter gender, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons
may require.
ARTICLE 7
AMENDMENTS
7.1 By the Board of Directors.
Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, these Amended and Restated
Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative
vote of a majority of the directors present at any regular or special meeting of the Board
of Directors at which a quorum is present.
7.2 By the Stockholders.
Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, these Amended and Restated
Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative
vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the shares
of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote either
by written consent or at any annual meeting of the stockholders, or at any special meeting
of the stockholders, provided notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of
new Bylaws shall have been stated in the notice of such special meeting.
2007 FORM 10-K Refile of 2002 2Q Prudential Amendment
May 1, 2002
NU SKIN
ENTERPRISES, INC.
1 Nu Skin Plaza
75 West Centre Street
Provo, Utah 84601
Re: First Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference
is made to the Note Purchase Agreement (the Agreement) dated October
12, 2000 between Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc. (the Company) and The
Prudential Insurance Company of America (Prudential). Capitalized
terms used and not otherwise delivered herein shall have the meanings provided
in the Agreement.
Pursuant
to the request of the Company and Section 17 of the Agreement, Prudential and
the Company hereby agree that the defined term Material Subsidiaries
appearing in Schedule B of the Agreement shall be amended by deleting the
existing text of clause (b) thereof in its entirety and substituting therefor
the following:
|
(b)
each other Subsidiary of the Company which (i) had revenues during the four most
recently ended fiscal quarters equal to or greater than 5.0% of the consolidated
total revenues of the Company and its Subsidiaries during such period (provided
that if the Company and Subsidiaries collectively own not more than 30% of the
outstanding equity, by value, of Nu Skin Malaysia Holdings, then Nu Skin
Malaysia Holdings and its subsidiaries shall not be deemed Material Subsidiaries
by reason of this clause (i) unless their consolidated revenues during the four
most recently ended fiscal quarters equaled or exceeded 15.0% of the
consolidated total revenues of the Company and its Subsidiaries during such
period), or (ii) is an Obligor under any Guarantee with respect to the
Indebtedness of the Company under any Significant Credit Facility.
|
NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC.
May 1, 2002
Page 2
In
order to induce Prudential to enter into this amendment, the Company has
represented and warranted that no Default or Event of Default exists under the
Agreement as of the date hereof. This amendment shall be effective when executed
on behalf of the Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor and an original
counterpart hereof has been delivered to Prudential.
|
THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA |
|
|
|
|
|
By: /s/ Stephen J. DeMartini
Stephen J. DeMartini |
|
Its: Vice President |
|
|
|
|
Confirmed and agreed: |
|
|
|
NU SKIN ENTERPRISES, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: /s/ Truman Hunt
Truman Hunt |
|
Its: Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Counsel
|
|
|
|
|
|
The undersigned Subsidiary Guarantors
hereby consent to the foregoing. |
|
|
|
|
|
NU SKIN HONG KONG, INC.
NU SKIN INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NU SKIN TAIWAN, INC.
NU SKIN UNITED STATES, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: /s/ Corey B. Lindley
Name: Corey B. Lindley
Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
|
|
Exhibit 10.36 2007 FORM 10-K refile of NSE 2002 Scrub Oak Lease
MASTER LEASE AGREEMENT
[Scrub Oak, LLC]
THIS MASTER LEASE AGREEMENT
(hereinafter the Lease) is made and entered into this 16th day of
January 2003, to be effective as of the 1st day of July, 2001, by and between
SCRUB OAK, LLC, a Utah limited liability company, whose address is 75 West
Center Street, Provo, Utah 84601, ATTN: Brooke Roney (hereinafter
Landlord), and NU SKIN INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Utah corporation,
whose address is 75 West Center Street, Provo, Utah 84601 (hereinafter
Tenant).
R E C I T A L S:
A.
Landlord presently owns and may
hereafter from time to time acquire certain real property.
B.
Tenant desires to lease certain real
property from Landlord, which property is identified on the attached Schedule A,
incorporated by this reference. In addition, Tenant may desire to lease additional real
property from Landlord, which additional property shall be identified, from time to
time, in the manner set forth in this Lease.
C.
Subject to the terms and conditions of
this Lease, Landlord is willing to lease the real property identified on Schedule A to
Tenant, and Tenant is willing to lease such real property from Landlord.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration
of the rents, covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, Landlord and
Tenant mutually agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1 : PREMISES AND LEASE TERMS
1.1
Description of Premises.
Landlord hereby leases and demises to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from
Landlord those certain parcels of real property, together with all buildings and
other improvements now or hereafter located thereon (hereinafter collectively
Improvements), and all privileges, easements, and appurtenances
belonging thereto or granted herein, set forth on Schedule A, together
with any additional real property that may be described from time to time in an
amendment to said Schedule A, executed by, and in form and substance
satisfactory to, Landlord and Tenant (collectively, the Premises).
1.2
Additional Lease Terms. In
Schedule A, Landlord and Tenant adopted certain additional terms and
conditions applicable to only one or more specific Premises specified in
Schedule A and not to the other Premises. Furthermore, in any amendment
to Schedule A executed by Landlord and Tenant, Landlord and Tenant may
adopt additional terms and conditions applicable to a particular Premises and to
other Premises, and/or applicable to that Premises but not applicable to any of
the other Premises. If there is any conflict between the provisions of this
Lease and Schedule A, as the same may be amended from time to time, the
provisions of said Schedule A (as amended) shall control.
ARTICLE 2 : TERM COMMENCEMENT
2.1
Term of Lease. With respect to
each of the Premises, this Lease shall be for the term, and shall commence on
the date, specified in Schedule A with respect to such Premises
(hereinafter individually the Commencement Date and collectively the
Commencement Dates) and shall end on the date specified in
Schedule A with respect to such Premises, unless the term is extended or
sooner terminated pursuant to the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease
or pursuant to law.
2.2
Lease
Year. The term Lease Year as used in this Lease with
respect to any of the Premises shall mean a period of twelve (12) consecutive
calendar months during the term of this Lease with respect to such Premises. The
first Lease Year with respect to any of the Premises shall begin on the
Commencement Date for such Premises if that Commencement Date occurs on the
first day of a calendar month; if not, the first Lease Year with respect to such
Premises shall begin on the first day of the calendar month next following the
Commencement Date for that Premises. Each succeeding Lease Year shall begin at
the expiration of the immediately preceding Lease Year.
ARTICLE 3 : MONTHLY RENT
3.1
Payment of Rent. As monthly rent
for each of the Premises, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in advance on or before
the first day of each calendar month during the term of this Lease, an amount
equal to the Monthly Rent for such Premises as set forth in
Schedule A. Rent shall be paid to Landlord at its address specified below
for notices, or to such other person or at such other address as Landlord may
from time to time designate in writing. Rent shall be paid without notice,
demand, abatement (except as provided in this Lease), deduction or offset in
legal tender of the United States of America. If the Commencement Date with
respect to any Premises is not on the first day of the month, or if this Lease
terminates with respect to any Premises on a day other than the last day of the
month, the Monthly Rent for such Premises shall be prorated for such fractional
month or months, if any, during which this Lease commences or terminates, at the
then current rate.
3.2
Delinquent Payments and Handling
Charge. All Monthly Rent and other payments required of Tenant hereunder
shall bear interest from the date that is ten (10) days after the date due until
the date paid at the lesser of (a) the rate announced from time to time by Wells
Fargo Bank, or if Wells Fargo Bank ceases to exist or ceases to publish such
rate, then the rate announced from time to time by the largest (as measured by
deposits) chartered bank operating in Utah, as its prime rate or
reference rate, plus five percent (5%) per annum; or (b) the maximum
rate permitted by law. In addition to interest, if any such Monthly Rent or
other payment is not received within ten (10) days after the date it is due,
Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to four percent (4%) of the
amount of such Monthly Rent or other payment to reimburse Landlord for its cost
and inconvenience incurred as a consequence of Tenants delinquency. In no
event, however, shall the charges permitted under this Section 3.2 or elsewhere
in this Lease, to the extent the same are considered to be interest under
applicable law, exceed the maximum rate of interest allowable under applicable
law.
2
3.3
Security Deposit. As of the date
of this lease, no security deposit is being required from Tenant with respect to
any of the Premises. In accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.3 and
Section 7.1 below, however, Landlord may hereafter require a security deposit
with respect to some or all of the Premises, which may, at Tenants
election, be made by depositing cash or by posting an irrevocable letter of
credit in the form specified below in this Section 3.3. If Tenant deposits a
letter of credit with Landlord pursuant to either this Section 3.3 or Section
7.1, the following provisions shall apply to such letter of credit: (a) payment
of such letter of credit by the issuer shall be conditioned solely upon
submission to the issuer of written demand for payment by Landlord, (b) Tenant
shall, at least five (5) business days prior to the expiration of the term of
such letter of credit provide Landlord with either a renewal letter of credit
(in the form specified in this Section 3.3) or cash in the amount of such letter
of credit to be held pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3.3, and (c) if
at least five (5) business days prior to the expiration of a letter of credit
deposited by Tenant with Landlord Tenant has not provided Landlord with either a
replacement letter of credit or cash in accordance with (b) above, Landlord
shall have the right to draw down the full amount of such letter of credit and
hold the proceeds thereof as a cash deposit in accordance with the provisions of
this Section 3.3. If, pursuant to the provisions of either this Section 3.3 or
Section 7.1 below a security deposit is required with respect to any of the
Premises (hereinafter a Premises Security Deposit), the following
provisions of this Section 3.3 shall apply. For purposes of this Section 3.3,
the term Security Deposits shall mean all Premises Security
Deposits, taken in the aggregate. Provided that no uncured Tenant default of
which Landlord has given Tenant written notice is then existing with respect to
the Premises concerned, the Premises Security Deposit applicable to such
Premises shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlords option, to the last
permitted assignee of Tenants interest under this Lease) after the
expiration of the term applicable to such Premises, or sooner termination of
this Lease, and delivery of possession of such Premises to Landlord in
accordance with ARTICLE 20. If Landlords interest in this Lease is
conveyed, transferred or assigned, Landlord shall transfer or credit the
Security Deposits to Landlords successor in interest, and Landlord shall
be released from any liability for the return of the Security Deposits, provided
that such successor in interest assumes all of Landlords obligations under
this Lease. Landlord may intermingle the Security Deposits with Landlords
own funds, and shall not be deemed to be a trustee of the Security Deposit.
Tenant shall not be entitled to receive interest with respect to the Security
Deposits. If Tenant fails to timely pay or perform any obligation under this
Lease, Landlord may, prior to, concurrently with or subsequent to exercising any
other right or remedy, use, apply or retain all or any part of the Premises
Security Deposit then held by Landlord with respect to the Premises concerned
for the payment of any monetary obligation due under this Lease for such
Premises, or to compensate Landlord for any other expense, loss or damage which
Landlord may incur by reason of Tenants failure, including any damage or
deficiency in the reletting of such Premises. If all or any portion of the
Security Deposits is so used, applied or retained, Tenant shall immediately
deposit with Landlord cash in an amount sufficient to restore the Security
Deposits to the original amount. Landlord may withhold the Premises Security
Deposit after the expiration of the term for the Premises concerned or sooner
termination of this Lease until Tenant has paid the full Tenants share of
any Impositions or any other amounts payable by Tenant under this Lease, but
only with respect to the Premises concerned. The Security Deposits are not a
limitation on Landlords damages or other rights under this Lease, a
payment of liquidated damages or prepaid rent, and shall not be applied by
Tenant to the rent for the last (or any) month of the term with respect to any
Premises, or to any other amount due under this Lease. Tenant agrees that if
Blake M. Roney, Brooke B. Roney, Sandra N. Tillotson, Craig S. Tillotson, Steven
J. Lund, Craig R. Bryson, and Nedra D. Roney,
3
either individually or as a group,
cease to own or hold (directly or indirectly) more than fifty percent of the
voting power of Tenant, Tenant shall within thirty (30) days after written
demand by Landlord deposit with Landlord a Premises Security Deposit with
respect to each Premises in an amount equal to the then-current Monthly Rent
payable with respect to such Premises. Such Security Deposits shall be held by
Landlord subject to and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.3.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, any Premises
Security Deposit may only be used, and shall be returned, in connection with the
Premises to which such Premises Security Deposit relates, and may not be used or
applied in reference to any other Premises.
ARTICLE 4 : USE OF PREMISES
4.1
Use. Each Premises shall be used
and occupied by Tenant solely for purposes specified for such Premises in
Schedule A and for such other lawful purposes to which Landlord may, from
time to time, consent.
4.2
Prohibited Uses.
(a) |
|
Tenant will not use, occupy or permit the use or occupancy of any of the
Premises for any purpose or in any manner which is or may be, directly or
indirectly, in violation of any (i) judicial decisions, order, injunctions,
writs, statutes, rulings, rules, regulations, promulgations, directives,
permits, certificates or ordinances of any governmental authority in any way
applicable to Tenant or the Premises, including but not limited to zoning,
environmental and utility conservation matters (hereinafter Legal
Requirements), (ii) covenants, conditions, or restrictions applicable to
such Premises and appearing of record in the office of the county recorder of
the county in which such Premises are located on or before the date on which
such Premises became subject to this Lease, or (iii) insurance requirements. |
(b) |
|
Tenant shall not keep or permit to be kept any substance in, or conduct or
permit to be conducted any operation from, any of the Premises which is not
reasonably consistent with the Permitted Use for such Premises and which might
emit offensive odors or conditions, or make undue noise or create undue
vibrations. |
(c) |
|
Tenant
shall not commit or permit to remain any waste to any of the Premises. |
(d) |
|
Tenant shall not install or permit to remain any improvements to any of the
Premises which exceed the structural loads of floors or walls of any buildings
located on such Premises, or adversely affect the mechanical, plumbing or
electrical systems of any such buildings, or affect the structural integrity of
any such buildings in any way. |
(e) |
|
Tenant shall not commit or permit to be committed any action or circumstance in
or about any of the Premises, nor bring or keep anything therein which, directly
or indirectly, would or might cause a cancellation of any insurance policy
covering such Premises, nor shall Tenant sell or permit to be kept, used or sold
in or about any of the Premises any articles which may be prohibited by a
standard form policy of fire insurance unless Tenant provides additional
insurance coverage extending protection to cover all risks associated with those
articles. |
4
(f) |
|
Tenant shall, at Tenants sole cost and expense, promptly comply with all
Legal Requirements now in force or which may hereafter be in force and with the
requirements of any board of fire underwriters or other similar body now or
hereafter constituted relating to or affecting the use or occupancy of all of
the Premises, excluding such structural changes as do not relate to or affect
the use or occupancy of the Premises, or as are not related to or afforded by
Tenants improvements or acts. |
4.3
Hazardous Substances.
Tenant acknowledges that Tenant occupied each of the Premises listed on the
original Schedule A to this Lease prior to the Commencement Date for such
Premises as set forth on Schedule A. Except with respect to matters
arising prior to Tenants occupancy of the Premises, or matters caused by
Landlord or any of Landlords employees, agents, or contractors, Tenant
shall at all times comply with, or cause to be complied with, any
Environmental Law (as defined below in Section 4.4) governing each
of the Premises or the use thereof by Tenant or any of Tenants employees,
agents, contractors, invitees, licensees, customers, or clients, except as
permitted in Section 4.5 below, shall not use, store, generate, treat,
transport, or dispose of, or permit any of Tenants employees, agents,
contractors, invitees, licensees, customers, or clients to use, store, generate,
treat, transport, or dispose of, any Hazardous Substance (as defined
below in Section 4.4) on any of the Premises without first obtaining
Landlords written approval, shall promptly and completely respond to and
clean up any release or presence of any Hazardous Substances upon each of the
Premises, except to the extent such release or presence either occurred prior to
the date on which Tenant occupied such Premises or was caused by Landlord or any
of Landlords employees, agents, or contractors, and shall pay all costs
incurred as a result of the environmental state, condition and quality of each
of the Premises, including, but not limited to, the costs of any
Environmental Cleanup Work (as defined below in Section 4.4) and the
preparation of any closure or other required plans, except to the extent such
release or presence either occurred prior to the date on which Tenant occupied
such Premises or was caused by Landlord or any of Landlords employees,
agents, or contractors, (all of the foregoing obligations of Tenant under this
Section 4.3 are hereinafter collectively Tenants Environmental
Obligations). Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord
from and against any and all claims, actions, damages, penalties, fines,
liabilities and expenses, including reasonable attorneys fees, which are
directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, caused by or arise out of
Tenants failure to timely perform Tenants Environmental Obligations.
Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that, as of the date on which Tenant
occupied each Premises, no Hazardous Substances were located on such Premises
and such Premises were in compliance with all Environmental Laws. Landlord shall
indemnify, defend and hold harmless Tenant from and against any and all claims,
actions, damages, penalties, fines, liabilities and expenses, including
reasonable attorneys fees, to the extent caused by or arising out of any
failure of the foregoing representation and warranty of being true and accurate.
Landlord and Tenant shall promptly deliver to the other true and complete copies
of all notices, correspondence and requests received by the notifying party from
any governmental authority or third parties relating to the presence, release,
use, storage, treatment, transportation, or disposal of Hazardous Substances on
any of the Premises. Tenant shall permit Landlord and Landlords agents to
enter into and upon each of the Premises, during normal business hours on prior
reasonable notice, for the purpose of inspecting the Premises and verifying
Tenants compliance with these covenants. The provisions of this Section
4.3 shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease.
5
4.4
Environmental
Definitions. As used in this Lease: Environmental Cleanup
Work shall mean an obligation to perform work, cleanup, removal, repair,
remediation, construction, alteration, demolition, renovation or installation in
or in connection with the Premises in order to comply with any Environmental
Law. Environmental Law shall mean any federal, state or local law,
regulation, ordinance or order, whether currently existing or hereafter enacted,
concerning the environmental state, condition or quality of the Premises or use,
generation, transport, treatment, removal, or recovery of Hazardous Substances,
including building materials, and including, but not limited to, the following:
the Solid Waste Disposal Act as amended by the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act of 1976 (42 U.S.C. Article 6901, et seq.), as amended,
and all regulations promulgated thereunder; the Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (42 U.S.C. Article 9601,
et seq.), as amended, and all regulations promulgated thereunder;
the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. Article 1801, et
seq.), as amended, and all regulations promulgated thereunder; the Clean Air
Act (42 U.S.C. Article 7401, et seq.), as amended, and all regulations
promulgated thereunder; the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C.
Article 1251 et seq.), as amended, and all regulations promulgated
thereunder; and the Occupational Safety and Health Act (29 U.S.C. Article 651,
et seq.), as amended, and all regulations promulgated thereunder.
Hazardous Substance shall mean (a) hazardous waste,
hazardous substance, and any other hazardous, radioactive, reactive,
flammable or infectious materials, solid wastes, toxic or dangerous substances
or materials, or related materials, as defined in, regulated by, or which form
the basis of liability now or hereafter under any Environmental Law; (b)
asbestos, (c) polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs); (d) petroleum products or
materials; (e) flammable explosives, (f) any substance the presence of
which on the Premises is or becomes prohibited by Environmental Law: (g) urea
formaldehyde foam insulation; and (h) any substance which under Environmental
Law requires special handling or notification in its use, collection, storage,
treatment or disposal. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section
4.4, Hazardous Substance shall not include with respect to any
Premises (i) supplies for cleaning and maintenance in commercially reasonable
amounts required for use in the ordinary course of business, provided such items
are incidental to the permitted use of such Premises (as set forth in Section
4.1) and are stored and used in compliance with all Environmental Laws, and
(ii) standard office supplies in commercially reasonable amounts required
for use in the ordinary course of business, provided such items are incidental
to the permitted use of such Premises (as set forth in Section 4.1) and are
stored and used in compliance with all Environmental Laws.
4.5
Permitted Environmentally Sensitive
Uses. Landlord acknowledges that, as set forth on Schedule A,
Tenant intends to use one or more of the Premises for fleet maintenance and
parking and one or more of the Premises for the development and/or production of
vitamins, dietary supplements, and cosmetic products (hereinafter
Permitted Environmental Activities) and that in connection with such
Permitted Environmental Activities, Tenant will use, store, generate, treat,
transport, and/or dispose of Hazardous Substances on and/or from such Premises.
To the extent that either a Permitted Environmental Activity is a permitted use
of such Premises (as set forth in Section 4.1) or the use, storage, generation,
treatment, transportation and/or disposal of Hazardous Substances is in
connection with an activity on such Premises that is not materially different
(in terms of the nature and quantity of Hazardous Substances to be used, stored,
generated, treated or disposed on or from such Premises) from a Permitted
Environmental
6
Activity which is a permitted use of such Premises (as set forth
in Section 4.1), Landlord consents to the use, storage, generation, treatment,
transportation, and/or disposal of Hazardous Substances on and/or from such
Premises provided that such use, storage, generation, treatment, transportation
or disposal is done in the ordinary course of Tenants business on such
Premises and in accordance with Section 4.3 above and applicable Environmental
Laws.
ARTICLE 5 : QUIET ENJOYMENT
Provided Tenant has performed all
of Tenants obligations under this Lease, Landlord hereby covenants with
Tenant that Tenant shall peaceably and quietly hold and enjoy the full
possession and use of the Premises during the term of this Lease. Landlord shall
warrant and forever defend Tenants right to occupancy of the Premises
against the claims of any and all persons whosoever lawfully claim the same or
any part thereof, by, through or under Landlord, but not otherwise, subject to
the provisions of this Lease.
ARTICLE 6 : IMPOSITIONS
6.1
Payment of Impositions. Tenant
shall be solely responsible for and pay prior to delinquency all real estate,
personal property, rental, water, sewer, transit, use, occupancy, owners
association and other taxes, assessments, charges, excises and levies (including
any interest, cost or penalties with respect thereto, unless such interest, cost
or penalties result from Landlords acts or omissions, but excluding from
Tenants obligation any income, excise, franchise and similar taxes of
Landlord), general and special, ordinary and extraordinary, foreseen and
unforeseen, of any kind and nature whatsoever which are assessed, levied,
charged or imposed upon or with respect to the Premises or any portion thereof,
or the sidewalks, streets or alleyways adjacent thereto, or the ownership, use,
occupancy or enjoyment thereof, and all charges for any easement, license,
permit or agreement maintained for the benefit of the Premises and other
governmental charges (collectively Impositions) accruing or becoming
due during the term of this Lease. If the term of this Lease covers only part of
the period to which any Impositions relate, such Impositions shall be equitably
prorated between Landlord and Tenant.
6.2
Right to Contest Impositions.
Tenant, at its sole cost, shall have the right to contest, in accordance with
the provisions of the laws relating to such contests, any Impositions, and the
failure of Tenant to pay any Impositions shall not constitute a default by
Tenant so long as Tenant complies with the provisions of this Section 6.2. Prior
to initiating any contest or proceeding, Tenant shall give Landlord written
notice of such contest or proceeding and shall either pay such Impositions to
the applicable authority, deposit with Landlord cash in such amount as Landlord
deems to be sufficient, considering the amount of such Impositions, any
potential penalties and interest thereon, and any potential expenses that might
be incurred by Landlord with respect thereto, or furnish good and sufficient
undertakings and sureties designating Landlord as the beneficiary thereof in
such amount as Landlord deems to be sufficient, considering the amount of such
Impositions, any potential penalties and interest thereon, and any potential
expenses that might be incurred by Landlord with respect thereto. Landlord shall
not be required to join in any proceeding or contest brought by Tenant unless
the provisions of any law require that the proceeding or contest be brought by
or in the name of
7
Landlord or any owner of the Premises. In that case, Landlord
shall join in the proceeding or contest or permit such proceeding or contest to
be brought in its name as long as Landlord is not required to bear any cost.
Tenant, on final determination of the proceeding or contest, shall promptly pay
or discharge any decision or judgment rendered, together with all costs,
charges, interest and penalties incidental to the decision or judgment and
Landlord shall make available to Tenant any funds provided by Tenant pursuant to
this Section 6.2 as security for Tenants performance hereunder
ARTICLE 7 : TRANSFER BY TENANT
7.1
Prohibition on
Transfers. Without the prior written consent of Landlord, Tenant
shall not effect or suffer an assignment (direct or indirect, absolute or
conditional, by operation of law or otherwise) by Tenant of all or any portion
of Tenants interest in this Lease or the leasehold estate created hereby.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may, without the consent of Landlord, (a)
sublease all or any portion of the Premises, or (b) assign this Lease to any
successor corporation, subsidiary, Affiliate (as defined below) or corporation
that acquires all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, provided that
Tenant gives Landlord prior or concurrent written notice of such assignment. No
assignment or subletting shall release Tenant from liability for the full and
timely performance of all of Tenants obligations under this Lease without
the written consent of Landlord, which consent may be granted or withheld by
Landlord in Landlords sole and absolute discretion. As a condition to any
such release, Landlord may require the assignee to deposit with Landlord a
security deposit in an amount equal to the then-current Monthly Rent payable
with respect to each Premises which is the subject of such assignment. As used
in this Lease, Affiliate means a person that controls, is
controlled by, or is under common control with, another person.
7.2
Liens. Without in any
way limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant shall not grant, place or
suffer, or permit to be granted, placed or suffered, against any of the
Premises, or any Improvements, or any portion thereof, any lien, security
interest, pledge, conditional sale, contract, claim, charge or encumbrance
(whether constitutional, statutory, contractual or otherwise) and, if any of the
aforesaid does arise or is asserted, Tenant will, promptly upon demand by
Landlord and at Tenants expense, cause the same to be released.
ARTICLE 8 : UTILITIES
Tenant shall be solely responsible
for, and pay when due, all charges for water, gas, heat, light, power,
telephone, garbage removal, snow removal and other utilities or services used by
or supplied to Tenant or to each of the Premises, together with any taxes
thereon, during the term of this Lease.
ARTICLE 9 : SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT
9.1
General. This Lease,
Tenants leasehold estate created hereby, and all Tenants rights,
titles and interests hereunder and in and to the Premises are subject and
subordinate to any Mortgage (as defined below) presently existing or hereafter
placed upon all or any of the
8
Premises or any portion thereof; provided,
however, that in the event of foreclosure or the exercise of any other
right asserted under the Mortgage by Landlords Mortgagee (as defined
below), or if Landlords Mortgagee otherwise succeeds to the interest of
Landlord under this Lease, this Lease and the rights of Tenant under this Lease
shall continue in full force and effect and shall not be terminated or
disturbed, except in accordance with the provisions of this Lease, and
Landlords Mortgagee shall recognize Tenant as the tenant under this Lease.
Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Lease, any existing
Landlords Mortgagee shall execute and deliver a nondisturbance agreement
in favor of Tenant, consistent with the immediately preceding sentence. However,
Landlord and Landlords Mortgagee may, at any time upon the giving of
written notice to Tenant and without any compensation or consideration being
payable to Tenant, make this Lease, and the aforesaid leasehold estate and
rights, titles and interests, superior to any Mortgage. Upon the written request
by Landlord or by Landlords Mortgagee to Tenant, and within fifteen (15)
days of the date of such request, and without any compensation or consideration
being payable to Tenant, Tenant shall execute, have acknowledged and deliver a
recordable instrument confirming, subject to the above nondisturbance
provisions, that this Lease, Tenants leasehold estate in the Premises and
all of Tenants rights, titles and interest hereunder are subject and
subordinate (or, at the election of Landlord or Landlords Mortgagee,
superior) to the Mortgage benefiting Landlords Mortgagee, which instrument
shall be provided subject to the concurrent delivery by Landlords
Mortgagee of a nondisturbance agreement in favor of Tenant and reasonably
consistent with the provisions of this ARTICLE 9. As used in this Lease, the
term Landlords Mortgagee shall mean the mortgagee of any
mortgage, the beneficiary of any deed of trust, the pledgee of any pledge, the
secured party of any security interest, the assignee of any assignment and the
transferee of any other instrument of transfer (including the ground lessor of
any ground lease on any real property in the Premises) now or hereafter in
existence on all or any of the Premises or any portion of any of the Premises,
and their successors, assigns and purchasers, and Mortgage shall
mean any such mortgage, deed or trust, pledge, security agreement, assignment or
transfer instrument, including all renewals, extensions and rearrangements
thereof and of all debts secured thereby.
9.2
Attornment. Upon the
written request of any person or party succeeding to the interest of Landlord
under this Lease, Tenant shall automatically become the tenant of and attorn to
such successor in interest without any change in any of the terms of this Lease.
No successor in interest shall be (a) bound by any payment of Monthly Rent for
more than one month in advance, except payments of security for the performance
by Tenant of Tenants obligations under this Lease (b) subject to any
offset, defense or damages arising out of a default or any obligations of any
preceding Landlord. Neither Landlords Mortgagee nor its successor in
interest shall be bound by any amendment of this Lease entered into after Tenant
has been given written notice of the name and address of Landlords
Mortgagee and without the written consent of Landlords Mortgagee or such
successor in interest. The attornment and mortgagee protection clauses of this
Section 9.2 shall be self-operative and no further instruments of attornment or
mortgagee protection need be required by any Landlords Mortgagee or
successor in interest thereto. Nevertheless, upon the written request therefor
and without any compensation or consideration being payable to Tenant, Tenant
agrees to execute, have acknowledged and deliver such instruments as may be
requested to confirm the same.
9
ARTICLE 10: INSURANCE
10.1
Tenant's Insurance Coverage.
Tenant shall, at all times during the term of this Lease, and at Tenant's own cost
and expense, procure and continue in force the following insurance coverage:
(a) |
|
Commercial general liability insurance with a combined single limit for bodily
injury and property damage of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per
occurrence and Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) in the aggregate, including,
without limitation, contractual liability coverage for the performance by Tenant
of the indemnity agreement set forth in ARTICLE 16. |
(b) |
|
Insurance covering any buildings and all improvements on each of the Premises,
including Tenants leasehold improvements and personal property in or upon
each such Premises in an amount not less than one hundred percent (100%) of full
replacement cost, providing protection against any peril generally included
within the classification Fire and Extended Coverage, together with
insurance against sprinkler damage, vandalism and malicious mischief and a
standard inflation guard endorsement. Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any and
all proceeds payable with respect to such policies except to the extent such
proceeds are payable with respect to any property that would remain the property
of Tenant upon the termination of this Lease; provided, however,
that to the extent required pursuant to the provisions of ARTICLE 15, such
proceeds shall be made available to Tenant and applied to the repair and
restoration of the Premises with respect to which such proceeds are payable. |
(c) |
|
Worker's
compensation insurance satisfying Tenant's obligations under the worker's compensation
laws of the State of Utah. |
(d) |
|
Such other policy or policies of insurance with respect to each Premises as
Landlord may reasonably require in accordance with commercially reasonable
practices for premises and in geographical areas similar to such Premises. |
Such minimum limits shall in no event limit the liability of
Tenant under this Lease. Such liability insurance shall name Landlord, and any
other person specified from time to time by Landlord, as an additional insured;
such property insurance shall name Landlord as a loss payee as Landlords
interest may appear; and both such liability and property insurance shall be
with companies licensed to do business in Utah reasonably acceptable to
Landlord. All liability policies maintained by Tenant shall contain a provision
that Landlord and any other additional insured, although named as an insured,
shall nevertheless be entitled to recover under such policies for any loss
sustained by Landlord and Landlords agents and employees as a result of
the acts or omissions of Tenant. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with certificates
of coverage. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to reduction of
coverage or other modification except after thirty (30) days prior written
notice to Landlord by the insurer. All such policies shall be written as primary
policies, not contributing with and not in excess of the coverage which Landlord
may carry, and shall only be subject to such deductibles as are reasonably
acceptable to Landlord. Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after the expiration
of such policies, furnish Landlord with renewals of, or binders for, such
policies. Tenant shall cause all other occupants of the Premises claiming by,
through or under Tenant to execute and deliver to Landlord a
10
waiver of claims
similar to the waiver contained in Section 10.2 and to obtain such waiver of
subrogation rights endorsements. At Landlords request, any Landlords
Mortgagee shall be afforded coverage under any policy required to be secured by
Tenant under this Lease by use of a mortgagees endorsement to the policy
concerned.
10.2
Waiver of Subrogation.
Landlord hereby waives all claims, rights of recovery and causes of action that
Landlord or any party claiming by, through or under Landlord may now or
hereafter have by subrogation or otherwise against Tenant or against any of
Tenants officers, directors, shareholders or employees for any loss or
damage that may occur to any of the Premises, Tenants improvements or any
of the contents of any of the foregoing by reason of fire or other casualty, or
by reason of any other cause, to the extent that such loss or damage is actually
covered by a policy of insurance maintained by Landlord; provided,
however, that the waiver set forth in this Section 10.2 shall not apply
to any deductibles on insurance policies carried by Landlord or to any
coinsurance penalty which Landlord may sustain. Tenant hereby waives all claims,
rights of recovery and causes of action that Tenant or any party claiming by,
through or under Tenant may now or hereafter have by subrogation or otherwise
against Landlord or against any of Landlords officers, directors, members,
shareholders, partners or employees for any loss or damage that may occur to any
of the Premises, Tenants improvements or any of the contents of any of the
foregoing by reason of fire or other casualty, or by reason of any other cause,
to the extent that such loss or damage either (a) is actually covered by a
policy of insurance maintained by Tenant, or (b) would have been covered had
Tenant obtained the insurance policies required to be obtained and maintained
under Section 10.1. Landlord and Tenant shall cause an endorsement to be issued
to their respective insurance policies recognizing this waiver of subrogation.
ARTICLE 11 : MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS
During the term of this Lease,
Tenant shall, at Tenants sole cost, maintain each of the Premises,
including the floor slab, foundation, load-bearing walls, other structural
elements and roofs of any buildings, in good order, condition and repair, and in
a clean, safe, operable, attractive and sanitary condition which is consistent
with the nature and quality of such Premises as compared to other similar
properties in the area where such Premises are located. Tenant will not commit
or allow to remain any waste or damage to any portion of the Premises. Subject
to ARTICLE 15, Tenant shall repair or replace, subject to Landlords
direction and supervision, any damage to any buildings and/or any of the
Premises (including the structural components and the roof of any buildings)
caused by Tenant or Tenants agents, contractors or invitees. If Tenant
fails to make such repairs or replacements, Landlord may make the same at
Tenants cost. Such cost shall be payable to Landlord by Tenant on demand.
ARTICLE 12 : FIXTURES AND ALTERATIONS
12.1
Landlord Approval. Tenant shall
not make (or permit to be made) any change, addition or improvement to any of
the Premises (including, without limitation, the attachment of any fixture or
equipment) unless such change, addition or improvement (a) equals or exceeds the
quality of materials used in construction of such Premises and utilizes only new
materials, (b) is in conformity with all Legal Requirements as defined in
Section 4.2(a), and is made after
11
obtaining any required permits and licenses,
(c) if a Major Improvement (hereinafter defined), is made with prior
written consent of Landlord pursuant to plans and specifications approved in
writing in advance by Landlord and, if reasonably required by Landlord, such
plans and specifications are prepared by an architect approved in writing in
advance by Landlord, (d) if a Major Improvement, is made after Tenant has
provided to Landlord such indemnification, insurance, and/or bonds requested by
Landlord, including, without limitation, a performance and completion bond in
such form and amount as may be satisfactory to Landlord to protect against
claims and liens for labor performed and materials furnished, and to insure the
completion of any change, addition or improvement, and (e) if a Major
Improvement, is carried out by persons approved in writing by Landlord who, if
required by Landlord, deliver to Landlord before commencement of their work
proof of such insurance coverage as Landlord may require, with Landlord named as
an additional insured. Any request for Landlords consent to any change,
addition or improvement or for Landlords approval of plans or
specifications to which Landlord does not respond within twenty (20) days shall
be deemed granted by Landlord. All such alterations, improvements and additions
shall become the property of Landlord and, if approved in advance by Landlord
(unless approved subject to removal by Tenant) shall, at Tenants option,
either be removed by Tenant, at Tenants expense, with all damage caused by
such removal repaired by Tenant, or be surrendered with such Premises as part
thereof at the termination or expiration of the term of this Lease with respect
to such Premises, without any payment, reimbursement or compensation therefor.
Any such alterations, improvements and additions that are approved by Landlord
subject to removal by Tenant shall be removed by Tenant, at Tenants
expense, with all damage caused by such removal repaired by Tenant, at the
termination or expiration of the term of this Lease with respect to such
Premises, without any payment, reimbursement or compensation therefor. All such
alterations, improvements and additions that pursuant to the provisions of this
Section 12.1 do not require the prior approval of Landlord shall, at
Landlords election given by written notice at least sixty (60) days prior
to the expiration of this Lease with respect to the Premises concerned, be
removed by Tenant, at Tenants expense, with all damage caused by such
removal repaired by Tenant. Within fifteen (15) days after the end of each
calendar quarter during the term of the Lease, Tenant shall give Landlord
written notice of the completion of any improvements to a Premises completed
during the immediately preceding calendar quarter which, pursuant to the
provisions of this Section 12.1, did not require the prior consent of Landlord.
Such notice shall include a brief description of such improvements and identify
the Premises in which such Improvements were made. Tenant may remove
Tenants trade fixtures, office supplies, movable office furniture and
equipment, provided such removal is made prior to the expiration of the term of
this Lease with respect to such Premises, no uncured Event of Default then
exists and Tenant promptly repairs all damage caused by such removal. Tenant
shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord from and against all liens,
claims, damages, losses, liabilities and expenses, including attorneys
fees, which may arise out of, or be connected in any way with, any such change,
addition or improvement. If Tenant leases or finances any personal property or
equipment to be used by Tenant at a Premises, Landlord shall, within a
reasonable time after receipt of written request from Tenant, execute and
deliver to the lessor of, or lender providing financing for, such personal
property or equipment, as applicable, a lien waiver or subordination with
respect to such personal property or equipment in a form reasonably acceptable
to Landlord. As used in this Section 12.1, the following terms shall have the
meanings hereinafter specified: (1) Building Structure shall mean
with respect to any building the structural portions of such building, including
the foundation, floor/ceiling slabs, roof, exterior walls, exterior glass and
mullions, columns, beams, shafts (including elevator shafts), and elevator cabs;
(2) Building Systems
12
shall mean with respect to any building the
mechanical, electrical, life safety, plumbing, and sprinkler systems and HVAC
systems (including primary and secondary loops connected to the core) servicing
such building; and (3) Major Improvement shall mean with respect to
each Premises any change, addition or improvement to such Premises if (A) the
cost of such change, addition or improvement exceeds $50,000.00, (B) such
change, addition or improvement affects either the exterior of any building or
any Building Structure located on such Premises, or (C) such change,
addition or improvement has a material affect on any Building System of any
building located on such Premises.
12.2
Manner of Construction, Materialmen,
Lien Claims. All construction performed on or with respect to any of the
Premises by Tenant shall be performed in a good, workmanlike and first-class
manner, in accordance with all applicable permits, authorizations, laws,
ordinances, orders, regulations and requirements of all governmental authorities
having jurisdiction of such Premises and, to the extent required by Section
12.1, in accordance with plans approved by Landlord. Tenant shall promptly pay
all contractors and materialmen, so as to eliminate the possibility of a lien
attaching to such Premises or any Improvements, and should any such lien be made
or filed by reason of any fault of Tenant, Tenant shall bond against or
discharge the same within forty-five (45) days after written request by
Landlord. If Tenant fails to bond against or discharge the same within such
forty-five (45) day period, Landlord shall have the right, but not the
obligation, to pay and discharge any such lien that attached to such Premises
and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any such sums paid together with
interest at the rate specified in Section 3.2 within thirty (30) days after
written demand by Landlord.
ARTICLE 13 : ACCESS BY LANDLORD
Landlord, its employees,
contractors, agents, and representatives shall have the right (and Landlord, for
itself and such persons and firms, hereby reserves the right) to enter each of
the Premises during normal business hours and at a time least likely to
interrupt Tenants operations upon advance reasonable notice (not less than
24 hours) (a) to inspect, maintain or repair the Premises, (b) to show the
Premises to prospective purchasers of such Premises (and, during the last six
(6) months of the term of this Lease with respect to such Premises, to
prospective tenants of the Premises), (c) to determine whether Tenant is
performing its obligations hereunder and, if it is not, to perform the same at
Landlords option and Tenants expense in accordance with this Lease
following any applicable notice and cure period, or (d) for any other reasonable
purpose. In an emergency with respect to any of the Premises, Landlord (and such
persons and firms) may use any means to open any door into or on such Premises
without any liability therefore (except for repair of any damage caused
thereby). Entry into any of the Premises by Landlord or any other person or firm
named in the first sentence of this ARTICLE 13 for any purpose permitted herein
shall not constitute a trespass or an eviction (constructive or otherwise), or
entitle Tenant to any abatement or reduction of Monthly Rent, or constitute
grounds for any claim (and Tenant hereby waives any claim) for damages for any
injury to or interference with Tenants business, for loss of occupancy or
quiet enjoyment, or for consequential damages, excepting any damage or injury to
property or person actually caused by Landlord or any such person or firm.
13
ARTICLE 14: CONDEMNATION
As used in this Paragraph, the
term Condemnation Proceedings means any actions or proceedings in
which any interest in any Premises (the Affected Premises) is taken
for any public or quasi-public purpose by any lawful authority through exercise
of the power of eminent domain or by purchase or other means in lieu of such
exercise. If the whole of the Affected Premises is taken through Condemnation
Proceedings, this Lease shall automatically terminate as of the date of the
taking with respect to the Affected Premises (only). The phrase as of the
date of the taking means the date of taking actual physical possession by
the condemning authority or such earlier date as the condemning authority gives
notice that it is deemed to have taken possession. Tenant may terminate this
Lease with respect to the Affected Premises if more than twenty-five percent
(25%) of the Affected Premises is taken or any portion of the Affected Premises
is taken which substantially interferes with Tenants ability to operate or
use the Affected Premises for either the permitted use for such Premises
specified in Schedule A or such other use of such Affected Premises for
which Landlord has previously given written approval. Any such termination must
be accomplished through written notice given no later than thirty (30) days
after, and shall be effective as of, the date of such taking. In all other
cases, or if Tenant fails to exercise its right to terminate, this Lease shall
remain in effect, and Tenant shall, subject to the availability of adequate
condemnation proceeds, promptly repair and restore the Affected Premises as
nearly as possible to the nature and character that existed immediately prior to
such taking and, to the extent required by Section 12.1, in accordance with
plans approved by Landlord. If a portion of the Affected Premises is taken and
this Lease is not terminated, the Monthly Rent shall be reduced in the
proportion that the area of the Premises taken bears to the total area of the
Premises immediately prior to the taking. Whether or not this Lease is
terminated as a consequence of Condemnation Proceedings, all damages or
compensation awarded for a partial or total taking, including any award for
severance damage and any sums compensating for diminution in the value of or
deprivation of the leasehold estate under this Lease, shall be the sole and
exclusive property of Landlord, provided that Tenant shall be entitled to any
award for the loss of, or damage to, Tenants trade fixtures, loss of
business and moving expenses; provided, however, that if (y) this
Lease is not terminated as a consequence of Condemnation Proceedings, and (z)
Landlord receives an award in such Condemnation Proceedings for the repair and
restoration of the Premises, Landlord shall make available to Tenant all or a
portion of the award so designated, as necessary, for Tenant to complete its
obligations of repair and restoration under this Paragraph. If made, the
disbursement of such portion of the award shall be made by Landlord to Tenant in
accordance with disbursement procedures typically used by construction lenders
in the Provo/Orem, Utah metropolitan area. Tenant shall have no claim against
Landlord for the occurrence of any Condemnation Proceedings, or for the
termination of this Lease or a reduction in the Premises as a result of any
Condemnation Proceedings.
ARTICLE 15 : DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION
Tenant shall give prompt written
notice to Landlord of any casualty of which Tenant is aware to any Premises (the
Damaged Premises). If the Damaged Premises are totally destroyed, or
are partially destroyed but in Tenants opinion cannot be restored to an
economically viable building for either the use for such building specified in
Schedule A or such other use of such building for which Landlord has
previously given written approval, or if the insurance proceeds actually paid to
Tenant as a result of any casualty are, in Tenants reasonable
14
opinion
inadequate to restore the portion remaining of the Damaged Premises to an
economically viable building for such use, Tenant may, at its election
exercisable by giving written notice to Landlord within sixty (60) days after
the casualty, terminate this Lease with respect to the Damaged Premises as of
the date of the casualty or the date Tenant is deprived of possession of such
Premises (whichever is later). If this Lease is terminated with respect to the
Damaged Premises as a result of a casualty, Tenant shall promptly deliver to
Landlord all insurance proceeds received by Tenant under the insurance policy
carried by Tenant on the Damaged Premises, net of any insurance proceeds
attributable to Tenants personal property or other property that would be
Tenants property upon termination of the Lease and any costs expended or
fees or other charges incurred by Tenant in collecting such proceeds. If this
Lease is not terminated as a result of a casualty, subject to the availability
of adequate insurance proceeds, Tenant shall restore the Damaged Premises as
nearly as possible to the nature and character that existed immediately prior to
the occurrence of such casualty and, to the extent required by Section 12.1, in
accordance with plans approved by Landlord. Except for Tenants share of
any insurance proceeds received by Landlord and attributed to Tenants
property as provided more fully above, if any, Tenant shall have no claim
against Landlord for any loss suffered by reason of any such damage,
destruction, repair or restoration. Other than providing Tenant any insurance
proceeds attributable to Tenants property as described above, Landlord
shall not be required to repair any damage to or to make any restoration of any
furnishings, trade fixtures, leasehold improvements, equipment, merchandise and
other personal property installed in the Premises by Tenant or at the direct or
indirect expense of Tenant.
ARTICLE 16 : INDEMNITY
16.1 Tenants
Indemnity. Except to the extent such obligations are otherwise limited
by Section 4.3, Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and
Landlords officers, directors, shareholders, members, partners and
employees from and against all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages,
penalties, claims, actions, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements (including
court costs and reasonable attorneys fees) resulting from any injuries to
or death of any person or damage to any property occurring during the term of
this Lease in or about the Premises except to the extent such injury, death or
damage is caused by Landlord or Landlords employees, agents, or
contractors.
16.2 Landlords
Indemnity. Landlord shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Tenant and
Tenants officers, directors, shareholders and employees from and against
all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, actions,
suits, costs, expenses and disbursements (including court costs and reasonable
attorneys fees) resulting from any injuries to or death of any person or
damage to any property occurring during the term of this Lease in or about the
Premises to the extent such injury, death or damage is caused by Landlord or
Landlords employees, agents, or contractors.
ARTICLE 17 : LANDLORD NOT LIABLE
Landlord shall have no liability
to Tenant, or to Tenants officers, directors, shareholders, employees,
agents, contractors or invitees, for bodily injury, death, property damage,
business interruption, loss of profits, loss of trade secrets or other direct or
consequential damages
15
occasioned by (a) vandalism, theft, burglary and other
criminal acts, (b) water leakage, or (c) the repair, replacement, maintenance,
damage or destruction of the Premises, unless any of the foregoing are caused by
Landlord or Landlords employees, agents, or contractors.
ARTICLE 18 : DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
18.1
Default. The occurrence of any of
the following shall constitute a material default and breach of this Lease by Tenant
(hereinafter "Event of Default"):
(a) |
|
Any failure by Tenant to pay the Monthly Rent payable with respect to any of the
Premises or any other monetary sums required to be paid under this Lease, where
such failure continues for fifteen (15) days after written notice thereof by
Landlord to Tenant; |
(b) |
|
Any failure by Tenant to observe and perform any other term, covenant or
condition of this Lease to be observed or performed, by Tenant, where such
failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof by Landlord
to Tenant; provided, however, that if the nature of the default is
such that the default cannot reasonably be cured within the thirty (30) day
period, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant shall within the
thirty (30) day period commence action to cure the default and thereafter
diligently prosecute the same to completion; |
(c) |
|
The filing of a petition by or against Tenant (1) in any bankruptcy or other
insolvency proceeding, (2) seeking any relief under the Bankruptcy Code or any
similar debtor relief law, (3) for the appointment of a liquidator or receiver
for all or substantially all of Tenants property or for Tenants
interest in this Lease, or (4) to reorganize or modify Tenants capital
structure, unless such petition is dismissed within sixty (60) days after
filing; or |
(d) |
|
The admission by Tenant in writing that it cannot meet its obligations as they
become due or the making by Tenant of an assignment for the benefit of its
creditors. |
18.2
Nonexclusive Remedies. Upon any
Event of Default, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies
provided in this Lease, the following nonexclusive remedies to be applied only
with respect to the particular Premises to which the Event of Default relates
(the Default Premises):
(a) |
|
At Landlords option and without waiving any default by Tenant, Landlord
shall have the right to continue this Lease in full force and effect and to
collect all Monthly Rent and any other fees to be paid by Tenant under this
Lease as and when due. During any period that Tenant is in default, Landlord
shall have the right, pursuant to legal proceedings or pursuant to any notice
provided for by law, to enter and take possession of (only) the Default
Premises, without terminating this Lease, for the purpose of reletting the
Default Premises or any part thereof and making any alterations and repairs that
may be necessary or desirable in connection with such reletting. Any such
reletting or relettings may be for such term or terms (including periods that
exceed the |
16
|
|
balance of the term of this Lease), and upon such other terms,
covenants and conditions as Landlord may in Landlords reasonable
discretion deem advisable. Upon each and any such reletting, the rent or rents
received by Landlord from such reletting shall be applied as follows, as the
same relate (only) to the Default Premises: (1) to the payment of any amounts
(other than Monthly Rent) due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord; (2) to the
payment of reasonable costs and expenses of such reletting, including reasonable
brokerage fees, attorneys fees, court costs, and costs of any alterations
or repairs; (3) to the payment of any Monthly Rent and any other amounts
due and unpaid hereunder; and (4) the residue, if any, shall be held by Landlord
and applied in payment of future Monthly Rent and any other amounts as they
become due and payable hereunder. If the rent or rents received during any month
and applied as provided above shall be insufficient to cover all such amounts
including the Monthly Rent and any other amounts to be paid by Tenant pursuant
to this Lease for such month with respect to the Default Premises, Tenant shall
pay to Landlord any deficiency; such deficiencies shall be calculated and paid
monthly. No entry or taking possession of all or any of the Default Premises by
Landlord shall be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease
with respect to any of the Default Premises, unless Landlord gives written
notice of such election to Tenant or unless such termination shall be decreed by
a court of competent jurisdiction. Notwithstanding any reletting by Landlord
without termination, Landlord may at any time thereafter terminate this Lease
with respect to the Default Premises for such previous default by giving written
notice thereof to Tenant. |
(b) |
|
Terminate Tenants right to possession of the Default Premises by notice to
Tenant, in which case this Lease shall terminate with respect to the Default
Premises and Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Default
Premises to Landlord. In such event Landlord shall be entitled to recover from
Tenant all damages incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenants default,
including without limitation the following, as the same relate (only) to the
Default Premises to the extent permitted by law: (1) all unpaid rent which has
been earned at the time of such termination, plus (2) the amount by which the
unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of
award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that is proved could have been
reasonably avoided, plus (3) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord
for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenants failure to perform
Tenants obligations under this Lease, or in addition to or in lieu of the
foregoing such damages as may be permitted from time to time under applicable
law. Upon any such re-entry Landlord shall have the right to make any reasonable
repairs, alterations or modifications to the Default Premises, which Landlord in
Landlords reasonable discretion determines are reasonable and necessary. |
(c) |
|
If an Event of Default specified in Section 18.1 occurs, Landlord may remove and
store any property that remains on the Default Premises and, if Tenant does not
claim such property within thirty (30) days after Landlord has delivered to
Tenant notice of such storage, Landlord may appropriate, sell, destroy or
otherwise dispose of the property in question without notice to Tenant or any
other person, and without an obligation to account for such property. |
17
18.3
Payment by Tenant. Upon any
Event of Default, Tenant shall also pay to Landlord all reasonable costs and
expenses incurred by Landlord, including court costs and reasonable
attorneys fees, in (a) retaking or otherwise obtaining possession of the
Default Premises, (b) removing and storing Tenants or another
occupants property, (c) repairing, restoring, altering, remodeling, or
otherwise putting all or any of the Default Premises into a condition acceptable
to a new tenant or tenants, (d) reletting all or any part of the Default
Premises, (e) paying or performing the underlying obligation which Tenant failed
to pay or perform, and (f) enforcing any of Landlords rights, remedies or
recourse arising as a consequence of the Event of Default.
18.4
Reletting. Upon termination of
this Lease with respect to the Default Premises or upon termination of
Tenants right to possession of all or any of the Default Premises,
Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to mitigate its damages in accordance with
Utah law and relet the Default Premises on such terms and conditions as Landlord
in its reasonable discretion may determine (including a term different than the
term of this Lease, rental concession, and alterations to and improvements of
the Default Premises). Subject to Landlords obligation to mitigate
damages, Landlord shall not be obligated to relet any of the Default
Premises before leasing other property owned by Landlord. Landlord shall not be
liable for, nor shall Tenants obligations hereunder be diminished because
of, Landlords failure to relet any of the Default Premises or collect rent
due with respect to such reletting provided the Landlord has complied with
Landlords duty to mitigate damages as set forth above. If Landlord relets
any of the Default Premises, rent Landlord receives from such reletting shall be
applied to the payment of the following, as the same relate (only) to the
Default Premises: first, any indebtedness from Tenant to Landlord other than
Monthly Rent (if any); second, all costs, including for maintenance and
alterations, incurred by Landlord in reletting; and third, Monthly Rent due and
unpaid. In no event shall Tenant be entitled to the excess of any rent obtained
by reletting over the Monthly Rent herein reserved until all of Tenants
obligations to Landlord have been satisfied
18.5
Landlords Right to Pay or
Perform. Upon an Event of Default, Landlord may, but without obligation
to do so and without thereby waiving or curing such Event of Default, pay or
perform the underlying obligation for the account of Tenant, and enter any
Premises and expend any security deposit or other sums paid by Tenant for the
purpose of securing faithful performance of Tenants obligations under this
Lease.
18.6
No Waiver; No Implied
Surrender. Provisions of this Lease may only be waived by the party
entitled to the benefit of the provision, and any such waiver shall be in
writing. Thus, neither the acceptance of Monthly Rent by Landlord following an
Event of Default (whether known to Landlord or not), nor any other custom or
practice followed in connection with this Lease, shall constitute a waiver by
Landlord of such Event of Default or any other Event of Default. Further, the
failure by Landlord to complain of any action or inaction by Tenant, or to
assert that any action or inaction by Tenant constitutes (or would constitute,
without the giving of notice and the passage of time) an Event of Default,
regardless of how long such failure continues, shall not extinguish, waive or in
any way diminish the rights, remedies and recourse of Landlord with respect to
such action or inaction. No waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease or
of any breach by Tenant of the same or any other provision hereof shall
constitute a waiver of any other provision or any other breach. Landlords
consent to any act by Tenant requiring Landlords consent shall not be
deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Landlords consent to any
subsequent act of Tenant. No act or omission by Landlord (other than
Landlords execution of a document acknowledging such surrender) or
Landlords agents, including the delivery of the keys to any Premises,
shall constitute an acceptance of a surrender of such Premises.
18
ARTICLE 19 : DEFAULT BY LANDLORD
Landlord shall not be in default
under this Lease, and Tenant shall not be entitled to exercise any right, remedy
or recourse against Landlord or otherwise as a consequence of any alleged
default by Landlord under this Lease unless Landlord fails to perform any of its
obligations hereunder and said failure continues for a period of thirty (30)
days after Tenant gives Landlord and (provided that Tenant shall have been given
the name and address of Landlords Mortgagee) Landlords Mortgagee
written notice thereof specifying, with reasonable particularity, the nature of
Landlords failure. If, however, the failure cannot reasonably be cured
within the thirty (30) day period, Landlord shall not be in default hereunder if
Landlord or Landlords Mortgagee commences to cure the failure within the
thirty (30) days and thereafter pursues the curing of the same diligently to
completion. If Tenant recovers a money judgment against Landlord for
Landlords default of its obligations hereunder or otherwise, the judgment
shall be limited to Tenants actual, direct, but no consequential, damages
therefor and shall be satisfied only out of the interest of Landlord in the
Premises as the same may then be encumbered, and Landlord shall not otherwise be
liable for any deficiency. The foregoing shall not limit any right that Tenant
might have to obtain specific performance of Landlords obligations
hereunder.
ARTICLE 20 : RIGHT OF RE-ENTRY
20.1
Surrender of Premises. Upon the
expiration or termination of the term of this Lease for whatever cause for any
Premises, or upon the exercise by Landlord of its right to re-enter any Premises
without terminating this Lease, Tenant shall immediately, quietly and peaceably
surrender to Landlord possession of such Premises broom clean and in
good order, condition and repair, except only for ordinary wear and tear, damage
by casualty (subject to ARTICLE 15) and repairs to be made by Landlord under
this Lease. If Tenant is in default under this Lease, Landlord shall have a lien
on Tenants personal property, trade fixtures and other property as set
forth in Section 38-3-1, et seq., of the Utah Code Ann. (or any replacement
provision), subject to any lien waiver or subordination previously executed by
Landlord. In addition to the provisions of ARTICLE 12, Tenant may, and Landlord
may require Tenant to, remove any personal property, equipment, trade fixtures
and other property owned by Tenant. All personal property, trade fixtures and
other property of Tenant not removed from any Premises on the abandonment of
such Premises or on the expiration of the term of this Lease or sooner
termination of this Lease with respect to any Premises for any cause shall
conclusively be deemed to have been abandoned and may be appropriated, sold,
stored, destroyed or otherwise disposed of by Landlord without notice to, and
without any obligation to account to, Tenant or any other person. Tenant shall
pay to Landlord all expenses incurred in connection with the disposition of such
property in excess of any amount received by Landlord from such disposition.
While Tenant remains in possession of any Premises after such expiration with
Landlords prior written consent, Tenant shall be deemed to be occupying
such Premises as a month-to-month tenant, subject to all of the obligations of
Tenant under this Lease, except that the Monthly Rent shall be one hundred ten
percent (110%) of the Monthly Rent in effect
19
immediately before such expiration,
termination or exercise by Landlord. While Tenant remains in possession of any
Premises after such expiration, termination or exercise by Landlord of its
re-entry right without Landlords prior written consent, Tenant shall be
deemed to be occupying such Premises as a tenant-at-sufferance, subject to all
of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease, except that the daily rent shall
be twice the per-day rent in effect immediately before such expiration,
termination or exercise by Landlord. No such holding over shall extend the Term.
If Tenant fails to surrender possession of the Premises in the condition herein
required, Landlord may, at Tenants expense, restore the Premises to such
condition.
20.2
Hazardous Substances. Except to
the extent that Landlord has an obligation to indemnify Tenant pursuant to the
provisions of Section 4.3 and except to the extent caused by Landlord or
Landlords employees agents, or contractors, no spill, deposit,
emission, leakage or other release of Hazardous Substance in the soils,
groundwaters or waters shall be deemed to result in either wear and tear that
would be normal for the term of this Lease or a casualty to the Premises and the
provisions of Section 4.3 shall apply to such spill, deposit, emission, leakage,
or other release.
ARTICLE 21 : MISCELLANEOUS
21.1
Entire Agreement. This
instrument along with any exhibits, attachments and addenda hereto constitutes
the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant relative to the Premises and
this Lease and the exhibits, attachments, and addenda may be altered, amended or
revoked only by an instrument in writing signed by both Landlord and Tenant. All
prior or contemporaneous oral agreements between and among Landlord and Tenant
and their agents or representatives relative to the leasing of the Premises are
merged in or revoked by this Lease.
21.2
Severability. If any term or
provision of this Lease shall, to any extent, be determined by a court of
competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this
Lease shall not be affected thereby, and each term and provision of this Lease
shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
21.3
Costs of Suit. If Tenant or
Landlord shall bring any action for any relief against the other, declaratory or
otherwise, arising out of this Lease, including any suit by Landlord for the
recovery of rent or possession of any Premises or any part thereof, the losing
party shall pay the successful party a reasonable sum for attorneys fees
whether or not such action is prosecuted to judgment.
21.4
Time and Remedies. Time is of the
essence of this Lease and every provision hereof. All rights and
remedies of the parties shall be cumulative and nonexclusive
of any other remedy at law or in equity.
21.5
Binding Effect, Successors and Choice
of Law. All time provisions of this Lease are to be construed as both
covenants and conditions as though the words importing such covenants and
conditions were used in each separate Article of this Lease. Subject to any
provisions restricting assignment by Tenant as set forth in Section 7.1, all of
the terms hereof shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and
their respective successors and assigns. This Lease shall be governed by the
laws of the State of Utah.
20
21.6
Waiver. No term, covenant or
condition of this Lease shall be deemed waived, except by written consent of the
party against whom the waiver is claimed, and any waiver of the breach of any
term, covenant or condition shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding
or succeeding breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition.
Acceptance by Landlord of any performance by Tenant after the time the same
shall have become due shall not constitute a waiver by Landlord of the breach or
default of any term, covenant or condition unless otherwise expressly agreed to
by Landlord in writing.
21.7
Reasonable Consent. Except as
expressly limited elsewhere in this Lease, wherever in this Lease Landlord or
Tenant is required to give consent or approval to any action on the part of the
other, such consent or approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned
or delayed. In the event of failure to give any such consent, the other party
shall be entitled to specific performance at law and shall have such other
remedies as are reserved to such party under this Lease.
21.8
Notice. Any notice required to
be given under this Lease shall be given in writing and shall be delivered in
person or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage
prepaid, and addressed to the addresses for Landlord and Tenant set forth above.
Either Landlord or Tenant may change the address at which such party desires to
receive notice on written notice of such change to the other party. Any such
notice shall be deemed to have been given, and shall be effective, on delivery
to the notice address then applicable for the party to which the notice is
directed; provided, however, that refusal to accept delivery of a
notice or the inability to deliver a notice because of an address change which
was not properly communicated shall not defeat or delay the giving of a notice.
21.9
No Partnership. Landlord does
not, as a result of entering into this Lease, in any way or for any purpose
become a partner of Tenant in the conduct of Tenants business, or
otherwise, or joint venturer or a member of a joint enterprise with Tenant.
21.10
Estoppel Certificates; Financial
Statements. Tenant shall, from time to time and within twenty
(20) days of written request from either Landlord or Landlords Mortgagee,
and without compensation or consideration execute and deliver a certificate
setting forth the following: (a) a ratification of this Lease; (b) the
Commencement Date and expiration date for each Premises; (c) that this Lease is
in full force and effect and has not been assigned, modified, supplemented or
amended (except by such writing as shall be stated): (d) that this Lease, as
modified, supplemented or amended (if such is the case) constitutes the complete
agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to all Premises and that
Tenant does not hold an option to purchase any Premises or any interest therein,
(e) that all conditions under this Lease to be performed by Landlord have been
satisfied or, in the alternative, those claimed by Tenant to be unsatisfied; (f)
that no defenses or offsets exist against the enforcement of this Lease by
Landlord or, in the alternative, those claimed by Tenant to exist; (g) whether
within the knowledge of Tenant there are any existing breaches or defaults by
Landlord hereunder and, if so, stating the defaults with reasonable
particularity; (h) the amount of advance Monthly Rent, if any (or none if such
is the case), paid by Tenant for any or all of the Premises; (i) the date to
which Monthly Rent has been paid; and (j) such other information as Landlord or
Landlords Mortgagee may reasonably request. Landlords Mortgagee and
purchasers from either Landlords Mortgagee or Landlord shall be entitled
to rely on any estoppel certificate executed by Tenant.
21
21.11
Number and Gender; Captions and
References. As the context of this Lease may require, pronouns shall
include natural persons and legal entities of every kind and character, the
singular number shall include the plural, and the neuter shall include the
masculine and the feminine gender. Article headings in this Lease are for
convenience of reference only and are not intended, to any extent and for any
purpose, to limit or define any Article hereof. Whenever the terms
hereof, hereby, herein,
hereunder, or words of similar import are used in this Lease, they
shall be construed as referring to this Lease in its entirety rather than to a
particular Article or provision, unless the context specifically indicates to
the contrary. Any reference to a particular Article shall be
construed as referring to the indicated Article of this Lease.
21.12
Brokers. Tenant and Landlord
each hereby warrants and represents to the other that it has not incurred or
authorized any brokerage commission, finders fees or similar payments in
connection with this Lease. Each party shall defend, indemnify and hold the
other harmless from and against any claim for brokerage commission,
finders fees or similar payment arising by virtue of the authorization of
such indemnifying party, or any Affiliate of such party, in connection with this
Lease.
21.13
Authority. Tenant warrants
and represents to Landlord that (a) Tenant is a duly organized and existing
legal entity, in good standing in the State of Utah, (b) Tenant has full right
and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Lease, and (c) the person
executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant was authorized to do so. Landlord
warrants and represents to Tenant that (x) Landlord is a duly organized and
existing legal entity, in good standing in the State of Utah, (y) Landlord has
full right and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Lease, and
(z) the person executing this Lease on behalf of Landlord was authorized to
do so.
21.14
Recording. This Lease
(including any addenda or exhibit hereto) shall not be recorded, but one or more
notices or memoranda of this Lease, in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to Landlord and Tenant, shall be executed by Landlord and Tenant
concurrently with the execution of this Lease, and may be recorded at
Tenants sole cost and expense.
21.15
Multiple Counterparts; Exhibits.
This Lease may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of
which shall be an original, but all of which shall
constitute but one instrument. All, schedules, addenda and exhibits hereto are
incorporated herein for any and all purposes.
21.16
Miscellaneous. No amendment
to this Lease shall be binding on Landlord or Tenant unless reduced to writing
and signed by both parties. Venue on any action arising out of this Lease shall
be proper only in the District Court of Utah County, State of Utah. Landlord and
Tenant waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by
either of them against the other on all matters arising out of this Lease or the
use and occupancy of the Premises.
22
21.17
Acknowledgment. TENANT
ACKNOWLEDGES THAT LANDLORD HAS MADE NO WARRANTIES TO TENANT AS TO THE CONDITION
OF ANY PREMISES, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND LANDLORD AND TENANT EXPRESSLY
DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY THAT ANY PREMISES ARE SUITABLE FOR TENANTS
INTENDED COMMERCIAL PURPOSE. THE TAKING OF POSSESSION OF EACH PREMISES BY TENANT
SHALL CONCLUSIVELY ESTABLISH THAT SUCH PREMISES, THE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS
THEREIN, ANY BUILDINGS AND THE COMMON AREAS WERE AT SUCH TIME COMPLETE AND IN
GOOD, SANITARY AND SATISFACTORY CONDITION AND REPAIR WITH ALL WORK REQUIRED TO
BE PERFORMED BY LANDLORD, IF ANY, COMPLETED AND WITHOUT ANY OBLIGATION ON
LANDLORDS PART TO MAKE ANY ALTERATIONS, UPGRADES OR IMPROVEMENTS THERETO.
21.18
Force Majeure. If either
Landlord or Tenant is delayed or hindered in or prevented from the performance
of any act required under this Lease by reason of acts of God, strikes,
lockouts, other labor troubles, inability to procure labor or materials, fire,
accident, failure of power, restrictive governmental laws, ordinances,
regulations or requirements of general applicability, riots, civil commotion,
insurrection, war or other reason not the fault of the party delayed, hindered
or prevented and beyond the control of such party (financial inability
excepted), performance of the action in question shall be excused for the period
of delay and the period for the performance of such act shall be extended for a
period equivalent to the period of such delay.
ARTICLE 22 : RENEWAL
Provided that no Event of Default
has occurred and is then continuing beyond any applicable cure period, Tenant
shall have the right and option (hereinafter individually a Renewal
Option and collectively the Renewal Options) to renew this
Lease with respect to each (or any) of the Premises for the terms set forth on
Schedule A (hereinafter individually a Renewal Term and
collectively the Renewal Terms) under the same terms, conditions and
covenants contained in this Lease, except that (a) no abatements or other
concessions, if any, applicable to the initial Lease term shall apply to any
Renewal Term, (b) the Monthly Rent payable with respect to such Premises for
each Lease Year of each Renewal Term (hereinafter the Renewal Term Monthly
Rent) shall be determined as set forth below, (c) Tenant shall have no
option to renew this Lease beyond the expiration of the last Renewal Term
specified herein, and (d) all leasehold improvements within the Premises shall
be provided in their then-existing condition (on an as is basis) at
the time each Renewal Term commences. Tenant shall be deemed to have exercised
each Renewal Option unless Tenant gives Landlord written notice of Tenants
election not to exercise a Renewal Option at least 365 days prior to the date on
which the term of the Lease would expire but for the exercise of such Renewal
Option. Upon exercise of the Renewal Option with respect to any Premises for the
applicable Renewal Term by Tenant and subject to the conditions set forth
hereinabove, this Lease shall be extended with respect to such Premises (only)
for the period of such Renewal Term and Landlord and Tenant shall promptly enter
into a written agreement modifying and supplementing this Lease in accordance
with the provisions hereof. Any termination of this Lease during the initial
Lease term or any Renewal Term with respect to any Premises shall terminate all
remaining renewal rights hereunder with respect to such Premises. The renewal
rights of Tenant hereunder shall not be severable from this Lease. The Renewal
Term Monthly Rent shall be determined as follows:
23
(a) |
|
The Renewal Term Monthly Rent payable with respect to the first Lease year of a
Renewal Term shall be one hundred two and five-tenths percent (102.5%) of the
Monthly Rent payable each month during the Lease Year immediately preceding such
Renewal Term; provided, however, that if the initial term with respect to the
Premises concerned is five (5) years or more, Landlord or Tenant may each give
the other written notice (hereinafter an Election Notice), within
thirty (30) days of the date on which Tenant is deemed to have exercised the
Renewal Option with respect to such Renewal Term, that the Renewal Term Monthly
Rent will be determined in accordance with the following provisions of this
ARTICLE 22, and if the initial term with respect to the Premises concerned is
less than five (5) years, Landlord (but not Tenant) may, within thirty (30) days
of the date on which Tenant is deemed to have exercised the Renewal Option with
respect to such Renewal Term, give Tenant an Election Notice with respect to
such Premises and the Renewal Term Monthly Rent will be determined in accordance
with the following provisions of this ARTICLE 22; provided further, however,
that neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have the right to give an Election Notice
with respect to the first Renewal Term of this Lease with respect to the
Premises identified on Schedule A as NOC. |
(b) |
|
The Renewal Term Monthly Rent payable with respect to each Lease Year of a
Renewal Term other than the first Lease Year of such Renewal Term shall be one
hundred two and five-tenths percent (102.5%) of the Renewal Term Monthly Rent
payable each month during the immediately preceding Lease Year of such Renewal
Term. |
If an Election Notice is given
with respect to a Renewal Term, the Renewal Term Monthly Rent for the first
Lease Year of such Renewal Term shall be determined as set forth in the balance
of this ARTICLE 22, and shall be (i) ninety-five percent (95%) of the Fair
Market Rental Rate (as defined below) of the Premises concerned for any Premises
with an initial Lease term of five (5) years or more, and (ii) seventy-five
percent (75%) of the Fair Market Rental Rate of the Premises concerned for any
Premises with an initial Lease term of less than five (5) years.
The term Fair Market Rental
Rate shall mean, with respect to each Premises, the amount that a
comparable landlord of comparable premises would accept in current transactions
between non-Affiliated parties from renewal and non-equity tenants of comparable
credit-worthiness and for a comparable use for a comparable period of time
(Comparable Transactions). In any determination of Comparable
Transactions, appropriate consideration shall be given to the annual rental
rates, the extent of Tenants liability under the Lease, abatement
provisions reflecting free rent and/or no rent during the period of construction
or subsequent to the commencement date as to the space in question, brokerage
commissions, if any, which would be payable by Landlord in similar transactions,
length of the lease term, size and location of premises being leased, building
standard work letter and/or tenant improvement allowances, if any, and other
generally applicable conditions of tenancy for such Comparable Transactions. The
intent is that the Fair Market Rental Rate will reflect the same rent and other
economic benefits that Landlord would otherwise give in Comparable Transactions
and that Landlord will make, and receive the same economic payments and
concessions that Landlord would otherwise make, and receive in Comparable
Transactions.
24
The Fair Market Rental Rate shall
be determined as follows:
1. |
|
Landlord and Tenant shall meet with each other no later than thirty (30) days
after the date on which the Election Notice is given exchange sealed envelopes
containing their respective proposals of the Fair Market Rental Rate and then
open such envelopes in each others presence. If such proposals are within
ten percent (10%) of each other, the average of such proposals shall be the Fair
Market Rental Rate. If such proposals are not within ten percent (10%) of each
other, and if Landlord and Tenant do not mutually agree upon the Fair Market
Rental Rate within ten (10) business days after the exchange and opening of
envelopes, then, within twenty (20) business days of the exchange and opening of
envelopes Landlord and Tenant shall agree upon and jointly appoint a single
arbitrator who shall by profession be a real estate broker who shall have been
active over at least the ten (10) year period ending on the date of such
appointment in the leasing of comparable properties in the vicinity of the
Premises. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall consult with such broker as to his
or her opinion as to Fair Market Rental Rate prior to the appointment. The
determination of the arbitrator shall be limited solely to the issue of whether
Landlords or Tenants submitted Fair Market Rental Rate for the
Premises is the closer to the actual Fair Market Rental Rate for the Premises as
determined by the arbitrator, taking into account the requirements of this
ARTICLE 22. Such arbitrator may hold such hearings and require such briefs as
the arbitrator, in his or her sole discretion, determines is necessary. In
addition, Landlord or Tenant may submit to the arbitrator with a copy to the
other party within five (5) business days after the appointment of the
arbitrator any market data and additional information that such party deems
relevant to the determination of Fair Market Rental Rate (FMRR Data)
and the other party may submit a reply in writing within five (5) business days
after receipt of such FMRR Data. |
2. |
|
The arbitrator shall, within thirty (30) days of his or her appointment, reach a
decision as to whether the parties shall use Landlords or Tenants
submitted Fair Market Rental Rate, and shall notify Landlord and Tenant of such
determination. |
3. |
|
The
decision of the arbitrator shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant. |
4. |
|
If Landlord and Tenant fail to agree upon and appoint an arbitrator, then the
appointment of the arbitrator shall be made by the Presiding Judge of a court of
general jurisdiction having jurisdiction over the parties. |
5. |
|
The
cost of arbitration shall be paid by Landlord and Tenant equally. |
25
LANDLORD AND TENANT have executed
this Lease on the respective dates set forth below, to be effective as of the
day and year first above written.
|
SCRUB OAK, LLC,
by its Manager: |
|
MAPLE
HILLS INVESTMENTS, INC. |
|
By /s/ Brooke B. Roney
Brooke B. Roney
Vice President
Date 1/16/2003
TENANT:
NU SKIN INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By /s/ M. Truman Hunt
M. Truman Hunt
Vice President
Date 1/16/2003
|
26
SCHEDULE A
to
MASTER LEASE
[Scrub Oak, LLC]
PREMISES
The Premises, together with their
respective Lease term and Monthly Rent are set forth below.
HIGH RISE
1.
Commencement Date: July 1, 2001.
2.
Expiration Date: June 30, 2011.
3.
Term: Ten (10) years.
4.
Renewal Terms: Two (2) ten (10) year
terms.
5.
Monthly Rent:
MONTHS
|
MONTHLY RENT
|
1-6 |
|
$ 149,210 |
.08 |
7-18 | |
$ 152,940 |
.34 |
19-30 | |
$ 156,763 |
.87 |
31-42 | |
$ 160,682 |
.91 |
43-54 | |
$ 164,699 |
.97 |
55-66 | |
$ 168,817 |
.54 |
67-78 | |
$ 173,038 |
.00 |
79-90 | |
$ 177,363 |
.85 |
91-102 | |
$ 181,797 |
.95 |
103-114 | |
$ 186,342 |
.93 |
115-120 | |
$ 191,001 |
.53 |
6.
Premises: Landlord has installed certain communications
equipment on the Building that is used
both by Landlord and by third parties pursuant to licenses from Landlord
to such third parties. Tenant
acknowledges that such communications equipment is not part of the Premises and Tenants
rights to the Premises
shall be subject to the rights of Landlord and any third parties to whom Landlord has granted
or hereafter grants
a license to install, maintain, repair, and operate communications equipment on the roof
of the Building and in
conduits located in the interior of the Building so long as such equipment does not
interfere with the structural
integrity of the Building and the use of such equipment by Landlord and/or such
licensees does not unreasonably
interfere with Tenants use of the Building.
27
7.
Permitted Use. General office space, cafeteria,
retail store, studio production and related uses.
28
KRESS BUILDING
1.
Commencement Date: July 1, 2001.
2.
Expiration Date: June 30, 2011.
3.
Term: Ten (10) years.
4.
Renewal Terms: Two (2) five (5) year
terms.
5.
Monthly Rent:
MONTHS
|
MONTHLY RENT
|
1-6 |
|
$ 22,893 |
.75 |
7-18 | |
$ 23,466 |
.09 |
19-30 | |
$ 24,052 |
.76 |
31-42 | |
$ 24,654 |
.07 |
43-54 | |
$ 25,270 |
.43 |
55-60 | |
$ 25,902 |
.18 |
67-78 | |
$ 26,549 |
.73 |
79-90 | |
$ 27,213 |
.48 |
91-102 | |
$ 27,893 |
.80 |
103-114 | |
$ 28,591 |
.16 |
115-120 | |
$ 29,305 |
.94 |
6.
Permitted Use. General office, cafeteria,
retail store, studio production and related uses.
29
ANNEX B
1.
Commencement Date: July 1, 2001.
2.
Premises: All of Annex B, except for 4800 sq. ft. of the Bay
located at 1070 South 350 East, which is not being leased by Tenant from
and after December 31, 2002.
3.
Expiration Date: June 30, 2003.
4.
Term: Two (2) years.
5.
Renewal Terms: Two (2) two (2) year
terms.
6.
Monthly Rent:
MONTHS
|
MONTHLY RENT
|
1-6 |
|
$ 2,559 |
.42 |
7-18 | |
$ 2,623 |
.41 |
19-24 | |
$ 2,258 |
.75 |
7.
Option to Terminate Lease: Landlord
and Tenant shall each have the right to terminate the Lease with respect to Annex
"B" upon sixty (60) days' prior written notice to the other.
8.
Permitted Use. General warehouse
storage, fleet maintenance and related uses.
9.
Utilities. In the event utilities for the space not being
leased by Tenant cannot be separately metered, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant a portion
of such shared utility costs pro rata based on square footage (4800/30000).
10.
Taxes/Repairs. Landlord shall reimburse Tenant pro rata
for property taxes based on square footage retained by Landlord (4800/30000). Landlord shall be responsible
for paying for any and all repairs to the portion of the Premises retained by Landlord.
30
ANDERSON PROPERTY
1.
Commencement Date: July 1, 2001.
2.
Expiration Date: June 30, 2003.
3.
Term: Two (2) years.
4.
Renewal Terms: Two (2) two (2) year
terms.
5.
Monthly Rent:
MONTHS
|
MONTHLY RENT
|
1-6 |
|
$ 1,254 |
.24 |
7-18 | |
$ 1,285 |
.61 |
19-24 | |
$ 1,317 |
.75 |
6.
Permitted Use. General warehouse and related uses.
31
PARKING LOT #2
1.
Commencement Date: July 1, 2001.
2.
Expiration Date: June 30, 2011.
3.
Term: Ten (10) years.
4.
Renewal Terms: Two (2) ten (10) year
terms.
5.
Monthly Rent:
MONTHS
|
MONTHLY RENT
|
1-6 |
|
$ 1,200 |
.42 |
7-18 | |
$ 1,230 |
.43 |
19-30 | |
$ 1,261 |
.19 |
31-42 | |
$ 1,292 |
.72 |
43-54 | |
$ 1,325 |
.04 |
55-66 | |
$ 1,358 |
.16 |
67-78 | |
$ 1,392 |
.12 |
79-90 | |
$ 1,426 |
.92 |
91-102 | |
$ 1,462 |
.59 |
103-114 | |
$ 1,499 |
.16 |
115-120 | |
$ 1,536 |
.63 |
6.
Permitted Use. Vehicle parking.
32
DEER VALLEY CONDOMINIUM
1.
Commencement Date: July 1, 2001.
2.
Expiration Date: June 30, 2006.
3.
Term:Five (5) year terms.
4.
Renewal Terms: Two (2) five (5) year
terms.
5.
Monthly Rent:
MONTHS
|
MONTHLY RENT
|
1-6 |
|
$ 2,500 |
.00 |
7-18 | |
$ 2,562 |
.50 |
19-30 | |
$ 2,626 |
.56 |
31-42 | |
$ 2,692 |
.23 |
43-54 | |
$ 2,759 |
.53 |
55-60 | |
$ 2,828 |
.52 |
6.
Permitted Use. Retreat and
entertainment facility for employees, directors, guests and
invitees of Tenant and their family members.
33
Exhibit 10.38 2007 FORM 10-K refile of NSE 2002 Aspen Lease
MASTER LEASE AGREEMENT
[Aspen Country, LLC]
THIS MASTER LEASE AGREEMENT
(hereinafter the Lease) is made and entered into this 16th day of
January 2003, to be effective as of the 1st day of July, 2001, by and between
ASPEN COUNTRY, LLC, a Utah limited liability company, whose address is 75 West
Center Street, Provo, Utah 84601, ATTN: Brooke Roney (hereinafter
Landlord), and NU SKIN INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Utah corporation,
whose address is 75 West Center Street, Provo, Utah 84601 (hereinafter
Tenant).
R E C I T A L S:
A.
Landlord presently owns and may
hereafter from time to time acquire certain real property.
B.
Tenant desires to lease certain real
property from Landlord, which property is identified on the attached Schedule A,
incorporated by this reference. In addition, Tenant may desire to lease additional real
property from Landlord, which additional property shall be identified, from time to
time, in the manner set forth in this Lease.
C.
Subject to the terms and conditions of
this Lease, Landlord is willing to lease the real property identified on Schedule A to
Tenant, and Tenant is willing to lease such real property from Landlord.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration
of the rents, covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, Landlord and
Tenant mutually agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1 : PREMISES AND LEASE TERMS
1.1
Description of Premises.
Landlord hereby leases and demises to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from
Landlord those certain parcels of real property, together with all buildings and
other improvements now or hereafter located thereon (hereinafter collectively
Improvements), and all privileges, easements, and appurtenances
belonging thereto or granted herein, set forth on Schedule A, together
with any additional real property that may be described from time to time in an
amendment to said Schedule A, executed by, and in form and substance
satisfactory to, Landlord and Tenant (collectively, the Premises).
1.2
Additional Lease Terms. In
Schedule A, Landlord and Tenant adopted certain additional terms and
conditions applicable to only one or more specific Premises specified in
Schedule A and not to the other Premises. Furthermore, in any amendment
to Schedule A executed by Landlord and Tenant, Landlord and Tenant may
adopt additional terms and conditions applicable to a particular Premises and to
other Premises, and/or applicable to that Premises but not applicable to any of
the other Premises. If there is any conflict between the provisions of this
Lease and Schedule A, as the same may be amended from time to time, the
provisions of said Schedule A (as amended) shall control.
ARTICLE 2 : TERM COMMENCEMENT
2.1
Term of Lease. With respect to
each of the Premises, this Lease shall be for the term, and shall commence on
the date, specified in Schedule A with respect to such Premises
(hereinafter individually the Commencement Date and collectively the
Commencement Dates) and shall end on the date specified in
Schedule A with respect to such Premises, unless the term is extended or
sooner terminated pursuant to the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease
or pursuant to law.
2.2
Lease
Year. The term Lease Year as used in this Lease with
respect to any of the Premises shall mean a period of twelve (12) consecutive
calendar months during the term of this Lease with respect to such Premises. The
first Lease Year with respect to any of the Premises shall begin on the
Commencement Date for such Premises if that Commencement Date occurs on the
first day of a calendar month; if not, the first Lease Year with respect to such
Premises shall begin on the first day of the calendar month next following the
Commencement Date for that Premises. Each succeeding Lease Year shall begin at
the expiration of the immediately preceding Lease Year.
ARTICLE 3 : MONTHLY RENT
3.1
Payment of Rent. As monthly rent
for each of the Premises, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in advance on or before
the first day of each calendar month during the term of this Lease, an amount
equal to the Monthly Rent for such Premises as set forth in
Schedule A. Rent shall be paid to Landlord at its address specified below
for notices, or to such other person or at such other address as Landlord may
from time to time designate in writing. Rent shall be paid without notice,
demand, abatement (except as provided in this Lease), deduction or offset in
legal tender of the United States of America. If the Commencement Date with
respect to any Premises is not on the first day of the month, or if this Lease
terminates with respect to any Premises on a day other than the last day of the
month, the Monthly Rent for such Premises shall be prorated for such fractional
month or months, if any, during which this Lease commences or terminates, at the
then current rate.
3.2
Delinquent Payments and Handling
Charge. All Monthly Rent and other payments required of Tenant hereunder
shall bear interest from the date that is ten (10) days after the date due until
the date paid at the lesser of (a) the rate announced from time to time by Wells
Fargo Bank, or if Wells Fargo Bank ceases to exist or ceases to publish such
rate, then the rate announced from time to time by the largest (as measured by
deposits) chartered bank operating in Utah, as its prime rate or
reference rate, plus five percent (5%) per annum; or (b) the maximum
rate permitted by law. In addition to interest, if any such Monthly Rent or
other payment is not received within ten (10) days after the date it is due,
Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to four percent (4%) of the
amount of such Monthly Rent or other payment to reimburse Landlord for its cost
and inconvenience incurred as a consequence of Tenants delinquency. In no
event, however, shall the charges permitted under this Section 3.2 or elsewhere
in this Lease, to the extent the same are considered to be interest under
applicable law, exceed the maximum rate of interest allowable under applicable
law.
2
3.3
Security Deposit. As of the date
of this lease, no security deposit is being required from Tenant with respect to
any of the Premises. In accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.3 and
Section 7.1 below, however, Landlord may hereafter require a security deposit
with respect to some or all of the Premises, which may, at Tenants
election, be made by depositing cash or by posting an irrevocable letter of
credit in the form specified below in this Section 3.3. If Tenant deposits a
letter of credit with Landlord pursuant to either this Section 3.3 or Section
7.1, the following provisions shall apply to such letter of credit: (a) payment
of such letter of credit by the issuer shall be conditioned solely upon
submission to the issuer of written demand for payment by Landlord, (b) Tenant
shall, at least five (5) business days prior to the expiration of the term of
such letter of credit provide Landlord with either a renewal letter of credit
(in the form specified in this Section 3.3) or cash in the amount of such letter
of credit to be held pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3.3, and (c) if
at least five (5) business days prior to the expiration of a letter of credit
deposited by Tenant with Landlord Tenant has not provided Landlord with either a
replacement letter of credit or cash in accordance with (b) above, Landlord
shall have the right to draw down the full amount of such letter of credit and
hold the proceeds thereof as a cash deposit in accordance with the provisions of
this Section 3.3. If, pursuant to the provisions of either this Section 3.3 or
Section 7.1 below a security deposit is required with respect to any of the
Premises (hereinafter a Premises Security Deposit), the following
provisions of this Section 3.3 shall apply. For purposes of this Section 3.3,
the term Security Deposits shall mean all Premises Security
Deposits, taken in the aggregate. Provided that no uncured Tenant default of
which Landlord has given Tenant written notice is then existing with respect to
the Premises concerned, the Premises Security Deposit applicable to such
Premises shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlords option, to the last
permitted assignee of Tenants interest under this Lease) after the
expiration of the term applicable to such Premises, or sooner termination of
this Lease, and delivery of possession of such Premises to Landlord in
accordance with ARTICLE 20. If Landlords interest in this Lease is
conveyed, transferred or assigned, Landlord shall transfer or credit the
Security Deposits to Landlords successor in interest, and Landlord shall
be released from any liability for the return of the Security Deposits, provided
that such successor in interest assumes all of Landlords obligations under
this Lease. Landlord may intermingle the Security Deposits with Landlords
own funds, and shall not be deemed to be a trustee of the Security Deposit.
Tenant shall not be entitled to receive interest with respect to the Security
Deposits. If Tenant fails to timely pay or perform any obligation under this
Lease, Landlord may, prior to, concurrently with or subsequent to exercising any
other right or remedy, use, apply or retain all or any part of the Premises
Security Deposit then held by Landlord with respect to the Premises concerned
for the payment of any monetary obligation due under this Lease for such
Premises, or to compensate Landlord for any other expense, loss or damage which
Landlord may incur by reason of Tenants failure, including any damage or
deficiency in the reletting of such Premises. If all or any portion of the
Security Deposits is so used, applied or retained, Tenant shall immediately
deposit with Landlord cash in an amount sufficient to restore the Security
Deposits to the original amount. Landlord may withhold the Premises Security
Deposit after the expiration of the term for the Premises concerned or sooner
termination of this Lease until Tenant has paid the full Tenants share of
any Impositions or any other amounts payable by Tenant under this Lease, but
only with respect to the Premises concerned. The Security Deposits are not a
limitation on Landlords damages or other rights under this Lease, a
payment of liquidated damages or prepaid rent, and shall not be applied by
Tenant to the rent for the last (or any) month of the term with respect to any
Premises, or to any other amount due under this Lease. Tenant agrees that if
Blake M. Roney, Brooke B. Roney, Sandra N. Tillotson, Craig S. Tillotson, Steven
J. Lund, Craig R. Bryson, and Nedra D. Roney,
3
either individually or as a group,
cease to own or hold (directly or indirectly) more than fifty percent of the
voting power of Tenant, Tenant shall within thirty (30) days after written
demand by Landlord deposit with Landlord a Premises Security Deposit with
respect to each Premises in an amount equal to the then-current Monthly Rent
payable with respect to such Premises. Such Security Deposits shall be held by
Landlord subject to and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.3.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, any Premises
Security Deposit may only be used, and shall be returned, in connection with the
Premises to which such Premises Security Deposit relates, and may not be used or
applied in reference to any other Premises.
ARTICLE 4 : USE OF PREMISES
4.1
Use. Each Premises shall be used
and occupied by Tenant solely for purposes specified for such Premises in
Schedule A and for such other lawful purposes to which Landlord may, from
time to time, consent.
4.2
Prohibited Uses.
(a) |
|
Tenant will not use, occupy or permit the use or occupancy of any of the
Premises for any purpose or in any manner which is or may be, directly or
indirectly, in violation of any (i) judicial decisions, order, injunctions,
writs, statutes, rulings, rules, regulations, promulgations, directives,
permits, certificates or ordinances of any governmental authority in any way
applicable to Tenant or the Premises, including but not limited to zoning,
environmental and utility conservation matters (hereinafter Legal
Requirements), (ii) covenants, conditions, or restrictions applicable to
such Premises and appearing of record in the office of the county recorder of
the county in which such Premises are located on or before the date on which
such Premises became subject to this Lease, or (iii) insurance requirements. |
(b) |
|
Tenant shall not keep or permit to be kept any substance in, or conduct or
permit to be conducted any operation from, any of the Premises which is not
reasonably consistent with the Permitted Use for such Premises and which might
emit offensive odors or conditions, or make undue noise or create undue
vibrations. |
(c) |
|
Tenant
shall not commit or permit to remain any waste to any of the Premises. |
(d) |
|
Tenant shall not install or permit to remain any improvements to any of the
Premises which exceed the structural loads of floors or walls of any buildings
located on such Premises, or adversely affect the mechanical, plumbing or
electrical systems of any such buildings, or affect the structural integrity of
any such buildings in any way. |
(e) |
|
Tenant shall not commit or permit to be committed any action or circumstance in
or about any of the Premises, nor bring or keep anything therein which, directly
or indirectly, would or might cause a cancellation of any insurance policy
covering such Premises, nor shall Tenant sell or permit to be kept, used or sold
in or about any of the Premises any articles which may be prohibited by a
standard form policy of fire insurance unless Tenant provides additional
insurance coverage extending protection to cover all risks associated with those
articles. |
4
(f) |
|
Tenant shall, at Tenants sole cost and expense, promptly comply with all
Legal Requirements now in force or which may hereafter be in force and with the
requirements of any board of fire underwriters or other similar body now or
hereafter constituted relating to or affecting the use or occupancy of all of
the Premises, excluding such structural changes as do not relate to or affect
the use or occupancy of the Premises, or as are not related to or afforded by
Tenants improvements or acts. |
4.3
Hazardous Substances.
Tenant acknowledges that Tenant occupied each of the Premises listed on the
original Schedule A to this Lease prior to the Commencement Date for such
Premises as set forth on Schedule A. Except with respect to matters
arising prior to Tenants occupancy of the Premises, or matters caused by
Landlord or any of Landlords employees, agents, or contractors, Tenant
shall at all times comply with, or cause to be complied with, any
Environmental Law (as defined below in Section 4.4) governing each
of the Premises or the use thereof by Tenant or any of Tenants employees,
agents, contractors, invitees, licensees, customers, or clients, except as
permitted in Section 4.5 below, shall not use, store, generate, treat,
transport, or dispose of, or permit any of Tenants employees, agents,
contractors, invitees, licensees, customers, or clients to use, store, generate,
treat, transport, or dispose of, any Hazardous Substance (as defined
below in Section 4.4) on any of the Premises without first obtaining
Landlords written approval, shall promptly and completely respond to and
clean up any release or presence of any Hazardous Substances upon each of the
Premises, except to the extent such release or presence either occurred prior to
the date on which Tenant occupied such Premises or was caused by Landlord or any
of Landlords employees, agents, or contractors, and shall pay all costs
incurred as a result of the environmental state, condition and quality of each
of the Premises, including, but not limited to, the costs of any
Environmental Cleanup Work (as defined below in Section 4.4) and the
preparation of any closure or other required plans, except to the extent such
release or presence either occurred prior to the date on which Tenant occupied
such Premises or was caused by Landlord or any of Landlords employees,
agents, or contractors, (all of the foregoing obligations of Tenant under this
Section 4.3 are hereinafter collectively Tenants Environmental
Obligations). Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord
from and against any and all claims, actions, damages, penalties, fines,
liabilities and expenses, including reasonable attorneys fees, which are
directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, caused by or arise out of
Tenants failure to timely perform Tenants Environmental Obligations.
Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that, as of the date on which Tenant
occupied each Premises, no Hazardous Substances were located on such Premises
and such Premises were in compliance with all Environmental Laws. Landlord shall
indemnify, defend and hold harmless Tenant from and against any and all claims,
actions, damages, penalties, fines, liabilities and expenses, including
reasonable attorneys fees, to the extent caused by or arising out of any
failure of the foregoing representation and warranty of being true and accurate.
Landlord and Tenant shall promptly deliver to the other true and complete copies
of all notices, correspondence and requests received by the notifying party from
any governmental authority or third parties relating to the presence, release,
use, storage, treatment, transportation, or disposal of Hazardous Substances on
any of the Premises. Tenant shall permit Landlord and Landlords agents to
enter into and upon each of the Premises, during normal business hours on prior
reasonable notice, for the purpose of inspecting the Premises and verifying
Tenants compliance with these covenants. The provisions of this Section
4.3 shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease.
5
4.4
Environmental
Definitions. As used in this Lease: Environmental Cleanup
Work shall mean an obligation to perform work, cleanup, removal, repair,
remediation, construction, alteration, demolition, renovation or installation in
or in connection with the Premises in order to comply with any Environmental
Law. Environmental Law shall mean any federal, state or local law,
regulation, ordinance or order, whether currently existing or hereafter enacted,
concerning the environmental state, condition or quality of the Premises or use,
generation, transport, treatment, removal, or recovery of Hazardous Substances,
including building materials, and including, but not limited to, the following:
the Solid Waste Disposal Act as amended by the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act of 1976 (42 U.S.C. Article 6901, et seq.), as amended,
and all regulations promulgated thereunder; the Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (42 U.S.C. Article 9601,
et seq.), as amended, and all regulations promulgated thereunder;
the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. Article 1801, et
seq.), as amended, and all regulations promulgated thereunder; the Clean Air
Act (42 U.S.C. Article 7401, et seq.), as amended, and all regulations
promulgated thereunder; the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C.
Article 1251 et seq.), as amended, and all regulations promulgated
thereunder; and the Occupational Safety and Health Act (29 U.S.C. Article 651,
et seq.), as amended, and all regulations promulgated thereunder.
Hazardous Substance shall mean (a) hazardous waste,
hazardous substance, and any other hazardous, radioactive, reactive,
flammable or infectious materials, solid wastes, toxic or dangerous substances
or materials, or related materials, as defined in, regulated by, or which form
the basis of liability now or hereafter under any Environmental Law; (b)
asbestos, (c) polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs); (d) petroleum products or
materials; (e) flammable explosives, (f) any substance the presence of
which on the Premises is or becomes prohibited by Environmental Law: (g) urea
formaldehyde foam insulation; and (h) any substance which under Environmental
Law requires special handling or notification in its use, collection, storage,
treatment or disposal. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section
4.4, Hazardous Substance shall not include with respect to any
Premises (i) supplies for cleaning and maintenance in commercially reasonable
amounts required for use in the ordinary course of business, provided such items
are incidental to the permitted use of such Premises (as set forth in Section
4.1) and are stored and used in compliance with all Environmental Laws, and
(ii) standard office supplies in commercially reasonable amounts required
for use in the ordinary course of business, provided such items are incidental
to the permitted use of such Premises (as set forth in Section 4.1) and are
stored and used in compliance with all Environmental Laws.
4.5
Permitted Environmentally Sensitive
Uses. Landlord acknowledges that, as set forth on Schedule A,
Tenant intends to use one or more of the Premises for fleet maintenance and
parking and one or more of the Premises for the development and/or production of
vitamins, dietary supplements, and cosmetic products (hereinafter
Permitted Environmental Activities) and that in connection with such
Permitted Environmental Activities, Tenant will use, store, generate, treat,
transport, and/or dispose of Hazardous Substances on and/or from such Premises.
To the extent that either a Permitted Environmental Activity is a permitted use
of such Premises (as set forth in Section 4.1) or the use, storage, generation,
treatment, transportation and/or disposal of Hazardous Substances is in
connection with an activity on such Premises that is not materially different
(in terms of the nature and quantity of Hazardous Substances to be used, stored,
generated, treated or disposed on or from such Premises) from a Permitted
Environmental
6
Activity which is a permitted use of such Premises (as set forth
in Section 4.1), Landlord consents to the use, storage, generation, treatment,
transportation, and/or disposal of Hazardous Substances on and/or from such
Premises provided that such use, storage, generation, treatment, transportation
or disposal is done in the ordinary course of Tenants business on such
Premises and in accordance with Section 4.3 above and applicable Environmental
Laws.
ARTICLE 5 : QUIET ENJOYMENT
Provided Tenant has performed all
of Tenants obligations under this Lease, Landlord hereby covenants with
Tenant that Tenant shall peaceably and quietly hold and enjoy the full
possession and use of the Premises during the term of this Lease. Landlord shall
warrant and forever defend Tenants right to occupancy of the Premises
against the claims of any and all persons whosoever lawfully claim the same or
any part thereof, by, through or under Landlord, but not otherwise, subject to
the provisions of this Lease.
ARTICLE 6 : IMPOSITIONS
6.1
Payment of Impositions. Tenant
shall be solely responsible for and pay prior to delinquency all real estate,
personal property, rental, water, sewer, transit, use, occupancy, owners
association and other taxes, assessments, charges, excises and levies (including
any interest, cost or penalties with respect thereto, unless such interest, cost
or penalties result from Landlords acts or omissions, but excluding from
Tenants obligation any income, excise, franchise and similar taxes of
Landlord), general and special, ordinary and extraordinary, foreseen and
unforeseen, of any kind and nature whatsoever which are assessed, levied,
charged or imposed upon or with respect to the Premises or any portion thereof,
or the sidewalks, streets or alleyways adjacent thereto, or the ownership, use,
occupancy or enjoyment thereof, and all charges for any easement, license,
permit or agreement maintained for the benefit of the Premises and other
governmental charges (collectively Impositions) accruing or becoming
due during the term of this Lease. If the term of this Lease covers only part of
the period to which any Impositions relate, such Impositions shall be equitably
prorated between Landlord and Tenant.
6.2
Right to Contest Impositions.
Tenant, at its sole cost, shall have the right to contest, in accordance with
the provisions of the laws relating to such contests, any Impositions, and the
failure of Tenant to pay any Impositions shall not constitute a default by
Tenant so long as Tenant complies with the provisions of this Section 6.2. Prior
to initiating any contest or proceeding, Tenant shall give Landlord written
notice of such contest or proceeding and shall either pay such Impositions to
the applicable authority, deposit with Landlord cash in such amount as Landlord
deems to be sufficient, considering the amount of such Impositions, any
potential penalties and interest thereon, and any potential expenses that might
be incurred by Landlord with respect thereto, or furnish good and sufficient
undertakings and sureties designating Landlord as the beneficiary thereof in
such amount as Landlord deems to be sufficient, considering the amount of such
Impositions, any potential penalties and interest thereon, and any potential
expenses that might be incurred by Landlord with respect thereto. Landlord shall
not be required to join in any proceeding or contest brought by Tenant unless
the provisions of any law require that the proceeding or contest be brought by
or in the name of
7
Landlord or any owner of the Premises. In that case, Landlord
shall join in the proceeding or contest or permit such proceeding or contest to
be brought in its name as long as Landlord is not required to bear any cost.
Tenant, on final determination of the proceeding or contest, shall promptly pay
or discharge any decision or judgment rendered, together with all costs,
charges, interest and penalties incidental to the decision or judgment and
Landlord shall make available to Tenant any funds provided by Tenant pursuant to
this Section 6.2 as security for Tenants performance hereunder
ARTICLE 7 : TRANSFER BY TENANT
7.1
Prohibition on
Transfers. Without the prior written consent of Landlord, Tenant
shall not effect or suffer an assignment (direct or indirect, absolute or
conditional, by operation of law or otherwise) by Tenant of all or any portion
of Tenants interest in this Lease or the leasehold estate created hereby.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may, without the consent of Landlord, (a)
sublease all or any portion of the Premises, or (b) assign this Lease to any
successor corporation, subsidiary, Affiliate (as defined below) or corporation
that acquires all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, provided that
Tenant gives Landlord prior or concurrent written notice of such assignment. No
assignment or subletting shall release Tenant from liability for the full and
timely performance of all of Tenants obligations under this Lease without
the written consent of Landlord, which consent may be granted or withheld by
Landlord in Landlords sole and absolute discretion. As a condition to any
such release, Landlord may require the assignee to deposit with Landlord a
security deposit in an amount equal to the then-current Monthly Rent payable
with respect to each Premises which is the subject of such assignment. As used
in this Lease, Affiliate means a person that controls, is
controlled by, or is under common control with, another person.
7.2
Liens. Without in any
way limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant shall not grant, place or
suffer, or permit to be granted, placed or suffered, against any of the
Premises, or any Improvements, or any portion thereof, any lien, security
interest, pledge, conditional sale, contract, claim, charge or encumbrance
(whether constitutional, statutory, contractual or otherwise) and, if any of the
aforesaid does arise or is asserted, Tenant will, promptly upon demand by
Landlord and at Tenants expense, cause the same to be released.
ARTICLE 8 : UTILITIES
Tenant shall be solely responsible
for, and pay when due, all charges for water, gas, heat, light, power,
telephone, garbage removal, snow removal and other utilities or services used by
or supplied to Tenant or to each of the Premises, together with any taxes
thereon, during the term of this Lease.
ARTICLE 9 : SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT
9.1
General. This Lease,
Tenants leasehold estate created hereby, and all Tenants rights,
titles and interests hereunder and in and to the Premises are subject and
subordinate to any Mortgage (as defined below) presently existing or hereafter
placed upon all or any of the
8
Premises or any portion thereof; provided,
however, that in the event of foreclosure or the exercise of any other
right asserted under the Mortgage by Landlords Mortgagee (as defined
below), or if Landlords Mortgagee otherwise succeeds to the interest of
Landlord under this Lease, this Lease and the rights of Tenant under this Lease
shall continue in full force and effect and shall not be terminated or
disturbed, except in accordance with the provisions of this Lease, and
Landlords Mortgagee shall recognize Tenant as the tenant under this Lease.
Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Lease, any existing
Landlords Mortgagee shall execute and deliver a nondisturbance agreement
in favor of Tenant, consistent with the immediately preceding sentence. However,
Landlord and Landlords Mortgagee may, at any time upon the giving of
written notice to Tenant and without any compensation or consideration being
payable to Tenant, make this Lease, and the aforesaid leasehold estate and
rights, titles and interests, superior to any Mortgage. Upon the written request
by Landlord or by Landlords Mortgagee to Tenant, and within fifteen (15)
days of the date of such request, and without any compensation or consideration
being payable to Tenant, Tenant shall execute, have acknowledged and deliver a
recordable instrument confirming, subject to the above nondisturbance
provisions, that this Lease, Tenants leasehold estate in the Premises and
all of Tenants rights, titles and interest hereunder are subject and
subordinate (or, at the election of Landlord or Landlords Mortgagee,
superior) to the Mortgage benefiting Landlords Mortgagee, which instrument
shall be provided subject to the concurrent delivery by Landlords
Mortgagee of a nondisturbance agreement in favor of Tenant and reasonably
consistent with the provisions of this ARTICLE 9. As used in this Lease, the
term Landlords Mortgagee shall mean the mortgagee of any
mortgage, the beneficiary of any deed of trust, the pledgee of any pledge, the
secured party of any security interest, the assignee of any assignment and the
transferee of any other instrument of transfer (including the ground lessor of
any ground lease on any real property in the Premises) now or hereafter in
existence on all or any of the Premises or any portion of any of the Premises,
and their successors, assigns and purchasers, and Mortgage shall
mean any such mortgage, deed or trust, pledge, security agreement, assignment or
transfer instrument, including all renewals, extensions and rearrangements
thereof and of all debts secured thereby.
9.2
Attornment. Upon the
written request of any person or party succeeding to the interest of Landlord
under this Lease, Tenant shall automatically become the tenant of and attorn to
such successor in interest without any change in any of the terms of this Lease.
No successor in interest shall be (a) bound by any payment of Monthly Rent for
more than one month in advance, except payments of security for the performance
by Tenant of Tenants obligations under this Lease (b) subject to any
offset, defense or damages arising out of a default or any obligations of any
preceding Landlord. Neither Landlords Mortgagee nor its successor in
interest shall be bound by any amendment of this Lease entered into after Tenant
has been given written notice of the name and address of Landlords
Mortgagee and without the written consent of Landlords Mortgagee or such
successor in interest. The attornment and mortgagee protection clauses of this
Section 9.2 shall be self-operative and no further instruments of attornment or
mortgagee protection need be required by any Landlords Mortgagee or
successor in interest thereto. Nevertheless, upon the written request therefor
and without any compensation or consideration being payable to Tenant, Tenant
agrees to execute, have acknowledged and deliver such instruments as may be
requested to confirm the same.
9
ARTICLE 10: INSURANCE
10.1
Tenant's Insurance Coverage.
Tenant shall, at all times during the term of this Lease, and at Tenant's own cost
and expense, procure and continue in force the following insurance coverage:
(a) |
|
Commercial general liability insurance with a combined single limit for bodily
injury and property damage of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per
occurrence and Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) in the aggregate, including,
without limitation, contractual liability coverage for the performance by Tenant
of the indemnity agreement set forth in ARTICLE 16. |
(b) |
|
Insurance covering any buildings and all improvements on each of the Premises,
including Tenants leasehold improvements and personal property in or upon
each such Premises in an amount not less than one hundred percent (100%) of full
replacement cost, providing protection against any peril generally included
within the classification Fire and Extended Coverage, together with
insurance against sprinkler damage, vandalism and malicious mischief and a
standard inflation guard endorsement. Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any and
all proceeds payable with respect to such policies except to the extent such
proceeds are payable with respect to any property that would remain the property
of Tenant upon the termination of this Lease; provided, however,
that to the extent required pursuant to the provisions of ARTICLE 15, such
proceeds shall be made available to Tenant and applied to the repair and
restoration of the Premises with respect to which such proceeds are payable. |
(c) |
|
Worker's
compensation insurance satisfying Tenant's obligations under the worker's compensation
laws of the State of Utah. |
(d) |
|
Such other policy or policies of insurance with respect to each Premises as
Landlord may reasonably require in accordance with commercially reasonable
practices for premises and in geographical areas similar to such Premises. |
Such minimum limits shall in no event limit the liability of
Tenant under this Lease. Such liability insurance shall name Landlord, and any
other person specified from time to time by Landlord, as an additional insured;
such property insurance shall name Landlord as a loss payee as Landlords
interest may appear; and both such liability and property insurance shall be
with companies licensed to do business in Utah reasonably acceptable to
Landlord. All liability policies maintained by Tenant shall contain a provision
that Landlord and any other additional insured, although named as an insured,
shall nevertheless be entitled to recover under such policies for any loss
sustained by Landlord and Landlords agents and employees as a result of
the acts or omissions of Tenant. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with certificates
of coverage. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to reduction of
coverage or other modification except after thirty (30) days prior written
notice to Landlord by the insurer. All such policies shall be written as primary
policies, not contributing with and not in excess of the coverage which Landlord
may carry, and shall only be subject to such deductibles as are reasonably
acceptable to Landlord. Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after the expiration
of such policies, furnish Landlord with renewals of, or binders for, such
policies. Tenant shall cause all other occupants of the Premises claiming by,
through or under Tenant to execute and deliver to Landlord a
10
waiver of claims
similar to the waiver contained in Section 10.2 and to obtain such waiver of
subrogation rights endorsements. At Landlords request, any Landlords
Mortgagee shall be afforded coverage under any policy required to be secured by
Tenant under this Lease by use of a mortgagees endorsement to the policy
concerned.
10.2
Waiver of Subrogation.
Landlord hereby waives all claims, rights of recovery and causes of action that
Landlord or any party claiming by, through or under Landlord may now or
hereafter have by subrogation or otherwise against Tenant or against any of
Tenants officers, directors, shareholders or employees for any loss or
damage that may occur to any of the Premises, Tenants improvements or any
of the contents of any of the foregoing by reason of fire or other casualty, or
by reason of any other cause, to the extent that such loss or damage is actually
covered by a policy of insurance maintained by Landlord; provided,
however, that the waiver set forth in this Section 10.2 shall not apply
to any deductibles on insurance policies carried by Landlord or to any
coinsurance penalty which Landlord may sustain. Tenant hereby waives all claims,
rights of recovery and causes of action that Tenant or any party claiming by,
through or under Tenant may now or hereafter have by subrogation or otherwise
against Landlord or against any of Landlords officers, directors, members,
shareholders, partners or employees for any loss or damage that may occur to any
of the Premises, Tenants improvements or any of the contents of any of the
foregoing by reason of fire or other casualty, or by reason of any other cause,
to the extent that such loss or damage either (a) is actually covered by a
policy of insurance maintained by Tenant, or (b) would have been covered had
Tenant obtained the insurance policies required to be obtained and maintained
under Section 10.1. Landlord and Tenant shall cause an endorsement to be issued
to their respective insurance policies recognizing this waiver of subrogation.
ARTICLE 11 : MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS
During the term of this Lease,
Tenant shall, at Tenants sole cost, maintain each of the Premises,
including the floor slab, foundation, load-bearing walls, other structural
elements and roofs of any buildings, in good order, condition and repair, and in
a clean, safe, operable, attractive and sanitary condition which is consistent
with the nature and quality of such Premises as compared to other similar
properties in the area where such Premises are located. Tenant will not commit
or allow to remain any waste or damage to any portion of the Premises. Subject
to ARTICLE 15, Tenant shall repair or replace, subject to Landlords
direction and supervision, any damage to any buildings and/or any of the
Premises (including the structural components and the roof of any buildings)
caused by Tenant or Tenants agents, contractors or invitees. If Tenant
fails to make such repairs or replacements, Landlord may make the same at
Tenants cost. Such cost shall be payable to Landlord by Tenant on demand.
ARTICLE 12 : FIXTURES AND ALTERATIONS
12.1
Landlord Approval. Tenant shall
not make (or permit to be made) any change, addition or improvement to any of
the Premises (including, without limitation, the attachment of any fixture or
equipment) unless such change, addition or improvement (a) equals or exceeds the
quality of materials used in construction of such Premises and utilizes only new
materials, (b) is in conformity with all Legal Requirements as defined in
Section 4.2(a), and is made after
11
obtaining any required permits and licenses,
(c) if a Major Improvement (hereinafter defined), is made with prior
written consent of Landlord pursuant to plans and specifications approved in
writing in advance by Landlord and, if reasonably required by Landlord, such
plans and specifications are prepared by an architect approved in writing in
advance by Landlord, (d) if a Major Improvement, is made after Tenant has
provided to Landlord such indemnification, insurance, and/or bonds requested by
Landlord, including, without limitation, a performance and completion bond in
such form and amount as may be satisfactory to Landlord to protect against
claims and liens for labor performed and materials furnished, and to insure the
completion of any change, addition or improvement, and (e) if a Major
Improvement, is carried out by persons approved in writing by Landlord who, if
required by Landlord, deliver to Landlord before commencement of their work
proof of such insurance coverage as Landlord may require, with Landlord named as
an additional insured. Any request for Landlords consent to any change,
addition or improvement or for Landlords approval of plans or
specifications to which Landlord does not respond within twenty (20) days shall
be deemed granted by Landlord. All such alterations, improvements and additions
shall become the property of Landlord and, if approved in advance by Landlord
(unless approved subject to removal by Tenant) shall, at Tenants option,
either be removed by Tenant, at Tenants expense, with all damage caused by
such removal repaired by Tenant, or be surrendered with such Premises as part
thereof at the termination or expiration of the term of this Lease with respect
to such Premises, without any payment, reimbursement or compensation therefor.
Any such alterations, improvements and additions that are approved by Landlord
subject to removal by Tenant shall be removed by Tenant, at Tenants
expense, with all damage caused by such removal repaired by Tenant, at the
termination or expiration of the term of this Lease with respect to such
Premises, without any payment, reimbursement or compensation therefor. All such
alterations, improvements and additions that pursuant to the provisions of this
Section 12.1 do not require the prior approval of Landlord shall, at
Landlords election given by written notice at least sixty (60) days prior
to the expiration of this Lease with respect to the Premises concerned, be
removed by Tenant, at Tenants expense, with all damage caused by such
removal repaired by Tenant. Within fifteen (15) days after the end of each
calendar quarter during the term of the Lease, Tenant shall give Landlord
written notice of the completion of any improvements to a Premises completed
during the immediately preceding calendar quarter which, pursuant to the
provisions of this Section 12.1, did not require the prior consent of Landlord.
Such notice shall include a brief description of such improvements and identify
the Premises in which such Improvements were made. Tenant may remove
Tenants trade fixtures, office supplies, movable office furniture and
equipment, provided such removal is made prior to the expiration of the term of
this Lease with respect to such Premises, no uncured Event of Default then
exists and Tenant promptly repairs all damage caused by such removal. Tenant
shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord from and against all liens,
claims, damages, losses, liabilities and expenses, including attorneys
fees, which may arise out of, or be connected in any way with, any such change,
addition or improvement. If Tenant leases or finances any personal property or
equipment to be used by Tenant at a Premises, Landlord shall, within a
reasonable time after receipt of written request from Tenant, execute and
deliver to the lessor of, or lender providing financing for, such personal
property or equipment, as applicable, a lien waiver or subordination with
respect to such personal property or equipment in a form reasonably acceptable
to Landlord. As used in this Section 12.1, the following terms shall have the
meanings hereinafter specified: (1) Building Structure shall mean
with respect to any building the structural portions of such building, including
the foundation, floor/ceiling slabs, roof, exterior walls, exterior glass and
mullions, columns, beams, shafts (including elevator shafts), and elevator cabs;
(2) Building Systems
12
shall mean with respect to any building the
mechanical, electrical, life safety, plumbing, and sprinkler systems and HVAC
systems (including primary and secondary loops connected to the core) servicing
such building; and (3) Major Improvement shall mean with respect to
each Premises any change, addition or improvement to such Premises if (A) the
cost of such change, addition or improvement exceeds $50,000.00, (B) such
change, addition or improvement affects either the exterior of any building or
any Building Structure located on such Premises, or (C) such change,
addition or improvement has a material affect on any Building System of any
building located on such Premises.
12.2
Manner of Construction, Materialmen,
Lien Claims. All construction performed on or with respect to any of the
Premises by Tenant shall be performed in a good, workmanlike and first-class
manner, in accordance with all applicable permits, authorizations, laws,
ordinances, orders, regulations and requirements of all governmental authorities
having jurisdiction of such Premises and, to the extent required by Section
12.1, in accordance with plans approved by Landlord. Tenant shall promptly pay
all contractors and materialmen, so as to eliminate the possibility of a lien
attaching to such Premises or any Improvements, and should any such lien be made
or filed by reason of any fault of Tenant, Tenant shall bond against or
discharge the same within forty-five (45) days after written request by
Landlord. If Tenant fails to bond against or discharge the same within such
forty-five (45) day period, Landlord shall have the right, but not the
obligation, to pay and discharge any such lien that attached to such Premises
and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any such sums paid together with
interest at the rate specified in Section 3.2 within thirty (30) days after
written demand by Landlord.
ARTICLE 13 : ACCESS BY LANDLORD
Landlord, its employees,
contractors, agents, and representatives shall have the right (and Landlord, for
itself and such persons and firms, hereby reserves the right) to enter each of
the Premises during normal business hours and at a time least likely to
interrupt Tenants operations upon advance reasonable notice (not less than
24 hours) (a) to inspect, maintain or repair the Premises, (b) to show the
Premises to prospective purchasers of such Premises (and, during the last six
(6) months of the term of this Lease with respect to such Premises, to
prospective tenants of the Premises), (c) to determine whether Tenant is
performing its obligations hereunder and, if it is not, to perform the same at
Landlords option and Tenants expense in accordance with this Lease
following any applicable notice and cure period, or (d) for any other reasonable
purpose. In an emergency with respect to any of the Premises, Landlord (and such
persons and firms) may use any means to open any door into or on such Premises
without any liability therefore (except for repair of any damage caused
thereby). Entry into any of the Premises by Landlord or any other person or firm
named in the first sentence of this ARTICLE 13 for any purpose permitted herein
shall not constitute a trespass or an eviction (constructive or otherwise), or
entitle Tenant to any abatement or reduction of Monthly Rent, or constitute
grounds for any claim (and Tenant hereby waives any claim) for damages for any
injury to or interference with Tenants business, for loss of occupancy or
quiet enjoyment, or for consequential damages, excepting any damage or injury to
property or person actually caused by Landlord or any such person or firm.
13
ARTICLE 14: CONDEMNATION
As used in this Paragraph, the
term Condemnation Proceedings means any actions or proceedings in
which any interest in any Premises (the Affected Premises) is taken
for any public or quasi-public purpose by any lawful authority through exercise
of the power of eminent domain or by purchase or other means in lieu of such
exercise. If the whole of the Affected Premises is taken through Condemnation
Proceedings, this Lease shall automatically terminate as of the date of the
taking with respect to the Affected Premises (only). The phrase as of the
date of the taking means the date of taking actual physical possession by
the condemning authority or such earlier date as the condemning authority gives
notice that it is deemed to have taken possession. Tenant may terminate this
Lease with respect to the Affected Premises if more than twenty-five percent
(25%) of the Affected Premises is taken or any portion of the Affected Premises
is taken which substantially interferes with Tenants ability to operate or
use the Affected Premises for either the permitted use for such Premises
specified in Schedule A or such other use of such Affected Premises for
which Landlord has previously given written approval. Any such termination must
be accomplished through written notice given no later than thirty (30) days
after, and shall be effective as of, the date of such taking. In all other
cases, or if Tenant fails to exercise its right to terminate, this Lease shall
remain in effect, and Tenant shall, subject to the availability of adequate
condemnation proceeds, promptly repair and restore the Affected Premises as
nearly as possible to the nature and character that existed immediately prior to
such taking and, to the extent required by Section 12.1, in accordance with
plans approved by Landlord. If a portion of the Affected Premises is taken and
this Lease is not terminated, the Monthly Rent shall be reduced in the
proportion that the area of the Premises taken bears to the total area of the
Premises immediately prior to the taking. Whether or not this Lease is
terminated as a consequence of Condemnation Proceedings, all damages or
compensation awarded for a partial or total taking, including any award for
severance damage and any sums compensating for diminution in the value of or
deprivation of the leasehold estate under this Lease, shall be the sole and
exclusive property of Landlord, provided that Tenant shall be entitled to any
award for the loss of, or damage to, Tenants trade fixtures, loss of
business and moving expenses; provided, however, that if (y) this
Lease is not terminated as a consequence of Condemnation Proceedings, and (z)
Landlord receives an award in such Condemnation Proceedings for the repair and
restoration of the Premises, Landlord shall make available to Tenant all or a
portion of the award so designated, as necessary, for Tenant to complete its
obligations of repair and restoration under this Paragraph. If made, the
disbursement of such portion of the award shall be made by Landlord to Tenant in
accordance with disbursement procedures typically used by construction lenders
in the Provo/Orem, Utah metropolitan area. Tenant shall have no claim against
Landlord for the occurrence of any Condemnation Proceedings, or for the
termination of this Lease or a reduction in the Premises as a result of any
Condemnation Proceedings.
ARTICLE 15 : DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION
Tenant shall give prompt written
notice to Landlord of any casualty of which Tenant is aware to any Premises (the
Damaged Premises). If the Damaged Premises are totally destroyed, or
are partially destroyed but in Tenants opinion cannot be restored to an
economically viable building for either the use for such building specified in
Schedule A or such other use of such building for which Landlord has
previously given written approval, or if the insurance proceeds actually paid to
Tenant as a result of any casualty are, in Tenants reasonable
14
opinion
inadequate to restore the portion remaining of the Damaged Premises to an
economically viable building for such use, Tenant may, at its election
exercisable by giving written notice to Landlord within sixty (60) days after
the casualty, terminate this Lease with respect to the Damaged Premises as of
the date of the casualty or the date Tenant is deprived of possession of such
Premises (whichever is later). If this Lease is terminated with respect to the
Damaged Premises as a result of a casualty, Tenant shall promptly deliver to
Landlord all insurance proceeds received by Tenant under the insurance policy
carried by Tenant on the Damaged Premises, net of any insurance proceeds
attributable to Tenants personal property or other property that would be
Tenants property upon termination of the Lease and any costs expended or
fees or other charges incurred by Tenant in collecting such proceeds. If this
Lease is not terminated as a result of a casualty, subject to the availability
of adequate insurance proceeds, Tenant shall restore the Damaged Premises as
nearly as possible to the nature and character that existed immediately prior to
the occurrence of such casualty and, to the extent required by Section 12.1, in
accordance with plans approved by Landlord. Except for Tenants share of
any insurance proceeds received by Landlord and attributed to Tenants
property as provided more fully above, if any, Tenant shall have no claim
against Landlord for any loss suffered by reason of any such damage,
destruction, repair or restoration. Other than providing Tenant any insurance
proceeds attributable to Tenants property as described above, Landlord
shall not be required to repair any damage to or to make any restoration of any
furnishings, trade fixtures, leasehold improvements, equipment, merchandise and
other personal property installed in the Premises by Tenant or at the direct or
indirect expense of Tenant.
ARTICLE 16 : INDEMNITY
16.1 Tenants
Indemnity. Except to the extent such obligations are otherwise limited
by Section 4.3, Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and
Landlords officers, directors, shareholders, members, partners and
employees from and against all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages,
penalties, claims, actions, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements (including
court costs and reasonable attorneys fees) resulting from any injuries to
or death of any person or damage to any property occurring during the term of
this Lease in or about the Premises except to the extent such injury, death or
damage is caused by Landlord or Landlords employees, agents, or
contractors.
16.2 Landlords
Indemnity. Landlord shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Tenant and
Tenants officers, directors, shareholders and employees from and against
all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, actions,
suits, costs, expenses and disbursements (including court costs and reasonable
attorneys fees) resulting from any injuries to or death of any person or
damage to any property occurring during the term of this Lease in or about the
Premises to the extent such injury, death or damage is caused by Landlord or
Landlords employees, agents, or contractors.
ARTICLE 17 : LANDLORD NOT LIABLE
Landlord shall have no liability
to Tenant, or to Tenants officers, directors, shareholders, employees,
agents, contractors or invitees, for bodily injury, death, property damage,
business interruption, loss of profits, loss of trade secrets or other direct or
consequential damages
15
occasioned by (a) vandalism, theft, burglary and other
criminal acts, (b) water leakage, or (c) the repair, replacement, maintenance,
damage or destruction of the Premises, unless any of the foregoing are caused by
Landlord or Landlords employees, agents, or contractors.
ARTICLE 18 : DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
18.1
Default. The occurrence of any of
the following shall constitute a material default and breach of this Lease by Tenant
(hereinafter "Event of Default"):
(a) |
|
Any failure by Tenant to pay the Monthly Rent payable with respect to any of the
Premises or any other monetary sums required to be paid under this Lease, where
such failure continues for fifteen (15) days after written notice thereof by
Landlord to Tenant; |
(b) |
|
Any failure by Tenant to observe and perform any other term, covenant or
condition of this Lease to be observed or performed, by Tenant, where such
failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof by Landlord
to Tenant; provided, however, that if the nature of the default is
such that the default cannot reasonably be cured within the thirty (30) day
period, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant shall within the
thirty (30) day period commence action to cure the default and thereafter
diligently prosecute the same to completion; |
(c) |
|
The filing of a petition by or against Tenant (1) in any bankruptcy or other
insolvency proceeding, (2) seeking any relief under the Bankruptcy Code or any
similar debtor relief law, (3) for the appointment of a liquidator or receiver
for all or substantially all of Tenants property or for Tenants
interest in this Lease, or (4) to reorganize or modify Tenants capital
structure, unless such petition is dismissed within sixty (60) days after
filing; or |
(d) |
|
The admission by Tenant in writing that it cannot meet its obligations as they
become due or the making by Tenant of an assignment for the benefit of its
creditors. |
18.2
Nonexclusive Remedies. Upon any
Event of Default, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies
provided in this Lease, the following nonexclusive remedies to be applied only
with respect to the particular Premises to which the Event of Default relates
(the Default Premises):
(a) |
|
At Landlords option and without waiving any default by Tenant, Landlord
shall have the right to continue this Lease in full force and effect and to
collect all Monthly Rent and any other fees to be paid by Tenant under this
Lease as and when due. During any period that Tenant is in default, Landlord
shall have the right, pursuant to legal proceedings or pursuant to any notice
provided for by law, to enter and take possession of (only) the Default
Premises, without terminating this Lease, for the purpose of reletting the
Default Premises or any part thereof and making any alterations and repairs that
may be necessary or desirable in connection with such reletting. Any such
reletting or relettings may be for such term or terms (including periods that
exceed the |
16
|
|
balance of the term of this Lease), and upon such other terms,
covenants and conditions as Landlord may in Landlords reasonable
discretion deem advisable. Upon each and any such reletting, the rent or rents
received by Landlord from such reletting shall be applied as follows, as the
same relate (only) to the Default Premises: (1) to the payment of any amounts
(other than Monthly Rent) due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord; (2) to the
payment of reasonable costs and expenses of such reletting, including reasonable
brokerage fees, attorneys fees, court costs, and costs of any alterations
or repairs; (3) to the payment of any Monthly Rent and any other amounts
due and unpaid hereunder; and (4) the residue, if any, shall be held by Landlord
and applied in payment of future Monthly Rent and any other amounts as they
become due and payable hereunder. If the rent or rents received during any month
and applied as provided above shall be insufficient to cover all such amounts
including the Monthly Rent and any other amounts to be paid by Tenant pursuant
to this Lease for such month with respect to the Default Premises, Tenant shall
pay to Landlord any deficiency; such deficiencies shall be calculated and paid
monthly. No entry or taking possession of all or any of the Default Premises by
Landlord shall be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease
with respect to any of the Default Premises, unless Landlord gives written
notice of such election to Tenant or unless such termination shall be decreed by
a court of competent jurisdiction. Notwithstanding any reletting by Landlord
without termination, Landlord may at any time thereafter terminate this Lease
with respect to the Default Premises for such previous default by giving written
notice thereof to Tenant. |
(b) |
|
Terminate Tenants right to possession of the Default Premises by notice to
Tenant, in which case this Lease shall terminate with respect to the Default
Premises and Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Default
Premises to Landlord. In such event Landlord shall be entitled to recover from
Tenant all damages incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenants default,
including without limitation the following, as the same relate (only) to the
Default Premises to the extent permitted by law: (1) all unpaid rent which has
been earned at the time of such termination, plus (2) the amount by which the
unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of
award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that is proved could have been
reasonably avoided, plus (3) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord
for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenants failure to perform
Tenants obligations under this Lease, or in addition to or in lieu of the
foregoing such damages as may be permitted from time to time under applicable
law. Upon any such re-entry Landlord shall have the right to make any reasonable
repairs, alterations or modifications to the Default Premises, which Landlord in
Landlords reasonable discretion determines are reasonable and necessary. |
(c) |
|
If an Event of Default specified in Section 18.1 occurs, Landlord may remove and
store any property that remains on the Default Premises and, if Tenant does not
claim such property within thirty (30) days after Landlord has delivered to
Tenant notice of such storage, Landlord may appropriate, sell, destroy or
otherwise dispose of the property in question without notice to Tenant or any
other person, and without an obligation to account for such property. |
17
18.3
Payment by Tenant. Upon any
Event of Default, Tenant shall also pay to Landlord all reasonable costs and
expenses incurred by Landlord, including court costs and reasonable
attorneys fees, in (a) retaking or otherwise obtaining possession of the
Default Premises, (b) removing and storing Tenants or another
occupants property, (c) repairing, restoring, altering, remodeling, or
otherwise putting all or any of the Default Premises into a condition acceptable
to a new tenant or tenants, (d) reletting all or any part of the Default
Premises, (e) paying or performing the underlying obligation which Tenant failed
to pay or perform, and (f) enforcing any of Landlords rights, remedies or
recourse arising as a consequence of the Event of Default.
18.4
Reletting. Upon termination of
this Lease with respect to the Default Premises or upon termination of
Tenants right to possession of all or any of the Default Premises,
Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to mitigate its damages in accordance with
Utah law and relet the Default Premises on such terms and conditions as Landlord
in its reasonable discretion may determine (including a term different than the
term of this Lease, rental concession, and alterations to and improvements of
the Default Premises). Subject to Landlords obligation to mitigate
damages, Landlord shall not be obligated to relet any of the Default
Premises before leasing other property owned by Landlord. Landlord shall not be
liable for, nor shall Tenants obligations hereunder be diminished because
of, Landlords failure to relet any of the Default Premises or collect rent
due with respect to such reletting provided the Landlord has complied with
Landlords duty to mitigate damages as set forth above. If Landlord relets
any of the Default Premises, rent Landlord receives from such reletting shall be
applied to the payment of the following, as the same relate (only) to the
Default Premises: first, any indebtedness from Tenant to Landlord other than
Monthly Rent (if any); second, all costs, including for maintenance and
alterations, incurred by Landlord in reletting; and third, Monthly Rent due and
unpaid. In no event shall Tenant be entitled to the excess of any rent obtained
by reletting over the Monthly Rent herein reserved until all of Tenants
obligations to Landlord have been satisfied
18.5
Landlords Right to Pay or
Perform. Upon an Event of Default, Landlord may, but without obligation
to do so and without thereby waiving or curing such Event of Default, pay or
perform the underlying obligation for the account of Tenant, and enter any
Premises and expend any security deposit or other sums paid by Tenant for the
purpose of securing faithful performance of Tenants obligations under this
Lease.
18.6
No Waiver; No Implied
Surrender. Provisions of this Lease may only be waived by the party
entitled to the benefit of the provision, and any such waiver shall be in
writing. Thus, neither the acceptance of Monthly Rent by Landlord following an
Event of Default (whether known to Landlord or not), nor any other custom or
practice followed in connection with this Lease, shall constitute a waiver by
Landlord of such Event of Default or any other Event of Default. Further, the
failure by Landlord to complain of any action or inaction by Tenant, or to
assert that any action or inaction by Tenant constitutes (or would constitute,
without the giving of notice and the passage of time) an Event of Default,
regardless of how long such failure continues, shall not extinguish, waive or in
any way diminish the rights, remedies and recourse of Landlord with respect to
such action or inaction. No waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease or
of any breach by Tenant of the same or any other provision hereof shall
constitute a waiver of any other provision or any other breach. Landlords
consent to any act by Tenant requiring Landlords consent shall not be
deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Landlords consent to any
subsequent act of Tenant. No act or omission by Landlord (other than
Landlords execution of a document acknowledging such surrender) or
Landlords agents, including the delivery of the keys to any Premises,
shall constitute an acceptance of a surrender of such Premises.
18
ARTICLE 19 : DEFAULT BY LANDLORD
Landlord shall not be in default
under this Lease, and Tenant shall not be entitled to exercise any right, remedy
or recourse against Landlord or otherwise as a consequence of any alleged
default by Landlord under this Lease unless Landlord fails to perform any of its
obligations hereunder and said failure continues for a period of thirty (30)
days after Tenant gives Landlord and (provided that Tenant shall have been given
the name and address of Landlords Mortgagee) Landlords Mortgagee
written notice thereof specifying, with reasonable particularity, the nature of
Landlords failure. If, however, the failure cannot reasonably be cured
within the thirty (30) day period, Landlord shall not be in default hereunder if
Landlord or Landlords Mortgagee commences to cure the failure within the
thirty (30) days and thereafter pursues the curing of the same diligently to
completion. If Tenant recovers a money judgment against Landlord for
Landlords default of its obligations hereunder or otherwise, the judgment
shall be limited to Tenants actual, direct, but no consequential, damages
therefor and shall be satisfied only out of the interest of Landlord in the
Premises as the same may then be encumbered, and Landlord shall not otherwise be
liable for any deficiency. The foregoing shall not limit any right that Tenant
might have to obtain specific performance of Landlords obligations
hereunder.
ARTICLE 20 : RIGHT OF RE-ENTRY
20.1
Surrender of Premises. Upon the
expiration or termination of the term of this Lease for whatever cause for any
Premises, or upon the exercise by Landlord of its right to re-enter any Premises
without terminating this Lease, Tenant shall immediately, quietly and peaceably
surrender to Landlord possession of such Premises broom clean and in
good order, condition and repair, except only for ordinary wear and tear, damage
by casualty (subject to ARTICLE 15) and repairs to be made by Landlord under
this Lease. If Tenant is in default under this Lease, Landlord shall have a lien
on Tenants personal property, trade fixtures and other property as set
forth in Section 38-3-1, et seq., of the Utah Code Ann. (or any replacement
provision), subject to any lien waiver or subordination previously executed by
Landlord. In addition to the provisions of ARTICLE 12, Tenant may, and Landlord
may require Tenant to, remove any personal property, equipment, trade fixtures
and other property owned by Tenant. All personal property, trade fixtures and
other property of Tenant not removed from any Premises on the abandonment of
such Premises or on the expiration of the term of this Lease or sooner
termination of this Lease with respect to any Premises for any cause shall
conclusively be deemed to have been abandoned and may be appropriated, sold,
stored, destroyed or otherwise disposed of by Landlord without notice to, and
without any obligation to account to, Tenant or any other person. Tenant shall
pay to Landlord all expenses incurred in connection with the disposition of such
property in excess of any amount received by Landlord from such disposition.
While Tenant remains in possession of any Premises after such expiration with
Landlords prior written consent, Tenant shall be deemed to be occupying
such Premises as a month-to-month tenant, subject to all of the obligations of
Tenant under this Lease, except that the Monthly Rent shall be one hundred ten
percent (110%) of the Monthly Rent in effect
19
immediately before such expiration,
termination or exercise by Landlord. While Tenant remains in possession of any
Premises after such expiration, termination or exercise by Landlord of its
re-entry right without Landlords prior written consent, Tenant shall be
deemed to be occupying such Premises as a tenant-at-sufferance, subject to all
of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease, except that the daily rent shall
be twice the per-day rent in effect immediately before such expiration,
termination or exercise by Landlord. No such holding over shall extend the Term.
If Tenant fails to surrender possession of the Premises in the condition herein
required, Landlord may, at Tenants expense, restore the Premises to such
condition.
20.2
Hazardous Substances. Except to
the extent that Landlord has an obligation to indemnify Tenant pursuant to the
provisions of Section 4.3 and except to the extent caused by Landlord or
Landlords employees agents, or contractors, no spill, deposit,
emission, leakage or other release of Hazardous Substance in the soils,
groundwaters or waters shall be deemed to result in either wear and tear that
would be normal for the term of this Lease or a casualty to the Premises and the
provisions of Section 4.3 shall apply to such spill, deposit, emission, leakage,
or other release.
ARTICLE 21 : MISCELLANEOUS
21.1
Entire Agreement. This
instrument along with any exhibits, attachments and addenda hereto constitutes
the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant relative to the Premises and
this Lease and the exhibits, attachments, and addenda may be altered, amended or
revoked only by an instrument in writing signed by both Landlord and Tenant. All
prior or contemporaneous oral agreements between and among Landlord and Tenant
and their agents or representatives relative to the leasing of the Premises are
merged in or revoked by this Lease.
21.2
Severability. If any term or
provision of this Lease shall, to any extent, be determined by a court of
competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this
Lease shall not be affected thereby, and each term and provision of this Lease
shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
21.3
Costs of Suit. If Tenant or
Landlord shall bring any action for any relief against the other, declaratory or
otherwise, arising out of this Lease, including any suit by Landlord for the
recovery of rent or possession of any Premises or any part thereof, the losing
party shall pay the successful party a reasonable sum for attorneys fees
whether or not such action is prosecuted to judgment.
21.4
Time and Remedies. Time is of the
essence of this Lease and every provision hereof. All rights and
remedies of the parties shall be cumulative and nonexclusive
of any other remedy at law or in equity.
21.5
Binding Effect, Successors and Choice
of Law. All time provisions of this Lease are to be construed as both
covenants and conditions as though the words importing such covenants and
conditions were used in each separate Article of this Lease. Subject to any
provisions restricting assignment by Tenant as set forth in Section 7.1, all of
the terms hereof shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and
their respective successors and assigns. This Lease shall be governed by the
laws of the State of Utah.
20
21.6
Waiver. No term, covenant or
condition of this Lease shall be deemed waived, except by written consent of the
party against whom the waiver is claimed, and any waiver of the breach of any
term, covenant or condition shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding
or succeeding breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition.
Acceptance by Landlord of any performance by Tenant after the time the same
shall have become due shall not constitute a waiver by Landlord of the breach or
default of any term, covenant or condition unless otherwise expressly agreed to
by Landlord in writing.
21.7
Reasonable Consent. Except as
expressly limited elsewhere in this Lease, wherever in this Lease Landlord or
Tenant is required to give consent or approval to any action on the part of the
other, such consent or approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned
or delayed. In the event of failure to give any such consent, the other party
shall be entitled to specific performance at law and shall have such other
remedies as are reserved to such party under this Lease.
21.8
Notice. Any notice required to
be given under this Lease shall be given in writing and shall be delivered in
person or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage
prepaid, and addressed to the addresses for Landlord and Tenant set forth above.
Either Landlord or Tenant may change the address at which such party desires to
receive notice on written notice of such change to the other party. Any such
notice shall be deemed to have been given, and shall be effective, on delivery
to the notice address then applicable for the party to which the notice is
directed; provided, however, that refusal to accept delivery of a
notice or the inability to deliver a notice because of an address change which
was not properly communicated shall not defeat or delay the giving of a notice.
21.9
No Partnership. Landlord does
not, as a result of entering into this Lease, in any way or for any purpose
become a partner of Tenant in the conduct of Tenants business, or
otherwise, or joint venturer or a member of a joint enterprise with Tenant.
21.10
Estoppel Certificates; Financial
Statements. Tenant shall, from time to time and within twenty
(20) days of written request from either Landlord or Landlords Mortgagee,
and without compensation or consideration execute and deliver a certificate
setting forth the following: (a) a ratification of this Lease; (b) the
Commencement Date and expiration date for each Premises; (c) that this Lease is
in full force and effect and has not been assigned, modified, supplemented or
amended (except by such writing as shall be stated): (d) that this Lease, as
modified, supplemented or amended (if such is the case) constitutes the complete
agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to all Premises and that
Tenant does not hold an option to purchase any Premises or any interest therein,
(e) that all conditions under this Lease to be performed by Landlord have been
satisfied or, in the alternative, those claimed by Tenant to be unsatisfied; (f)
that no defenses or offsets exist against the enforcement of this Lease by
Landlord or, in the alternative, those claimed by Tenant to exist; (g) whether
within the knowledge of Tenant there are any existing breaches or defaults by
Landlord hereunder and, if so, stating the defaults with reasonable
particularity; (h) the amount of advance Monthly Rent, if any (or none if such
is the case), paid by Tenant for any or all of the Premises; (i) the date to
which Monthly Rent has been paid; and (j) such other information as Landlord or
Landlords Mortgagee may reasonably request. Landlords Mortgagee and
purchasers from either Landlords Mortgagee or Landlord shall be entitled
to rely on any estoppel certificate executed by Tenant.
21
21.11
Number and Gender; Captions and
References. As the context of this Lease may require, pronouns shall
include natural persons and legal entities of every kind and character, the
singular number shall include the plural, and the neuter shall include the
masculine and the feminine gender. Article headings in this Lease are for
convenience of reference only and are not intended, to any extent and for any
purpose, to limit or define any Article hereof. Whenever the terms
hereof, hereby, herein,
hereunder, or words of similar import are used in this Lease, they
shall be construed as referring to this Lease in its entirety rather than to a
particular Article or provision, unless the context specifically indicates to
the contrary. Any reference to a particular Article shall be
construed as referring to the indicated Article of this Lease.
21.12
Brokers. Tenant and Landlord
each hereby warrants and represents to the other that it has not incurred or
authorized any brokerage commission, finders fees or similar payments in
connection with this Lease. Each party shall defend, indemnify and hold the
other harmless from and against any claim for brokerage commission,
finders fees or similar payment arising by virtue of the authorization of
such indemnifying party, or any Affiliate of such party, in connection with this
Lease.
21.13
Authority. Tenant warrants
and represents to Landlord that (a) Tenant is a duly organized and existing
legal entity, in good standing in the State of Utah, (b) Tenant has full right
and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Lease, and (c) the person
executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant was authorized to do so. Landlord
warrants and represents to Tenant that (x) Landlord is a duly organized and
existing legal entity, in good standing in the State of Utah, (y) Landlord has
full right and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Lease, and
(z) the person executing this Lease on behalf of Landlord was authorized to
do so.
21.14
Recording. This Lease
(including any addenda or exhibit hereto) shall not be recorded, but one or more
notices or memoranda of this Lease, in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to Landlord and Tenant, shall be executed by Landlord and Tenant
concurrently with the execution of this Lease, and may be recorded at
Tenants sole cost and expense.
21.15
Multiple Counterparts; Exhibits.
This Lease may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of
which shall be an original, but all of which shall
constitute but one instrument. All, schedules, addenda and exhibits hereto are
incorporated herein for any and all purposes.
21.16
Miscellaneous. No amendment
to this Lease shall be binding on Landlord or Tenant unless reduced to writing
and signed by both parties. Venue on any action arising out of this Lease shall
be proper only in the District Court of Utah County, State of Utah. Landlord and
Tenant waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by
either of them against the other on all matters arising out of this Lease or the
use and occupancy of the Premises.
22
21.17
Acknowledgment. TENANT
ACKNOWLEDGES THAT LANDLORD HAS MADE NO WARRANTIES TO TENANT AS TO THE CONDITION
OF ANY PREMISES, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND LANDLORD AND TENANT EXPRESSLY
DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY THAT ANY PREMISES ARE SUITABLE FOR TENANTS
INTENDED COMMERCIAL PURPOSE. THE TAKING OF POSSESSION OF EACH PREMISES BY TENANT
SHALL CONCLUSIVELY ESTABLISH THAT SUCH PREMISES, THE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS
THEREIN, ANY BUILDINGS AND THE COMMON AREAS WERE AT SUCH TIME COMPLETE AND IN
GOOD, SANITARY AND SATISFACTORY CONDITION AND REPAIR WITH ALL WORK REQUIRED TO
BE PERFORMED BY LANDLORD, IF ANY, COMPLETED AND WITHOUT ANY OBLIGATION ON
LANDLORDS PART TO MAKE ANY ALTERATIONS, UPGRADES OR IMPROVEMENTS THERETO.
21.18
Force Majeure. If either
Landlord or Tenant is delayed or hindered in or prevented from the performance
of any act required under this Lease by reason of acts of God, strikes,
lockouts, other labor troubles, inability to procure labor or materials, fire,
accident, failure of power, restrictive governmental laws, ordinances,
regulations or requirements of general applicability, riots, civil commotion,
insurrection, war or other reason not the fault of the party delayed, hindered
or prevented and beyond the control of such party (financial inability
excepted), performance of the action in question shall be excused for the period
of delay and the period for the performance of such act shall be extended for a
period equivalent to the period of such delay.
ARTICLE 22 : RENEWAL
Provided that no Event of Default
has occurred and is then continuing beyond any applicable cure period, Tenant
shall have the right and option (hereinafter individually a Renewal
Option and collectively the Renewal Options) to renew this
Lease with respect to each (or any) of the Premises for the terms set forth on
Schedule A (hereinafter individually a Renewal Term and
collectively the Renewal Terms) under the same terms, conditions and
covenants contained in this Lease, except that (a) no abatements or other
concessions, if any, applicable to the initial Lease term shall apply to any
Renewal Term, (b) the Monthly Rent payable with respect to such Premises for
each Lease Year of each Renewal Term (hereinafter the Renewal Term Monthly
Rent) shall be determined as set forth below, (c) Tenant shall have no
option to renew this Lease beyond the expiration of the last Renewal Term
specified herein, and (d) all leasehold improvements within the Premises shall
be provided in their then-existing condition (on an as is basis) at
the time each Renewal Term commences. Tenant shall be deemed to have exercised
each Renewal Option unless Tenant gives Landlord written notice of Tenants
election not to exercise a Renewal Option at least 365 days prior to the date on
which the term of the Lease would expire but for the exercise of such Renewal
Option. Upon exercise of the Renewal Option with respect to any Premises for the
applicable Renewal Term by Tenant and subject to the conditions set forth
hereinabove, this Lease shall be extended with respect to such Premises (only)
for the period of such Renewal Term and Landlord and Tenant shall promptly enter
into a written agreement modifying and supplementing this Lease in accordance
with the provisions hereof. Any termination of this Lease during the initial
Lease term or any Renewal Term with respect to any Premises shall terminate all
remaining renewal rights hereunder with respect to such Premises. The renewal
rights of Tenant hereunder shall not be severable from this Lease. The Renewal
Term Monthly Rent shall be determined as follows:
23
(a) |
|
The Renewal Term Monthly Rent payable with respect to the first Lease year of a
Renewal Term shall be one hundred two and five-tenths percent (102.5%) of the
Monthly Rent payable each month during the Lease Year immediately preceding such
Renewal Term; provided, however, that if the initial term with respect to the
Premises concerned is five (5) years or more, Landlord or Tenant may each give
the other written notice (hereinafter an Election Notice), within
thirty (30) days of the date on which Tenant is deemed to have exercised the
Renewal Option with respect to such Renewal Term, that the Renewal Term Monthly
Rent will be determined in accordance with the following provisions of this
ARTICLE 22, and if the initial term with respect to the Premises concerned is
less than five (5) years, Landlord (but not Tenant) may, within thirty (30) days
of the date on which Tenant is deemed to have exercised the Renewal Option with
respect to such Renewal Term, give Tenant an Election Notice with respect to
such Premises and the Renewal Term Monthly Rent will be determined in accordance
with the following provisions of this ARTICLE 22; provided further, however,
that neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have the right to give an Election Notice
with respect to the first Renewal Term of this Lease with respect to the
Premises identified on Schedule A as NOC. |
(b) |
|
The Renewal Term Monthly Rent payable with respect to each Lease Year of a
Renewal Term other than the first Lease Year of such Renewal Term shall be one
hundred two and five-tenths percent (102.5%) of the Renewal Term Monthly Rent
payable each month during the immediately preceding Lease Year of such Renewal
Term. |
If an Election Notice is given
with respect to a Renewal Term, the Renewal Term Monthly Rent for the first
Lease Year of such Renewal Term shall be determined as set forth in the balance
of this ARTICLE 22, and shall be (i) ninety-five percent (95%) of the Fair
Market Rental Rate (as defined below) of the Premises concerned for any Premises
with an initial Lease term of five (5) years or more, and (ii) seventy-five
percent (75%) of the Fair Market Rental Rate of the Premises concerned for any
Premises with an initial Lease term of less than five (5) years.
The term Fair Market Rental
Rate shall mean, with respect to each Premises, the amount that a
comparable landlord of comparable premises would accept in current transactions
between non-Affiliated parties from renewal and non-equity tenants of comparable
credit-worthiness and for a comparable use for a comparable period of time
(Comparable Transactions). In any determination of Comparable
Transactions, appropriate consideration shall be given to the annual rental
rates, the extent of Tenants liability under the Lease, abatement
provisions reflecting free rent and/or no rent during the period of construction
or subsequent to the commencement date as to the space in question, brokerage
commissions, if any, which would be payable by Landlord in similar transactions,
length of the lease term, size and location of premises being leased, building
standard work letter and/or tenant improvement allowances, if any, and other
generally applicable conditions of tenancy for such Comparable Transactions. The
intent is that the Fair Market Rental Rate will reflect the same rent and other
economic benefits that Landlord would otherwise give in Comparable Transactions
and that Landlord will make, and receive the same economic payments and
concessions that Landlord would otherwise make, and receive in Comparable
Transactions.
24
The Fair Market Rental Rate shall
be determined as follows: